As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 29, 2015

Registration No. 333-200072

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549



 

AMENDMENT NO. 4
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its Charter)



 

   
Delaware   3714   46-1846791
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (IRS Employer
Identification No.)

Unique Fabricating, Inc.
800 Standard Parkway
Auburn Hills, MI 48326
(248)-853-2333

(Address including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)



 

Thomas Tekiele, Chief Financial Officer
Unique Fabricating, Inc.
800 Standard Parkway
Auburn Hills, MI 48326
(248)-853-2333

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



 

Copies to:

 
Ira A. Rosenberg
Sills Cummis & Gross, P.C.
One Riverfront Plaza
Newark, NJ 07102
(973) 643-7000
  Donald Figliulo
Polsinelli, P.C.
161 North Clark Street
Chicago, IL 60601
(312) 463-6311


 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: o

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 
Large accelerated filer o   Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company x

THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

 

 


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED JUNE 29, 2015

Unique Fabricating, Inc.

Common Stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Unique Fabricating, Inc. We are selling 1,875,000 shares of our common stock.

We expect the public offering price to be between $8.00 and $10.00 per share. Currently, no public market exists for the shares. We intend to apply to list the common stock on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “UFAB.”

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, therefore, may elect to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

Investing in the common stock involves risks that are described in the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

   
  Per Share   Total
Public offering price   $          $       
Underwriting discount   $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us (1)   $     $  

(1) See “Underwriting” beginning on page 85 for disclosure regarding compensation payable to the Underwriters by us.
(2) Before deducting estimated expenses of $     payable by us.
(3) In addition, we have granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to a maximum of 281,250 in additional shares from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, to cover over-allotments, if any.

We have retained Roth Capital Partners and Taglich Brothers, Inc. to act as representatives of the several underwriters for this offering. We have agreed to pay the Underwriters the compensation set forth herein under the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Taglich Brothers, Inc. has a conflict of interest in offering our shares of common stock since affiliates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. own approximately 18.6% of our outstanding shares and certain associates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and its affiliates are members of our Board of Directors. Due to this conflict of interest, Roth Capital Partners is acting as a qualified independent underwriter in accordance with FINRA Rule 5121. See “Conflicts of Interest” on page 89 of this prospectus.

The shares are offered by the Underwriters, subject to prior sale when, as and if delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to the right to reject orders in whole or in part. Delivery of the shares will be made on or about            , 2015.

Joint Book-Running Managers

 
Roth Capital Partners   Taglich Brothers, Inc.

Co-manager

National Securities Corporation

The date of this prospectus is            , 2015


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Prospectus Summary     1  
Risk Factors     10  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements     23  
Use of Proceeds     24  
Dividend Policy     25  
Capitalization     25  
Dilution     27  
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information     29  
Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data     32  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations     36  
Business     51  
Management     63  
Executive Compensation     68  
Principal Stockholders     74  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions     76  
Description of Common Stock     80  
Shares Eligible For Future Sale     82  
Plan of Distribution; Underwriting     85  
Conflicts of Interest     89  
Experts     90  
Legal Matters     90  
Additional Information     90  
Index to Financial Statements     F-1  

Through and including           , 2015, (the 25 th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

We have not authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

Market, Ranking and Other Industry Data

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the market in which we operate, including our general expectations about our industry, market position, market opportunity and market size, is based on data from various sources including internal data and estimates as well as third party sources widely available to the public such as independent industry publications, government publications, reports by market research firms or other published independent sources and on our assumptions based on that data and other similar sources. We did not fund and are not otherwise affiliated with the third party sources that we cite. Industry publications and other published sources generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from third-party sources believed to be reliable. Internal data and estimates are based upon information obtained from trade and business organizations and other

i


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

contacts in the markets in which we operate and management’s understanding of industry conditions, and such information has not been verified by any independent sources. These data involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we believe the market, industry and other information included in this prospectus to be the most recently available and to be generally reliable, such information is inherently imprecise and we have not independently verified any third-party information or verified that more recent information is not available.

ii


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information that is presented in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Unique Fabricating, Inc.,” “Unique,” “the company,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus refer to Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and our predecessor and, since March 2013, our subsidiary, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and where appropriate, their respective consolidated subsidiaries.

Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its Business

We are engaged in the engineering and manufacture of multi-material foam, rubber, and plastic components utilized in noise, vibration and harshness, commonly referred to as NVH, management, acoustical management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications. We employ various manufacturing processes including die cutting, thermoforming and compression molding and fusion molding. We manufacture a wide range of products including air management products, heating ventilation and air conditioning, referred to as HVAC, seals, fender stuffers, air ducts, acoustical insulation, door water shields, gas tank pads, light gaskets, topper pads, mirror gaskets and glove box liners. We design and produce innovative solutions for a wide variety of customer problems.

Our principal market served is the North America automotive market, which continues to recover from a 2009 recessionary low point. For 2014, total production of light vehicles in North America was 17.0 million units, a 97.7% increase in total production from the recessionary low point of 8.6 million units in 2009. Additionally, we sell to manufacturers in the heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC markets.

We produce and ship on average over three million parts per day and 800 million parts annually. We sell directly to major automotive and heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC companies, referred to throughout this prospectus as original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), or to the Tier 1 suppliers of these OEMs.

For the year ended January 4, 2015, we generated net sales of $126.48 million, of which 80.3% was derived from the North American automotive and heavy duty truck markets and 14.8% from the appliance, water heater and HVAC markets. For the year ended January 4, 2015, approximately 27.6% of our net sales came directly from OEMs in their respective markets and approximately 72.4% of our net sales came from the Tier 1 suppliers in their respective markets.

We are headquartered in Auburn Hills, Michigan and have sales, engineering and manufacturing facilities in Auburn Hills, Michigan, LaFayette, Georgia, Louisville, Kentucky, Evansville, Indiana, Ft. Smith, Arkansas, Murfreesboro, Tennessee, Bryan, Ohio and Monterrey, Mexico.

Our Strengths

Our mission is to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for NVH, water and air sealing and other functional and decorative applications. We employ our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives, our engineering and creative resources and rapid response to deliver rapid technical innovation, exceptional quality, reliable on-time delivery and competitive costs. We believe the keys to our core competitive strengths are as follows:

Strong technical expertise.   We have tremendous depth of expertise and knowledge of materials, adhesives, manufacturing processes and the product applications of our customers. Our understanding of our customers’ design and performance needs, and how our products interface with their applications allows us to engineer effective product solutions. We believe that our engineering talent, test facilities and rapid prototyping capabilities distinguish us from our competitors and enable us to rapidly innovate and develop products that resolve customer’s problems, often within 24 to 48 hours. Our ability to rapidly address customer challenges and provide prototype parts that include the use of new materials, products or processes is one of our key competitive strengths.

1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operational Excellence.   We are dedicated to maintaining a culture of continuous improvement. We utilize lean manufacturing techniques such as cellular manufacturing, kaizen process improvement events and process mapping, as well as statistical methods such as Six Sigma Analysis and Design of Experiments to drive productivity and quality improvement. We use quality, delivery and speed-to-market as competitive advantages. Our reputation for high quality, innovative products is attributable to a constant emphasis on engineering, including materials engineering, product and process engineering, and sales engineering, coupled with our dedication to lean manufacturing.

Depth of customer relationships.   We have developed long-term relationships with a customer base that we target deliberately, each of which has substantial requirements for NVH, water and air sealing, functional and decorative components. Due to our technical sophistication, raw material and adhesive innovation and rapid responsiveness, we believe we have a reputation with our key customers as the supplier of choice for our core products within the North American automotive and appliance markets. Our sales engineers have developed deep relationships with the technical teams of our key customers. This enables us to become involved early in the design/development stage of new vehicles or appliances, leading to opportunities to introduce new products. In certain situations, we are able to influence the customer design specifications from which new business is awarded.

Key relationships with suppliers.   We have long relationships with over 150 raw material and adhesive suppliers. We track new developments in materials, and pursue exclusive relationships with those suppliers that develop innovative raw materials and adhesives. This often leads to Unique having access to new materials for a period of time prior to their introduction to the market in general. For example, this has led to us having exclusive access for our types of products to the only source of recycled polyol for polyurethane in the industry. These recycled materials are opening up opportunities for new product variations that other competitors cannot offer. We constantly collaborate with our suppliers to develop new materials and adhesive combinations that exhibit cost, quality and/or performance enhancement for our customers.

Proximity to key customers.   Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located to serve the North American automotive and appliance industries. Our primary manufacturing centers are in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and in Mexico. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are within approximately 500 miles of over 80.0% of North American vehicle production, and even closer to major appliance manufacturing locations.

Our Strategy

Our business strategy is to be a valued partner in our customers’ product development and production processes by producing exceptional quality and providing reliable on-time delivery, competitive costs, and technical innovation with rapid engineering support. We utilize our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives combined with our engineering development and rapid responsiveness to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for NVH, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications.

We have aligned our internal human resources and technical capabilities to take advantage of industry mega trends, such as light weighting, telematics, and reduced energy consumption, which we believe will produce profitable revenue growth opportunities from our existing operations. In addition, our growth plan includes initiatives to develop certain new products and new markets which provide incremental growth opportunities. We believe that significant opportunities exist to continue to grow our business and increase profitability by focusing on the following:

Further Penetrate Existing Markets with Existing Products and Processes.   We are positioned to gain share and grow in existing markets with our current products and processes, capitalizing on the industry’s increasing demand for NVH content coupled with our capabilities, including exclusive proprietary materials sold to existing customers and targeted new customers. We hope to capitalize on our ability to service customers in different geographical locations through our manufacturing facilities in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and in Mexico.

Develop New Products & Processes for Existing Markets.   We have developed and earned the reputation as a problem solver to our current customers. As a result, we are in the position to develop complementary products and processes that can be sold to the same purchasing and engineering groups that

2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

already do business with us. We work closely with raw material and adhesive suppliers to develop innovative solutions that offer cost and performance improvement. We constantly focus on finding new applications for molded products utilizing thermoforming, compression and fusion molding.

Create New Markets with Existing Products and Processes.   While the specific products may vary, we have identified numerous opportunities to sell products fabricated using die cut and molding technology into new markets such as medical and not currently served industrial markets. We have demonstrated the ability to develop cost effective products utilizing various materials. Because of our strategic acquisitions, we are currently developing new products for the appliance, water heater and HVAC industries utilizing our various molding technologies. We believe raw material and adhesive suppliers rely on us to provide marketplace insight into new or emerging customer challenges, since we have regular access to end customers that those suppliers lack. We have the capability to combine new materials with new processes to create cost effective products in new markets.

Pursue Acquisitions.   We will continue to selectively pursue acquisitions that add new products and/or processes to further expand our portfolio of customer solutions. Management has completed to date two accretive add-on acquisitions. Management has a long history of identifying and integrating new platforms. We will continue to use our relationship with our financial sponsor, Taglich Private Equity, LLC, or Taglich Private Equity, to identify, evaluate and execute acquisition opportunities. Taglich Private Equity sourced and sponsored our formation in March 2013 and advised us in connection with identifying, negotiating and financing the acquisitions of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. and Chardan Corp. We have entered into an agreement with Taglich Private Equity for the provision of advisory and management services.

In order to finance our acquisitions, we have incurred substantial debt. As of March 29, 2015, we had approximately $27.35 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facility and approximately $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note outstanding. We intend to use the proceeds of this offering to repay the note. Substantially all of our assets are pledged to the lenders to secure this outstanding debt.

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates will beneficially own approximately 33.7% of our outstanding common stock (excluding any shares that may be purchased in this offering). As a result, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval. They may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

Recent Development

We have entered into a non-binding letter of intent and are engaged in discussions with respect to a proposed acquisition of the business and assets of a corporation engaged in the manufacture of components from molded polyurethane, including components for automotive applications, industrial equipment, off-road vehicles, office furniture, medical applications and packaging. We believe that the acquisition would augment our existing product offerings and potentially enable us to access new customers and increase sales to certain of our existing customers.

The proposed purchase price is $12 million, subject to certain adjustments, which would be payable in cash at closing, except for a portion which would be held in escrow and available to fund indemnification claims by us, if any. We currently intend to finance the acquisition with additional borrowings from our senior bank lender. Based solely upon preliminary unaudited information provided to us by the prospective seller, which we have not independently verified, the business we are considering acquiring had revenues of approximately $9.9 million, net income of approximately $1.3 million and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of approximately $2.2 million (adjusted to add back approximately $260,000 for shareholder-related payroll costs and expenses) in 2014.

Our completion of the proposed acquisition is subject to numerous conditions and contingencies, including the completion to our satisfaction of our due diligence, the negotiation and execution of definitive agreements, the satisfaction of closing conditions and our obtaining the commitment of our senior lender to provide financing necessary to fund the purchase price. There cannot be any assurance that: (1) we will

3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

complete the proposed acquisition or as to the date by which the transaction will close; (2) the terms of the transaction will not differ, and perhaps materially, from those described here; (3) we will be able to obtain financing to fund the acquisition; or (4) if we complete the acquisition, we will be able to successfully integrate the acquired operations into our business or the acquired operations will result in increased revenue, profitability or cash flow.

History and Structure

On March 18, 2013, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of the predecessor company, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., or Unique Fabricating NA, from an institutional investor in a leveraged buyout transaction. Unique Fabricating NA had two wholly owned subsidiaries, Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and Unique Fabricating de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., which we also acquired as part of the transaction. On December 18, 2013, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., we acquired substantially all of the assets, or the PTI Business, of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or PTI, a Louisville, Kentucky based business. On February 6, 2014, we moved to become more vertically integrated by acquiring, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., substantially all of the assets, or the Chardan Business, of one of our key suppliers, Chardan, Corp. or Chardan. We expect to selectively continue to pursue opportunistic acquisitions and enter into new growth markets outside of the automotive part industry.

The following diagram shows our organizational structure including our principal subsidiaries:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Unique Fabricating, Inc. was incorporated as UFI Acquisition, Inc. in the State of Delaware on January 14, 2013 for the purpose of acquiring Unique Fabricating NA Inc., and its subsidiaries, and changed its name to Unique Fabricating, Inc. on September 29, 2014. Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. was incorporated in the State of Michigan in 1975 and re-incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1998, as Unique Fabricating, Inc. It changed its name to Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. on September 29, 2014. Our principal offices currently are located at 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, Michigan, 48326.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the first fiscal year in which we have more than $1.0 billion in annual gross revenues; the last day of the fiscal year in which we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting

4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. As an emerging growth company:

we may present only two years of audited consolidated financial statements, plus unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for any interim period, and related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations;
we may avail ourselves of the exemption from the requirement to obtain an attestation report from our auditors on the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Sarbanes-Oxley Act);
we may provide less extensive disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
we may not require stockholder non-binding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period provided for complying with new or revised accounting standards, delaying the adoption of these accounting standards until they would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards to the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies.

There are numerous risks and uncertainties involved with our Company and an investment in our Company. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.

Summary of the Offering

Unless otherwise indicated herein, information presented assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over allotment option.

Common stock offered by us    
    1,875,000 shares
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering    
    8,614,998 shares
Underwriters’ option    
    We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 281,250 additional shares of common stock.
Risk factors    
    The common stock offered hereby involves a high degree of risk and should not be purchased by investors who cannot afford the loss of their entire investment. See “Risk Factors” below.
Use of proceeds    
    We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $14.38 million, $16.70 million assuming the underwriters’ overallotment option is exercised in full, and assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering to repay the approximate $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note, together with accrued interest through the date of payment. If the net proceeds from this offering are not sufficient to repay the 16% senior subordinated note in full, we will borrow under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility to augment the proceeds of this offering. We will use any proceeds remaining after payment of the 16% senior subordinated note, including any proceeds we receive if the over-allotment option is exercised by our underwriters, to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility. Amounts

5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

    repaid under the revolver portion of our facility will be available to be re-borrowed, subject to compliance with the terms of the facility. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
Conflicts of interest    
    Because certain affiliates of Taglich Brothers, Inc., an underwriter of this offering, beneficially own approximately 18.6% of our outstanding common stock as of June 1, 2015, and certain associates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and its affiliates are members of our Board of Directors, Taglich Brothers, Inc. is deemed to have a “conflict of interest” within the meaning rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Taglich Brothers, Inc. from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Roth Capital Partners is acting as “qualified independent underwriter” for this offering. See “Conflicts of Interest” on page 89 for more information.
Proposed Symbol    
    “UFAB” on the NYSE MKT.

Unless we specifically state otherwise, the share information in this prospectus reflects a 3 for 1 stock split effective November 18, 2014, is based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and reflects or assumes the number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after completion of this offering is based on 6,739,998 shares outstanding as of June 1, 2015, and excludes:

495,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options, issued under our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share;
139,200 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share;
250,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan; and
112,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the Underwriters at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering.

6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary Consolidated Financial Data and other Data

On March 18, 2013, we acquired the predecessor corporation, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. which became a wholly owned subsidiary of Unique. We recently changed the name of UFI Acquisition, Inc. to Unique Fabricating, Inc. and changed the name of Unique Fabricating Inc. to Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. See note 2 of our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus for a description of the business combination. The results of operations presented herein for all periods prior to our acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. are referred to as the results of operations of the “predecessor.” The results of operations presented herein for all periods subsequent to the acquisition are referred to as the results of operations of the “successor.” As a result of the acquisition, the results of operations of the predecessor are not comparable to the results of operations of the successor.

Our fifty-two week fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal year 2014 ended on January 4, 2015 and fiscal year 2015 will end on January 3, 2016.

Thirteen Weeks ended March 2014 and Twelve Weeks Ended March 2015

The following table sets forth our historical data for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 and the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015. All such data were derived from our unaudited financial statements. You should read the information contained in our financial statements and related notes, “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

     
  Successor   Successor   Pro Forma (1)
     Thirteen weeks
Ended
March 30,
2014
  Twelve weeks
Ended
March 29,
2015
  Twelve weeks
Ended
March 29,
2015
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales   $ 29,117     $ 32,431     $ 32,431  
Cost of sales     22,397       24,507       24,507  
Gross profit     6,720       7,924       7,924  
SG&A     5,083       5,243       5,243  
Operating income     1,637       2,681       2,681  
Interest expense     987       859       306  
Other income     12       7       7  
Income before taxes     662       1,829       2,382  
Provision for income taxes     200       636       840  
Net income   $ 462     $ 1,193     $ 1,542  
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.07     $ 0.18     $ 0.18  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.07     $ 0.17     $ 0.18  
Basic weighted average shares outstanding     6,740       6,740       8,452  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     6,740       7,007       8,719  

(1) The pro forma amounts present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering.

2013 and 2014

The following table sets forth the predecessor’s summary historical data for the eleven weeks ended March 17, 2013, our summary historical data for the forty-one weeks ended December 29, 2013 and the year ended January 4, 2015, and pro forma data giving effect to the acquisitions of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014 and the PTI business on December 18, 2013. All such data were derived from the predecessor’s and our financial statements. You should read the information contained in our and our predecessor’s financial statements and related notes, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

       
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor   Pro Forma (1)
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year Ended
Jan 4,
2015
  Year Ended
Jan 4,
2015
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales   $ 16,378     $ 63,879     $ 126,480     $ 126,637  
Cost of sales     12,717       48,984       95,020       94,662  
Gross profit     3,661       14,895       31,460       31,975  
SG&A     5,026       12,069       21,326       21,176  
Operating (loss) income     (1,365 )       2,826       10,134       10,799  
Interest expense     245       2,310       3,667       1,442  
Other income           22       72       72  
(Loss) income before taxes     (1,610 )       538       6,539       9,429  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (450 )       286       2,074       3,144  
Net (loss) income   $ (1,160 )     $ 252     $ 4,465     $ 6,285  
Basic earnings per share            $ 0.05     $ 0.66     $ 0.74  
Diluted earnings per share            $ 0.05     $ 0.65     $ 0.73  
Basic weighted average shares outstanding              5,067       6,740       8,452  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding              5,067       6,864       8,576  

(1) The pro forma amounts present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to:
the acquisition of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014;
an adjustment to cost of sales related to an increase in the value of inventory acquired from PTI on December 18, 2013; and
this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering

as if each had been completed on December 30, 2013 (first day of the 2014 fiscal year). For information as to how the amounts were derived, see “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.”

The following table presents unaudited summary balance sheet data on an actual basis and as adjusted to reflect this offering. As adjusted numbers reflect the sale of shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The net proceeds from the offering will be used to repay the 16% senior subordinated note in the principal amount of $13.13 million, together with accrued interest through the date of payment, and to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility.

   
  As of
March 29, 2015
  As adjusted
March 29, 2015
     (in thousands)
Total current assets   $ 34,924     $ 34,924  
Property, plant and equipment, net     18,746       18,746  
Intangible assets     31,401       31,401  
Total assets     86,453       86,453  
Total current liabilities (1)     17,507       17,507  
Long-term debt     38,274       24,321  
Redeemable common stock (2)     7,201       0  
Total stockholders’ equity     17,036       38,191  

(1) Includes current portion of long-term debt of $2.14 million.

8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Redeemable common stock refers to 1,415,400 shares issued to the holder of our 16% senior subordinated note, The Peninsula Fund V, Limited Partnership, or Peninsula. Peninsula has the right to require us to repurchase the shares for their fair market value at specified dates but has agreed to terminate such right effective upon the closing of this offering in consideration for us granting to it certain registration rights. Redeemable common stock also refers to 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders’ shares which we are required to purchase in certain circumstances. Upon completion of this offering, we no longer will be required to purchase the founders’ shares and the shares will be reallocated to total stockholders’ equity. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and note 9 to our consolidated financial statements.

9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS

Prospective investors should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties, in addition to the other information contained in this prospectus, in connection with investments in the shares offered hereby. If any of these risks were to actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you may lose all or part of your investment. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

Risks Related to Our Business

We have substantial debt and if we were to default on paying our debt or fail to comply with the covenants, our lenders could take action that would likely cause our stockholders to lose their entire investment in us.

As of March 29, 2015, we had approximately $27.35 million of debt outstanding under our senior secured credit facility and approximately $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note outstanding, which we intend to pay with the proceeds of this offering. Substantially all of our assets are pledged to the lenders to secure this outstanding debt. In the event that we are unable to make principal, interest or other payments due under, or we do not comply with the covenants contained in the senior secured credit facility, the lenders could declare an event of default, accelerate all amounts outstanding and, in the case of the senior secured credit facility, seek to foreclose on the collateral securing such indebtedness. In such event, we could be forced to file for bankruptcy protection and stockholders would likely lose their entire investment in us.

The agreement governing our senior secured credit facility contains financial covenants and other covenants that may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes in our business or to take certain actions. If we are unable to comply with these covenants, our business, results of operations and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected.

Our ability to comply with the covenants in the senior secured credit facility agreement may be affected by economic or business conditions beyond our control. If we are not able to comply with these covenants when required and we are unable to obtain necessary waivers or amendments from the lender, we would be precluded from borrowing under the credit facility. If we are unable to borrow under the credit facility, we will need to meet our liquidity requirements using other sources. Alternative sources of liquidity may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, if we do not comply with the financial or other covenants in the credit facility when required, the lender could declare an event of default under the credit facility, and our indebtedness thereunder could be declared immediately due and payable. The lender would also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments it has to provide further borrowings. Any of these events would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and liquidity.

In addition, the credit facility contains covenants that, among other things, restrict our ability to:

incur liens;
incur or assume additional debt or guarantees or issue preferred stock;
pay dividends, or make redemptions and repurchases, with respect to capital stock;
prepay, or make redemptions and repurchases of, subordinated debt;
make loans and investments;
make capital expenditures;
engage in mergers, acquisitions, asset sales, sale/leaseback transactions and transactions with affiliates;
change the business conducted by us or our subsidiaries; and
amend the terms of subordinated debt.

10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in this debt agreement and any future financing agreements may adversely affect our ability to finance future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.

Our substantial amount of indebtedness may adversely affect our cash flow and our ability to operate our business, remain in compliance with debt covenants and make payments on our indebtedness.

Our substantial level of indebtedness increases the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due with respect to our indebtedness. Our indebtedness could have other important consequences to you as a stockholder. For example, it could:

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness and any failure to comply with the obligations of any of our debt instruments, including financial and other restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under the senior secured credit facility and the senior subordinated note;
make us more vulnerable to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing the availability of our cash flows to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;
limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and
limit our ability to borrow additional amounts for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our business strategy or other purposes.

Any of the above listed factors could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The senior secured credit facility contains restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of our debt.

Our major customers may exert significant influence over us.

The vehicle component supply industry has traditionally been highly fragmented and serves a limited number of large OEMs. As a result, OEMs have historically had a significant amount of leverage over their outside suppliers. Our contracts with major OEM and Tier 1 customers frequently provide for an annual productivity cost reduction. Historically, cost reductions through product design changes, increased productivity and similar programs with our suppliers have generally offset these customer-imposed productivity cost reduction requirements. However, if we are unable to generate sufficient production cost savings in the future to offset price reductions, our gross margin and profitability would be adversely affected. In addition, changes in our customers’ purchasing policies or payment practices could have an adverse effect on our business.

The loss or insolvency of any of our major customers would adversely affect our future results.

We are dependent on several principal customers. Our three largest customers accounted for approximately 17.7% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015. We have not entered into long-term agreements with any of our customers. Instead, we enter into a number of purchase order commitments with our customers, based on their current or projected needs. We have in the past lost, and may in the future, lose customers due to the highly competitive conditions in the automotive supply industry, including pricing pressures. A decision by any significant customer, whether motivated by competitive conditions, financial difficulties or otherwise, to materially decrease the amount of products purchased from us, to change their manner of doing business with us or to stop doing business with us could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have no long-term contracts with customers.

We supply our products based on purchase orders placed by our customers from time to time but have no long-term contracts with our customers. We will commit to end-product pricing for a specified quantity of product for the duration of the vehicle’s production, generally three to five years. In the past, we successfully mitigated price volatility though aggressive supplier management and alternative material substitution strategies. Typically, our products are refreshed during a vehicle’s production life creating opportunities to modify pricing if material costs have risen. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to implement or sustain such strategies in the future or modify pricing to pass material costs to customers. Our inability to do so could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Our inability to compete effectively in the highly competitive vehicle component supply industry could result in lower prices for our products, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, which could have an adverse effect on our revenues and operating results.

The vehicle component supply industry is highly competitive. Our products primarily compete on the basis of price, breadth of product offerings, product quality, technical expertise and development capability, product delivery and product service. Increased competition may lead to price reductions resulting in reduced gross margins and loss of market share.

Current and future competitors may make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with others, foresee the course of market development more accurately than we do, develop products that are superior to our products, produce similar products at lower cost than we can or adapt more quickly to new technologies, industry or customer requirements. By doing so, they may enhance their ability to meet the needs of our customers or potential future customers. These developments could limit our ability to obtain revenues from new customers and to maintain existing revenues from our customer base. We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors and the failure to do so may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We rely on raw materials suppliers in our business and significant shortages, supplier capacity constraints or supplier production disruptions could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Our reliance on suppliers to secure raw materials exposes us to volatility in the prices and availability of our products. A disruption in deliveries from suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our commitments to customers or increase our operating costs. Moreover, the cost of raw materials used in the production of our products, represents a significant portion of our direct manufacturing costs. The number of customers to which we are not able to pass on such price increases may increase in the future. We believe that our supply management and production practices are based on an appropriate balancing of the foreseeable risks and the costs of alternative practices. Nonetheless, price increases, supplier capacity constraints, supplier production disruptions or the unavailability of some raw materials may have a material adverse effect on our cash flows, competitive position, financial condition or results of operations. If we are not able to buy raw materials at fixed prices, or pass on price increases to our customers, we may lose orders or enter into orders with less favorable terms, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We conduct certain of our manufacturing in Mexico and, therefore, are subject to risks associated with doing business outside the United States, including the possible effects of currency exchange rate fluctuations.

We have a manufacturing facility in Mexico. There are a number of risks associated with doing business in Mexico, including, exposure to local economic and political conditions, social unrest, including risks of terrorism or other hostilities, export and import restrictions, and the potential for shortages of trained labor. Our sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Because a portion of our manufacturing costs are incurred in Mexican pesos, fluctuations in the U.S. dollar/Mexican peso exchange rate may have a material effect on our profitability, cash flows, financial position, and may significantly affect the comparability of our results between financial periods. Any depreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the value of the Mexican peso will adversely affect the cost of our Mexican operations when translated into U.S. dollars.

12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Similarly, any appreciation in the value of the U.S. dollar in relation to the value of the Mexican peso will decrease the cost of our Mexican operations when translated into U.S. dollars. These risks may materially adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Prior periods of weakness in the global economy, the global credit markets and the financial services industry severely and negatively affected demand for automobiles and automobile parts and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Demand for and pricing of our products are subject to economic conditions and other factors present in the various markets where our products are sold. The level of demand for our products depends primarily upon the level of consumer demand for new vehicles that are manufactured with our products. The level of new vehicle purchases is cyclical, affected by such factors as general economic conditions, interest rates, consumer confidence, consumer preferences, patterns of consumer spending, fuel costs and the automobile replacement cycle.

The global economic crisis that prevailed throughout 2008 and 2009 resulted in delayed and reduced purchases of durable consumer goods, such as automobiles. Although the global economic climate has improved since 2009, if the global economy were to take another significant downturn, depending upon its length, duration and severity, our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow would again be materially adversely affected.

Our business is cyclical in nature and downturns in the automotive industry could reduce the sales and profitability of its business.

The demand for our products is largely dependent on the North American production of automobiles. The markets for our products have been cyclical, because new vehicle demand is dependent on, among other things, consumer spending and is tied closely to the overall strength of the economy. Because our products are used principally in the production of vehicles for the automotive market, our net sales, and therefore results of operations, are significantly dependent on the general state of the economy and other factors which affect these markets. A decline in vehicle production would adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the North American automotive market experienced a downturn during 2008 and 2009 as a result of general weakness in the North American economy. Although North American vehicle production continued to recover in 2013 and 2014 over the prior year periods, we cannot provide any assurance as to the length or level of the recovery from the recent decline, and any extended downturn could again materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are a holding company with no operations of our own, and we depend on our subsidiaries for cash to fund all of our operations and expenses, including to make payments on debt obligations of the holding company and make future dividend payments, if any.

Our operations are conducted entirely through our subsidiaries and our ability to generate cash to fund all of our operations and expenses and to pay dividends or to meet any debt service obligations of the holding company is highly dependent on the earnings and the receipt of funds from our subsidiaries via dividends or intercompany loans. We currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock; however, none of our subsidiaries will be obligated to make funds available to us for the payment of dividends. Further, the agreement governing our bank term loan and revolving credit facility, for which our subsidiary, Unique Fabricating NA is the borrower, restricts the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends, make loans or otherwise transfer assets to us. In addition, the laws of the jurisdictions in which our subsidiaries are organized may impose requirements that may restrict the ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends to us.

We may pursue acquisitions that involve inherent risks, any of which may cause us to not realize anticipated benefits.

Our business strategy includes the potential acquisition of businesses that we expect will complement and expand our business. For example, we acquired substantially all of the assets of PTI and Chardan. We may not be able to successfully identify suitable acquisition opportunities or complete any particular acquisition, combination or other transaction on acceptable terms. Our identification of suitable acquisition candidates

13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

involves risks inherent in assessing the values, strengths, weaknesses, risks and profitability of these opportunities including their effects on our business, diversion of our management’s attention and risks associated with unanticipated problems or unforeseen liabilities. If we are successful in pursuing future acquisitions, we may be required to expend significant funds, incur additional debt, or issue additional securities, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations and be dilutive to our stockholders. If we spend significant funds or incur additional debt, our ability to obtain financing for working capital or other purposes could decline and we may be more vulnerable to economic downturns and competitive pressures. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to finance additional acquisitions or that we will realize any anticipated benefits from acquisitions that we complete. Should we successfully acquire another business, the process of integrating acquired operations into our existing operations may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and may require significant financial resources that would otherwise be available for the ongoing development or expansion of our existing business. Our failure to identify suitable acquisition opportunities may restrict our ability to grow our business.

Failure to successfully integrate the PTI Business, and the additional indebtedness incurred to finance the PTI Business acquisition, could adversely impact the price of our common stock and future business and operations.

On December 18, 2013, we completed our acquisition of the PTI Business. Our integration of the PTI Business into our operations will be a complex and time-consuming process that may not be successful. The primary areas of focus for successfully combining the PTI Business with our operations may include, among others: retaining and integrating management and other key employees; integrating information, communications and other systems; managing our growth after the acquisition; retaining customers; and integrating the supply chain. Even if we successfully integrate the PTI Business into our existing operations, we may not realize the anticipated benefits of the transaction. The anticipated benefits and cost savings may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected.

Following our acquisition of the PTI Business, our consolidated indebtedness increased. The increased indebtedness and higher debt-to-equity ratio of our company may have the effect, among other things, of reducing our flexibility to respond to changing business and economic conditions and increasing borrowing costs. Our level of indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it may: require a portion of our cash flow from operations for the payment of principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, thus reducing our ability to use our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures and general corporate requirements; and limit our ability to obtain additional financing to fund working capital, capital expenditures, additional acquisitions or general corporate requirements.

We may experience increased costs and other disruptions to our business associated with labor unions.

As of March 29, 2015, we had 620 full-time employees, of whom 439 are hourly and 181 are salaried. 151 of our hourly employees are represented by labor unions and covered by collective bargaining agreements. We cannot assure you that other of our employees will not be represented by a labor organization in the future or that any of our facilities will not experience a work stoppage or other labor disruption. Many of our customers and their suppliers also have unionized work forces. Work stoppages or slow-downs experienced by customers or their other suppliers could result in slow-downs or closures of assembly plants where our products are included in assembled commercial vehicles. After years of being barred from striking against GM and Chrysler as a condition of government sponsored bail-outs, the United Auto Workers no longer is subject to such restriction. It has been reported that the UAW has prepared strike contingency plans in connection with the negotiations with General Motors, Ford and Chrysler that will replace existing contracts expiring in September 2015. Any work stoppage or other labor disruption involving our employees, employees of our customers (many of which customers have employees who are represented by unions), or employees of our suppliers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations by disrupting our ability to manufacture its products or reducing the demand for its products.

We would be adversely affected by the loss of key personnel.

Our success is dependent upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. Although certain key members of our senior management have employment agreements for their continued services, there is no guaranty that each such person will choose to remain with us. The loss of any

14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

key employees (including such members of our senior management team) could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, our success depends in part on our ability to attract, hire, train and retain qualified managerial, engineering, sales and marketing personnel. We face significant competition for these types of employees in our industry. We may be unsuccessful in attracting and retaining the personnel we require to conduct our operations successfully. The loss of any member of our senior management team or other key employees could impair our ability to execute our business plans and strategic initiatives, cause us to lose customers and experience reduced net sales, or lead to employee morale problems and/or the loss of other key employees. In any such event, our financial condition, results of operations, internal control over financial reporting, or cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our results of operations may be negatively impacted by product liability lawsuits and claims.

Our automotive products expose us to potential product liability risks that are inherent in the design, manufacture, sale and use of our products. While we currently maintain what we believe to be suitable product liability insurance, we cannot assure you that we will be able to maintain this insurance on acceptable terms, that this insurance will provide adequate protection against potential liabilities or that our insurance providers will successfully weather the current economic downturn. One or more successful claims against us could materially and adversely affect our reputation and our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

Our businesses are subject to statutory environmental and safety regulations in multiple jurisdictions, and the impact of any changes in regulation and/or the violation of any applicable laws and regulations by our businesses could result in a material and adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to foreign, federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing the protection of the environment and occupational health and safety, including laws regulating air emissions, wastewater discharges, the generation, storage, handling, use and transportation of hazardous materials; the emission and discharge of hazardous materials into the soil, ground or air; and the health and safety of our colleagues. We are also required to obtain permits from governmental authorities for certain of our operations. We cannot assure you that we are, or have been, in complete compliance with such environmental and safety laws, regulations and permits. If we violate or fail to comply with these laws, regulations or permits, we could be fined or otherwise sanctioned by regulators. In some instances, such a fine or sanction could have a material and adverse effect on us. The environmental laws to which we are subject have become more stringent over time, and we could incur material expenses in the future to comply with environmental laws. We are also subject to laws imposing liability for the cleanup of contaminated property. Under these laws, we could be held liable for costs and damages relating to contamination at our past or present facilities and at third party sites to which we sent waste containing hazardous substances. The amount of such liability could be material.

Certain of our operations generate hazardous substances and wastes. If a release of such substances or wastes occurs at or from our properties, or at or from any offsite disposal location to which substances or wastes from our current or former operations were taken, or if contamination is discovered at any of our current or former properties, we may be held liable for the costs of cleanup and for any other response by governmental authorities or private parties, together with any associated fines, penalties or damages. In most jurisdictions, this liability would arise whether or not we had complied with environmental laws governing the handling of hazardous substances or wastes.

We may be adversely affected by the impact of government regulations on our customers.

Although the products we manufacture and supply to vehicle customers are not subject to significant government regulation, our business is indirectly impacted by the extensive governmental regulation applicable to vehicle customers. These regulations primarily relate to emissions and noise standards imposed by the Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, state regulatory agencies, such as the California Air Resources Board, or CARB, and other regulatory agencies around the world. Vehicle customers are also subject to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act and Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards

15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

promulgated by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. Changes in emission standards and other proposed governmental regulations could impact the demand for vehicles and, as a result, indirectly impact our operations. For example, new emission standards governing heavy-duty (Class 8) diesel engines that went into effect in the United States on October 1, 2002 and January 1, 2007 resulted in significant purchases of new trucks by fleet operators prior to such date and reduced short term demand for such trucks in periods immediately following such date. New emission standards for truck engines used in Class 5 to 8 trucks imposed by the EPA and CARB became effective in 2010. To the extent that current or future governmental regulation has a negative impact on the demand for vehicles, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected.

We have only limited protection for our proprietary rights in our intellectual property, which makes it difficult to prevent third parties from infringing upon our rights.

Our success depends to a certain degree on our ability to protect our intellectual property and to operate without infringing on the proprietary rights of third parties. We have not been issued patents and have not registered trademarks with respect to our products. Our competitors could duplicate our designs, processes or other intellectual property or design around any processes or designs on which we may obtain patents or trademark protection in the future. In addition, it is possible that third parties may have or acquire licenses for other technology or designs that we may use or desire to use, so that we may need to acquire licenses to, or to contest the validity of, such patents or trademarks of third parties. Such licenses may not be made available to us on acceptable terms, if at all, and we may not prevail in contesting the validity of third party rights.

We protect trade secrets, know-how and other confidential information against unauthorized use by others or disclosure by persons who have access to them, such as our employees, through contractual or other arrangements. These arrangements may not provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, misappropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our revenues could be materially adversely affected.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and this Offering

There has been no prior public market for our common stock and an active trading market may not develop.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of an active trading market on the NYSE MKT or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The lack of an active market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock and may impair our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our common stock as consideration.

Our initial application to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT may not be approved and even if it is approved, there is no guarantee that we will be able to maintain our listing on the NYSE MKT.

Our common stock is not currently traded on any public market, but we have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT. There is no guarantee that the NYSE MKT will approve our initial listing application or that we will be able to remedy any problems identified by the NYSE MKT that would prevent our listing. Additionally, even if we are listed on the NYSE MKT, we will be required to comply with certain quantitative and qualitative continued listing requirements, including a minimum bid price and corporate governance requirements. If we fail to meet these continued listing requirements, we may receive notification from the NYSE MKT of such failure, which must be publicly filed, and we could eventually be delisted from the NYSE MKT.

We expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the offering price.

You should consider an investment in our common stock risky and invest only if you can withstand a significant loss and wide fluctuations in the market value of your investment. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be determined by negotiation between us and the

16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

underwriters and will be based on several factors. This price may not reflect the market price of our common stock following this offering. You may be unable to sell your shares of common stock at or above the initial public offering price due to fluctuations in the market price of our common stock arising from changes in our operating performance or prospects. In addition, the volatility of automotive parts company stocks often does not correlate to the operating performance of the companies represented by such stocks. Some of the factors that may cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate include:

volume and timing of orders for our products;
quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;
changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our common stock;
failure to meet estimates or recommendations by securities analysts, if any, who cover our stock;
product liability claims or other litigation involving us;
sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;
changes in accounting principles; and
general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.

These and other external factors may cause the market price and demand for our common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have sometimes instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit regardless of the merits of the case or the eventual outcome. Such a lawsuit also would divert the time and attention of our management.

We may not be able to pay dividends.

We currently plan to pay dividends quarterly. However, our ability to pay dividends will be affected by our results and our needs for funds for use in our operations and to expand our business. In addition, our senior secured credit facility contains financial covenants which may have the effect of precluding or limiting the amounts that we can pay as dividends.

If our executive officers, directors and principal stockholders choose to act together, they will be able to exert significant influence over us and our significant corporate decisions and may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders.

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors, and beneficial owners of 5% or more of our outstanding common stock and their affiliates will beneficially own approximately 33.9% of our outstanding common stock (excluding any shares that may be purchased in this offering), or approximately 32.9% if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full (excluding any shares that may be purchased in this offering). As a result, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to significantly influence the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets, and they may act in a manner that advances their best interests and not necessarily those of other stockholders, including investors in this offering, by among other things:

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us;
entrenching our management and/or our board of directors;
impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us;
discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us; or

17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders.

Our directors who have relationships with Taglich or Peninsula may have conflicts of interest with respect to matters involving our Company.

Two of our directors, Mr. Baum and Mr. Cooke, are associated with Taglich Private Equity and Taglich Brothers, an underwriter of this offering, respectively. In addition, another director, Mr. Illikman is a partner of Peninsula Capital Partners LLC, a mezzanine and equity capital fund manager which organized and manages Peninsula Fund V, Limited Partnership, our largest stockholder. Of our other directors, two, Mr. Frascoia and Mr. Viola have been designated by Taglich Private Equity, and one, Ms. Korth has been designated by Peninsula. As we note elsewhere in this prospectus, Taglich Brothers, Inc. has a conflict of interest in offering our shares because of ownership of our stock by certain of its affiliates and because certain associates are members of our board. Due to this conflict of interest, Roth Capital Partners is acting as a qualified independent underwriter. However, in the future, our directors who are affiliated with Taglich or Peninsula may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with matters affecting both us and Taglich or Peninsula.

Securities analysts may not initiate coverage of our common stock or may issue negative reports, which may have a negative impact on the market price of our common stock.

Securities analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering. If securities analysts do not cover our common stock after the completion of this offering, the lack of research coverage may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. The trading market for our common stock may be affected in part by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about our business. If one or more of the analysts who elect to cover us downgrade our stock, our stock price would likely decline rapidly. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and a global settlement among the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, other regulatory agencies and a number of investment banks, which was reached in 2003, many investment banking firms are required to contract with independent financial analysts for their stock research. It may be difficult for a company such as ours, with a smaller market capitalization, to attract independent financial analysts that will cover our common stock. This could have a negative effect on the market price of our stock.

Investors in this offering will pay a much higher price than the book value of our common stock and, therefore, will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

If you purchase common stock in this offering, you will pay more for your shares than the amounts paid by existing stockholders for their shares. You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $8.24 per share, representing the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and our pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering based on an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share of our common stock, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus. In the past, we have also issued options and warrants to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. To the extent these outstanding options and warrants are ultimately exercised, you will sustain further dilution. For a further description of the dilution you will incur in this offering, see the “Dilution” section of this prospectus.

Future sales of our common stock in the public market after this offering may cause our stock price to decline and impair our ability to raise future capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon completion of this offering, our current stockholders will hold a substantial number of shares of our common stock that they will be able to sell in the public market. Sales by our current stockholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering or the perception that substantial sales may be made, could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. These sales might also make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Our stockholders are subject to lock-up agreements with the Company, which the Company may not waive without the consent of Roth Capital Partners. Roth Capital Partners, in its sole discretion, may release those parties, at any time or from time to

18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

time and without notice, from their obligation not to dispose of shares of common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Roth Capital Partners has no pre-established conditions to waiving the terms of the lock-up agreements, and any decision by it to waive those conditions would depend on a number of factors, which may include market conditions, the performance of the common stock in the market and our financial condition at that time.

After this offering, we will have outstanding 8,614,998 shares of common stock, based upon shares of common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2015, which assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. This includes the shares we are selling in this offering, which, other than shares that may be purchased by certain associates of Taglich Brothers which will be subject to lock-up restrictions, may be resold in the public market immediately. All of the remaining shares, and 166,524 shares issuable upon exercise of currently exercisable warrants and stock options will be subject to lock-up restrictions. 3,949,596 shares have been beneficially owned by non-affiliates for more than one year, and upon expiration of the lock-up restrictions will be tradable without restriction under Rule 144 immediately.

Following the completion of this offering, we also intend to register all shares of our common stock that we may issue pursuant to the 2013 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan. Shares issued by us upon exercise of options granted under our stock plans would be eligible for sale in the public market upon the effective date of the registration statement for those shares, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. If any of these holders cause a large number of securities to be sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. These sales also could impede our ability to raise future capital. Please see the “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” section of this prospectus for a description of sales that may occur in the future.

Our management team may allocate the proceeds of this offering in ways in which you may not agree.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility by repaying our 16% senior subordinated note, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. In addition to repaying the 16% senior subordinated note, we intend to use a portion of the net proceeds to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of the senior credit facility. Our ability to re-borrow the amounts paid under the revolver will depend on our compliance with the terms of the senior credit facility. There can be no assurance that we will be able to re-borrow under the senior credit facility amounts repaid with the net proceeds of this offering. We retain broad discretion in the use of proceeds and our ultimate use of these proceeds may vary substantially from their currently intended use. If we exercise our discretion in the use of the net proceeds, stockholders may not agree with such uses, and we may use the net proceeds in a manner that does not increase our operating results or market value.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law may discourage or prevent a change in control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering contain provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable, including transactions in which you might receive a premium for your shares. These provisions also could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. Stockholders who wish to participate in these transactions may not have the opportunity to do so. Furthermore, these provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove management. These provisions:

allow the authorized number of directors to be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;
provide for a classified board of directors, such that not all members of our board will be elected at one time;
prohibit our stockholders from filling board vacancies, limit who may call stockholder meetings, and prohibit the taking of stockholder action by written consent; and

19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

require advance written notice of stockholder proposals that can be acted upon at stockholders meetings and of director nominations to our board of directors.

In addition, we are subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which may prohibit certain business combinations with stockholders owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock. Any delay or prevention of a change in control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Risks Related to Public Companies

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. In addition, as an emerging growth company, we have only included two years, rather than the customary three, of audited financial statements and two years, rather than the customary five, of selected financial data in this prospectus. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We are electing to delay such adoption of new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies that comply with all public company accounting standards.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. Under the JOBS Act, we may be able to maintain emerging growth company status for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our second quarter during any fiscal year before the end of such five-year period or if we have total annual gross revenue of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which cases we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. Additionally, if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive because of our reliance on any of these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

New regulations related to conflict minerals may force us to incur additional expenses and otherwise adversely impact our business.

The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, has promulgated final rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, in products manufactured by public companies. These new rules require ongoing due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo, or the DRC, or an adjoining country and whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC. Reporting obligations for the rule began May 31, 2014 and are required annually thereafter. As a new public company, we will be required to comply with the reporting obligations beginning with our fiscal year ended January 1,

20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2017. There will be costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of conflict minerals in our products. The implementation of these rules and their effect on customer, supplier and/or consumer behavior could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As a result, we may also incur costs with respect to potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply. We may face disqualification as a supplier for customers and reputational challenges if the due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products or to determine if such conflict minerals are conflict-free. Accordingly, the implementation of these rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and/or financial condition.

We will incur increased costs as a result of being a public company, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” and our management expects to devote substantial time to public company compliance programs.

As a public company, and increasingly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” or a “smaller reporting company” we will incur significant legal, insurance, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, our administrative staff will be required to perform additional tasks. For example, in anticipation of becoming a public company, we will need to adopt additional internal controls and disclosure controls and procedures, engage a transfer agent, adopt an insider trading policy and bear all of the internal and external costs of preparing and distributing periodic public reports in compliance with our obligations under the securities laws. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment will result in increased general and administrative expenses and may divert management’s time and attention from product development and commercialization activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us, and our business may be harmed. In addition, if we are unable to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to maintain the listing of our common stock on the NYSE MKT which would likely have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock.

In connection with this offering, we are increasing our directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage, which will increase our insurance cost. In the future, it will be more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified executive officers and qualified members of our board of directors, particularly to serve on our audit and compensation committees.

Our internal control over financial reporting does not currently meet the standards required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and failure to achieve and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could result in material misstatements of our annual or interim financial statements and have a material adverse effect on our business and share price.

We are not currently required to comply with the SEC’s rules that implement Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and are therefore not yet required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. Upon becoming a public company, we will however be required to comply with certain of these rules, which will require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting commencing with our second annual report. This assessment will need to include the disclosure of any material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting identified by our management or our independent registered public accounting firm. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. A “significant deficiency” is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal controls over financial reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet important enough to merit attention by those responsible for oversight of our financial reporting, including the audit committee of the board of directors.

21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Finally, as a private company, we have not previously been required to prepare quarterly financial statements, nor have we been required to generate financial statements in the time periods mandated for public companies by the SEC’s reporting requirements. We believe that we will need to expand our accounting resources, including the size and expertise of our internal accounting team, to effectively execute a quarterly close process and on an appropriate time frame for a public company. If we are unsuccessful or unable to sufficiently expand these resources, we may not be able to produce U.S. GAAP-compliant financial statements on a time frame required to comply with our reporting requirements under the Exchange Act, and the financial statements we produce may contain material misstatements, either of which could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reports and our financial reporting generally, which could lead to a decline in the trading price of our common stock.

Our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses and a significant deficiency which we have not yet remedied. A material weakness or significant deficiency increases the possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected and could adversely affect investor confidence in us and the trading price of our common stock.

In connection with our audits for the years ended January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm identified two material weaknesses: one that the chief financial officer had almost complete responsibility for the processing of financial information and the second that our financial department did not have available capacity to process in a timely manner complex, non-routine transactions. Our independent registered public accounting firm also identified a significant deficiency in the internal controls at one of our subsidiaries: one individual at the subsidiary had full access to network and financial applications and the ability to post transactions without additional review procedures.

We have begun to address the material weaknesses and significant deficiency identified by our independent registered public accounting firm by hiring additional senior accounting staff, but have not yet remediated the material weaknesses and significant deficiency. Our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we (1) are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act and (2) no longer qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Exchange Act. However, in the event that our internal controls over financial reporting are perceived as inadequate, or that we are unable to produce timely or accurate financial statements, investors may lose confidence in our operating results and the trading price of our common stock could decline.

22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. These forward-looking statements are contained principally in, but not limited to, the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors that may cause our or our industry’s actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

our financial performance, including our revenue, costs, expenditures, growth rates and operating expenses, and our ability to maintain profitability;
our ability to maintain our rate of revenue growth;
our ability to expand our customer base;
our ability to adapt to changing market conditions;
our ability to effectively manage our growth;
the effects of increased competition in our markets and our ability to compete effectively;
our ability to maintain, protect and enhance our intellectual property;
costs associated with defending intellectual property infringement and other claims;
our ability to successfully enter new markets;
our expectations concerning relationships with third parties;
our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel; and
other factors discussed in this prospectus under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

In addition, in this prospectus, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “seek,” “might,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “approximately,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” or the negative or plural of these words or similar expressions, as they relate to our company, business and management, are intended to identify forward-looking statements. In light of these risks and uncertainties, the future events and circumstances discussed in this prospectus may not occur, and actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

Forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. We discuss these risks in greater detail in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We derive many of our forward-looking statements from our operating budgets and forecasts, which we base on many assumptions. While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect.

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. We caution you that the foregoing list of important factors may not contain all of the material factors that are important to you. Except as required by law, we assume no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement to reflect actual results, changes in assumptions based on new information, future events or otherwise. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of 1,875,000 shares of our common stock that we are selling in this offering will be approximately $14.38 million, assuming an initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, we estimate that we will receive additional net proceeds of approximately $2.33 million.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $1.73 million, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our capitalization and financial flexibility, increase our visibility in the marketplace and create a public market for our common stock. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay the approximate $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note due March 16, 2018, together with accrued interest through the date of payment. $11.50 million principal amount of the 16% senior subordinated note was issued in March 2013 to finance, in part, our acquisition. An additional $1.50 million principal amount of the note was issued in December 2013 to finance, in part, the acquisition of the PTI Business. The remaining $0.13 million principal amount was issued to pay interest in kind. We will use proceeds remaining after payment of the 16% senior subordinated note, including any proceeds we receive if the over-allotment is exercised by our underwriters, to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility which matures on March 15, 2018. Borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility are subject to a borrowing base and bear interest at a rate per annum equal to 30 day LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 2.75% to 3.25%. At March 29, 2015, the effective interest rate was 3.18% per annum. Amounts paid under the facility will be available to be re-borrowed, subject to our compliance with the terms of the facility. If the net proceeds from this offering are not sufficient to pay the 16% senior subordinated note in full, we will borrow under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility to augment the proceeds of this offering. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior secured credit facility are used for general corporate purposes, including working capital, sales and marketing activities and general and administrative matters.

We retain broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from this offering and could utilize the proceeds for purposes other than the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note and borrowings under the revolver portion of our senior credit facility, including any proceeds we receive if the overallotment option is exercised by our underwriters. We may use net proceeds in ways that do not necessarily improve our results of operations or enhance the value of our common stock. Pending the uses described above, we intend to repay borrowings under our revolver, which will be available to be re-borrowed, subject to our compliance with the terms of the facility and to invest any net proceeds that are not so used in short term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the U.S. government.

24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. Our payment of dividends on our common stock in the future will be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion and will depend on business conditions, our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements. Our senior secured credit facility contains financial covenants which may have the effect of precluding or limiting the amounts that we can pay as dividends. We currently anticipate paying dividends on our common stock quarterly commencing in the third quarter of 2015 at an estimated rate of $0.15 per share per quarter.

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, and our capitalization as of March 29, 2015:

on an actual basis; and
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to our sale and issuance of 1,875,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and application of the net proceeds to repay our 16% senior subordinated note and temporarily reduce borrowings under our senior secured credit facility.
on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to the reclassification of redeemable common stock to stockholders’ equity as Peninsula has agreed to terminate its right to require us to repurchase its 1,415,400 shares of common stock effective upon the closing of this offering in exchange for us granting it certain registration rights.

You should read the information in this table together with “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Description of Common Stock,” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

     
  March 29, 2015
     Actual   Adjustments (1)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
     (in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 662           $ 662  
Senior secured credit facility, including current portion     27,167       (1,241 )       25,926  
16% senior subordinated note (2)     12,713       (12,713 )        
Other debt     538             538  
Total debt (3)     40,418                26,464  
Redeemable common stock – 2,415,399 shares issued and outstanding, actual and 0 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (4)     7,201       (7,201 )       0  
Stockholders’ equity:
                          
Common stock, $0.001 par value – 15,000,000 shares authorized and 4,324,599 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 15,000,000 shares authorized and 8,614,998 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted (5)     4       10       14  
Additional paid-in capital (6)     13,730       21,565       35,295  
Retained earnings (2)     3,302       (420 )       2,882  
Total stockholders’ equity     17,036             38,191  
Total capitalization   $ 64,655           $ 64,655  

(1) Adjustments give effect to this offering and the anticipated use of net proceeds. Proceeds remaining after payment of the 16% senior subordinated note will be used to temporarily reduce borrowings under the revolver portion of the senior secured credit facility. Amounts paid under the facility will be available to be re-borrowed subject to compliance with the terms of the facility.

25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Our 16% senior subordinated note is recorded on our financial statements at a $0.42 million discount to the principal amount due, reflecting the capital debt expenses incurred in connection with its issuance. The principal amount of the note is $13.13 million. We anticipate a $0.42 million debt extinguishment charge upon repayment of the notes.
(3) Includes current portion of long-term debt of $2.14 million.
(4) Adjustments to redeemable common stock relate to (A) $0.17 million decrease as a result of the reclassification of 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders’ shares that we are required to purchase at $0.167 per share, if we complete an initial public offering at a price of less than $4 per share, to common stock and additional paid-in capital upon completion of this offering, as we will no longer be required to purchase such shares, and (B) $7.03 million decrease for the reclassification of the 1,415,400 shares of common stock issued to Peninsula as a result of Peninsula’s agreement to terminate its right to require us to repurchase its shares in certain events effective upon the closing of this offering in exchange for us granting to it certain registration rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and notes 9 and 18 to our consolidated financial statements.
(5) Adjustments to common stock reflect (A) the par value of the shares issued in this offering, plus (B) the reclassification of the par value of the 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders’ shares described in note (4) above and (C) the par value of the 1,415,400 shares of common stock issued to Peninsula as described in note (4) above that will be reclassified to stockholders equity effective upon closing of the offering.
(6) Adjustments to additional paid-in capital reflects (A) $14.38 million in net proceeds from the shares issued in this offering, after deducting $2.50 million for the underwriting discount and estimated expenses associated with the offering payable by us, and the par value of the shares issued, plus (B) $0.17 million for the reclassification of the value (net of par value) of the 999,999 shares of common stock issued as founders’ shares described in note (3) above, plus (C) $7.02 million for the 1,415,400 shares of common stock issued to Peninsula reclassified to stockholders’ equity upon closing of the offering as described in note (4) above.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would decrease (increase) the amounts of our pro forma senior secured credit facility by $1.72 million, while increasing (decreasing) stockholders’ equity by $1.72 million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and terms of this offering determined at pricing.

The outstanding share information in the pro forma column and the pro forma as adjusted column in the capitalization table above does not include:

495,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options, issued under our 2013 Equity Compensation Plan, outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share;
139,200 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share;
250,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan; and
112,500 shares of common stock to be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants to be issued to the underwriters at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering.

26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of shares of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering.

Our historical net tangible book value as of March 29, 2015 was $(7.43 million), or $(1.10) per share. After giving effect to the sale by us of shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 29, 2015, giving effect to our intended use of the net proceeds of this offering, would have been $6.52 million, or $0.76 per share (1). This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.86 per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $8.24 per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution:

   
Assumed initial public offering price per share            $ 9.00  
Net tangible book value per share as of March 29, 2015, before giving effect to this offering   $ (1.10 )           
Increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors     1.86        
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering           0.76  
Dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering            $ 8.24  

(1) The pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value and value per share as of March 29, 2015 is calculated as follows:

 
  (in thousands,
except per
share data)
Total actual assets   $ 86,453  
Less: Debt issuance costs     (267 )  
Less: Goodwill     (15,183 )  
Less: Intangible assets     (16,217 )  
Total pro forma assets     54,786  
Total actual liabilities     62,217  
Less: Senior secured credit facility adjustment     (1,241 )  
Less: 16% senior subordinated note adjustment     (12,713 )  
Total pro forma liabilities     48,263  
Pro forma as adjusted total net tangible book value   $ 6,523  
Weighted average shares outstanding     8,615  
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share   $ 0.76  

Our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will be $8.85 million, or $1.00 per share, and the dilution per share of common stock to new investors will be $8.00, if the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full.

27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $1.73 million, or $0.19 per share, and the pro forma dilution per share to investors in this offering by $0.81 per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discount.

The following table presents, as of March 29, 2015, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid or to be paid to us, which includes gross proceeds received from the issuance of our common stock and the average price per share paid or to be paid to us at the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

         
  Shares Purchased   Total Consideration   Average Price
Per Share
     Number   Percent   Amount   Percent
Existing stockholders     6,739,998       78.2 %     $ 19,299,999       53.4 %     $ 2.86  
New investors     1,875,000       21.8 %       16,875,000       46.6 %       9.00  
Total     8,614,998       100.0 %     $ 36,174,999       100.0 %     $ 4.20  

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all stockholders by $1,875,000, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, before deducting the underwriting discount.

If the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the number of shares held by existing stockholders after this offering would be 6,739,998, or 75.8%, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to 2,156,250, or 24.2%, of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

The tables and discussion above is based on 6,739,998 shares outstanding as of March 29, 2015 and excludes:

495,000 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share;
139,200 shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of March 29, 2015, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.33 per share;
250,000 shares of common stock reserved for future grants or issuance under our 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan; and
Warrants to be issued to the underwriters to purchase up to 112,500 shares of common stock, at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering.

28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unaudited pro forma statements of operations for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 and year ended January 4, 2015 present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to:

the acquisition of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014, pursuant to the Asset Purchase Agreement by and among Unique-Chardan, Inc., Unique Fabricating Inc., Chardan, Corp. and the sole stockholder of Chardan, Corp.;
an adjustment to cost of sales related to an increase in the value of inventory acquired from PTI on December 18, 2013; and
this offering and the use of net proceeds from this offering

as if each had been completed on December 30, 2013 (the first day of the 2014 fiscal year). The unaudited pro forma financial information has been prepared based on our historical consolidated financial statements, the historical financial statements of Chardan and the assumptions and adjustments described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information below. The adjustments necessary to fairly present the unaudited pro forma financial information have been based on available information and assumptions we believe are reasonable and are presented for illustrative purposes only. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not purport to represent our consolidated results of operations that would actually have occurred had the transactions referred to above been consummated on the dates assumed or to project our consolidated results of operations for any future date or period. The presentation of the unaudited pro forma financial information is prepared in conformity with Article 11 of Regulation S-X.

Our historical financial information and the historical information for Chardan have been derived from consolidated financial statements and related notes to such financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

For purposes of the unaudited pro forma financial information, we have assumed that shares of common stock will be issued by us at a price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma financial information should be read together with “Capitalization,” “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the financial statements of Chardan and related notes to such financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Twelve Weeks Ended March 29, 2015

     
  Unique   IPO
Adjustments
  Unique
Pro Forma
  (in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales   $ 32,431     $     $ 32,431  
Cost of sales     24,507             24,507  
Gross profit     7,924             7,924  
SG&A expenses     5,243             5,243  
Operating income     2,681             2,681  
Interest expense     859       (553 ) (1)       306  
Other income     7             7  
Income before taxes     1,829       553       2,382  
Provision for income taxes     636       204 (2)       840  
Net income   $ 1,193     $ 349     $ 1,542  
Basic earnings per share (3)   $ 0.18              $ 0.18  
Diluted earnings per share (3)   $ 0.17              $ 0.18  

Notes to unaudited pro forma statement of operations

(1) Reflects $0.52 million reduction in interest expense as a result of the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note as described in “Use of Proceeds”, as if such repayment occurred on December 29, 2013 and a reduction of $0.03 million of amortization of debt issuance costs, a result of repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note.

29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2) Adjusted to reflect a combined federal and state income tax rate of 37% applied to the pro forma pre-tax earnings.
(3) The basic weighted average shares used in the as adjusted before offering earnings per share calculation of the pro forma table assumes that the acquisitions of Chardan and PTI had occurred on December 20, 2013. As a result, the basic weighted average shares used equals 6.74 million shares which is the number of shares outstanding after the transactions. The Unique pro forma column basic weighted average shares are further adjusted for the impact on shares for the use of proceeds of this offering to repay the 16% senior subordinated note (1.71 million shares). The diluted weighted average shares include the impact of the transactions and offering discussed above as well as the impact related to options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 that were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Please see the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share below (in thousands, except per share data.)

     
                                                                                       Unique
Net income   $ 1,193       Net income     $ 1,193  
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,740       Weighted average shares outstanding       6,740  
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.18       Effects of dilutive securities:           
                  Stock options       192  
               Warrants       75  
             Diluted weighted average shares
  outstanding
      7,007  
                Diluted earnings per share     $ 0.17  

     
                                                                                Unique Pro Forma
Net income   $ 1,542       Net income     $ 1,542  
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,740       Weighted average shares outstanding       6,740  
Shares impact of offering     1,712       Effects of dilutive securities:        
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding     8,452         Stock options       192  
Pro forma basic earnings per share   $ 0.18         Warrants       75  
             Shares impact of offering       1,712  
             Pro forma diluted weighted average
shares outstanding
      8,719  
                Pro forma diluted earnings per share     $ 0.18  

Fifty Two Weeks Ended January 4, 2015

           
  Unique   Chardan   Pro Forma Adjustments   As Adjusted
Before
Offering
  IPO
Adjustments
  Unique
Pro Forma
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales   $ 126,480     $ 514     $ (357 ) (1)     $ 126,637     $     $ 126,637  
Cost of sales     95,020       384       (742 ) (1) (2) (3)       94,662             94,662  
Gross profit     31,460       130       385       31,975             31,975  
SG&A expenses     21,326       75       (225 ) (4) (5)       21,176             21,176  
Operating income     10,134       55       610       10,799             10,799  
Interest expense     3,667             15 (6)       3,682       (2,240 ) (8)       1,442  
Other income     72                   72             72  
Income before taxes     6,539       55       595       7,189       2,240       9,429  
Provision for income taxes     2,074             241 (7)       2,315       829 (7)       3,144  
Net income   $ 4,465     $ 55     $ 354     $ 4,874     $ 1,411     $ 6,285  
Basic earnings per share (9)                              $ 0.72              $ 0.74  
Diluted earnings per share (9)                              $ 0.71              $ 0.73  

30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to unaudited pro forma statement of operations.

(1) Assumes intercompany sales and cost of sales of $0.36 million between Unique and Chardan are eliminated.
(2) Reflects $0.001 million reduction to cost of sales necessary to show fifty two weeks of depreciation expense based on the purchase price allocated to property, plant and equipment in the Chardan acquisition. The acquisition resulted in a step-up in property, plant, and equipment to fair value with a new depreciable asset base of $0.42 million to be depreciated over the weighted average useful life of 9.83 years causing pro forma depreciation expense of $0.003 million for the period.
(3) Reflects $0.38 million decrease in cost of sales for the reversal of the expensed portion of the step-up in inventory basis to estimated fair market value as a result of purchase accounting. Purchase accounting resulted in the Company recognizing a $1.13 million increase to the historical FIFO basis of inventory related to the Unique, PTI, and Chardan acquisitions to value it at its estimated fair market value. During the 52 weeks ended January 4, 2015, $0.38 million of this basis increase was included in cost of sales as the underlying inventory was sold, and this adjustment eliminates the $0.38 million from cost of sales for pro forma purposes.
(4) Reflects an increase of $0.01 million in SG&A necessary to show fifty two weeks of amortization expense based on purchase price allocated to intangible assets in the Chardan acquisition. The acquisition resulted in a new definite-lived intangible assets base of $0.97 million to be amortized over the weighted average useful life of 8.00 years causing pro forma amortization expense of $0.01 million for the period.
(5) Assumes $0.24 million of transaction costs incurred in the acquisition of Chardan are added back.
(6) Reflects $0.01 million increase necessary to show fifty two weeks of interest expense on the debt used to fund acquisition.
(7) Adjusted to reflect a combined federal and state income tax rate of 37% applied to the pro forma pre-tax earnings of Chardan, which was taxed as a Subchapter S corporation prior to the acquisition. Assumes combined federal and state income tax rate of 37% applied to remaining pro forma adjustments.
(8) Reflects $2.10 million reduction in interest expense as a result of the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note as described in “Use of Proceeds”, as if such repayment occurred on December 29, 2013, and a reduction of $0.14 million of amortization of debt issuance costs, a result of the repayment of the 16% senior subordinated note.
(9) The basic weighted average shares used in the as adjusted before offering earnings per share calculation for the pro forma tables assumes that the acquisitions of Chardan and PTI had occurred on December 30, 2013. As a result, the basic weighted average shares used equals 6.74 million shares which is the number of shares outstanding after the transactions. The Unique pro forma column basic weighted average shares are further adjusted for the impact on shares of the use of proceeds of this offering to repay the 16% senior subordinated note (1.71 million shares). The diluted weighted average shares include the impact of the transaction and offering discussed above as well as a $0.12 million impact related to options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2014 Successor period that were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Please see the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share below (in thousands, except per share data.)

     
                                                                               As Adjusted Before Offering
Net income   $ 4,874       Net income     $ 4,874  
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,740       Weighed average shares outstanding       6,740  
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.72       Effects of dilutive securities:        
                  Stock options       86  
               Warrants       38  
             Diluted weighted average shares
  outstanding
      6,864  
                Diluted earnings per share     $ 0.71  

     
                                                                                       Unique Pro Forma
Net income   $ 6,285       Net income     $ 6,285  
Weighted shares outstanding     6,740       Weighed average shares outstanding       6,740  
Shares impact of offering     1,712       Effects of dilutive securities:        
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding     8,452         Stock options       86  
Pro forma basic earnings per share   $ 0.74         Warrants       38  
             Shares impact of offering       1,712  
             Pro forma diluted weighted average
  shares outstanding
      8,576  
                Pro forma diluted earnings per share     $ 0.73  

31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our policy is that fiscal years end annually on the Sunday closest to December 31. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 29, 2013 and January 4, 2015 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated statements of operations data for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 and the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 and the unaudited consolidated balance sheet data as of March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.

Thirteen Weeks ended March 30, 2014 and Twelve Weeks ended March 29, 2015

The following table sets forth summary historical data for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 and the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015. All such data were derived from our financial statements. You should read the information contained in our financial statements and related notes, “Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

     
  Successor   Successor   Pro Forma (1)
     Thirteen weeks
Ended
Mar 30,
2014
  Twelve weeks
Ended
Mar 29,
2015
  Twelve weeks
Ended
Mar 29,
2015
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales   $ 29,117     $ 32,431     $ 32,431  
Cost of sales     22,397       24,507       24,507  
Gross profit     6,720       7,924       7,924  
SG&A     5,083       5,243       5,243  
Operating income     1,637       2,681       2,681  
Interest expense     987       859       306  
Other income     12       7       7  
Income before taxes     662       1,829       2,382  
Provision for income taxes     200       636       840  
Net income   $ 462     $ 1,193       1,542  
Basic earnings per share   $ 0.07     $ 0.18     $ 0.18  
Diluted earnings per share   $ 0.07     $ 0.17     $ 0.18  
Basic weighted average shares outstanding     6,740       6,740       8,452  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     6,740       7,007       8,719  
Cash flow data
                          
Cash flow provided by (used in):
                          
Operating activities   $ (316 )     $ 1,131           
Investing activities     (2,263 )       (1,150 )           
Financing activities     2,368       (75 )           
Other financial data
                          
Adjusted EBITDA (1)   $ 3,076     $ 3,541           

(1) See Adjusted EBITDA below for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and calculation of amounts presented here.

32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year Ended 2013 and 2014

       
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor   Pro Forma (1)
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year Ended
Jan 4,
2015
  Year Ended
Jan 4,
2015
     (in thousands, except per share data)
Net sales   $ 16,378     $ 63,879     $ 126,480     $ 126,637  
Cost of sales     12,717       48,984       95,020       94,662  
Gross profit     3,661       14,895       31,460       31,975  
SG&A     5,026       12,069       21,326       21,176  
Operating (loss) income     (1,365 )       2,826       10,134       10,799  
Interest expense     245       2,310       3,667       1,442  
Other income           22       72       72  
(Loss) income before taxes     (1,610 )       538       6,539       9,429  
(Benefit) provision for income taxes     (450 )       286       2,074       3,144  
Net (loss) income   $ (1,160 )     $ 252     $ 4,465     $ 6,285  
Basic earnings per share            $ 0.05     $ 0.66     $ 0.74  
Diluted earnings per share            $ 0.05     $ 0.65     $ 0.73  
Basic weighted average shares outstanding              5,067       6,740       8,452  
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding              5,067       6,864       8,576  
Cash flow data
                                   
Cash flow provided by (used in):
                                   
Operating activities   $ (256 )     $ (253 )     $ 7,128           
Investing activities     (506 )       (45,988 )       (6,011 )           
Financing activities     544       47,133       (1,253 )           
Other financial data
                                   
Adjusted EBITDA (2)   $ 1,548     $ 6,768     $ 14,496           

(1) The pro forma amounts present our consolidated results of operations after giving effect to:
the acquisition of the Chardan Business on February 6, 2014;
an adjustment to cost of sales related to an increase in the value of inventory acquired from PTI on December 18, 2013; and
this offering and the use of proceeds from this offering as if each had been completed on December 30, 2013 (the first day of the 2014 fiscal year).
(2) See Adjusted EBITDA below for the definition of Adjusted EBITDA and calculation of amounts presented here.

Selected Balance Sheet Information

   
  Successor
     As of
Jan 4,
2015
  As of
Mar 29,
2015
     (in thousands)
Working capital (1)   $ 16,318     $ 17,417  
Net property, plant and equipment     17,920       18,746  
Total assets     84,151       86,453  
Total debt     39,972       40,418  
Total stockholders’ equity     16,592       17,036  

(1) Represents current assets less current liabilities

33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adjusted EBITDA

We present Adjusted EBITDA (defined below), a measure that is not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (non-GAAP), in this prospectus to provide investors with a supplemental measure of our operating performance. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is a useful performance measure and it is used by us to facilitate a comparison of our operating performance on a consistent basis from period-to-period and to provide for a more complete understanding of factors and trends affecting our business than measures under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (GAAP) can provide alone. Our board and management also use Adjusted EBITDA as one of the primary methods for planning and forecasting overall expected performance and for evaluating on a quarterly and annual basis actual results against such expectations, and as a performance evaluation metric in determining achievement of certain compensation programs and plans for company management. In addition, the financial covenants in our senior secured credit facility are based on Adjusted EBITDA, subject to dollar limitations on certain adjustments.

We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as earnings before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, non-recurring expense, non-cash expense and transaction fees related to our acquisitions. Omitting interest, taxes and the other items provides a financial measure that facilitates comparisons of our results of operations with those of companies having different capital structures. Since the levels of indebtedness and tax structures that other companies have are different from ours, we omit these amounts to facilitate investors’ ability to make these comparisons. Similarly, we omit depreciation and amortization because other companies may employ a greater or lesser amount of property and intangible assets. We believe that investors, analysts and other interested parties view our ability to generate Adjusted EBITDA as an important measure of our operating performance and that of other companies in our industry. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income (loss) for the periods indicated as a measure of our performance. Other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do, limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure.

The use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as an alternative to, GAAP measures such as net income (loss). Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of liquidity under GAAP or otherwise, and is not an alternative to cash flow from continuing operating activities. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by the expenses that are excluded from that term or by unusual or non-recurring items. The limitations of Adjusted EBITDA include that: (1) it does not reflect our cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; (2) it does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs; (3) it does not reflect income tax payments we may be required to make; and (4) it does not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments associated with indebtedness.

To properly and prudently evaluate our business, we encourage you to review our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the reconciliation to Adjusted EBITDA from net (loss) income, the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP, set forth in the following table. All of the items included in the reconciliation from net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA are either (1) non-cash items or (2) items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance. In the case of the non-cash items, management believes that investors may find it useful to assess our comparative operating performance because the measures without such items are less susceptible to variances in actual performance resulting from depreciation, amortization and other non-cash charges and more reflective of other factors that affect operating performance. In the case of the other items that management does not consider in assessing our on-going operating performance, management believes that investors may find it useful to assess our operating performance if the measures are presented without these items because their financial impact may not reflect on-going operating performance.

34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Thirteen Weeks Ended March 30, 2014 and Twelve Weeks Ended March 29, 2015

   
  Successor   Successor
     Thirteen Weeks
Ended
Mar 30,
2014
  Twelve Weeks
Ended
Mar 29,
2015
     (in thousands)
Net income   $ 462     $ 1,193  
Plus: Interest expense, net     987       859  
Plus: Income tax expense     200       636  
Plus: Depreciation and amortization     882       847  
Plus: Change in control payments            
Plus: Non cash stock award     4       6  
Plus: Non recurring integration expenses     52        
Plus: Non recurring step-up of inventory basis to fair market value     285        
Plus: Transaction fees     204        
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 3,076     $ 3,541  

Year Ended 2013 and 2014

     
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year Ended
Jan 4,
2015
     (in thousands)
Net (loss) income   $ (1,160 )     $ 252     $ 4,465  
Plus: Interest expense, net     245       2,310       3,667  
Plus: Income tax expense (benefit)     (450 )       286       2,074  
Plus: Depreciation and amortization     118       2,077       3,525  
Plus: Change in control payments     1,890              
Plus: Non-cash stock award           65       34  
Plus: Non-recurring integration expenses           135       110  
Plus: Non-recurring step-up of inventory basis to fair market value           748       384  
Plus: Transaction fees     905       895       237  
Adjusted EBITDA   $ 1,548     $ 6,768     $ 14,496  

35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATION

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the related notes to consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, beliefs and expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” The results of operations presented herein for all periods prior to our acquisition by Unique Fabricating, Inc. are referred to as the results of operations of the “Predecessor.” The results of operations presented herein for all periods subsequent to the acquisition are referred to as the results of operations of the “Successor.” As a result of the acquisition, the results of operations of the Predecessor are not comparable to the results of operations of the Successor.

Basis of Presentation

The Company’s policy is that quarterly periods end on the Sunday closest to the end of the quarterly period. The first quarter of 2015 ended on March 29, 2015 and the first quarter of 2014 ended on March 30, 2014. The Company’s policy is that fiscal years end annually on the Sunday closest to December 31. Fiscal 2014 ended on January 4, 2015 and fiscal 2013 ended on December 29, 2013. The current fiscal year will end on January 3, 2016. The Company’s operations are classified in one reportable business segment. Although we recently expanded the products that we manufacture and sell to include components used in the appliance, HVAC and water heater industries, products for these industries are manufactured at facilities that also manufacture or are capable of manufacturing products for the automotive industries. All of our manufacturing locations have similar capabilities, and most plants serve multiple markets. The manufacturing operations for our automotive, appliance, HVAC and water heater products share management and labor forces and use common personnel and strategies for new product development, marketing and the sourcing of raw materials.

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);
submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency”; and
disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the CEO’s compensation to median employee compensation.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

We will remain an “emerging growth company” for up to five years, or until the earliest to occur of (1) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (2) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the

36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (3) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we still may qualify as a “smaller reporting company” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including not being required to comply with auditor attestation requirements pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

Overview

On March 18, 2013, we acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of the predecessor company, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., from an institutional investor in a leveraged buyout transaction. Unique Fabricating NA had two wholly owned subsidiaries, Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and Unique Fabricating de Mexico, S.A. de C.V., which we also acquired as part of the transaction. The aggregate purchase price was $41.50 million, subject to adjustments, based upon Unique Fabricating NA’s working capital at closing. Pursuant to such adjustments, we paid an additional $2.18 million at the March 2013 Closing, but later received a post-closing adjustment of $0.52 million. Our 2013 financial results include transaction related expenses for the previous owners and us. These expenses include payments under the predecessor’s phantom stock program paid to management at the March 2013 closing and expensed as compensation expense. On December 18, 2013, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., we acquired substantially all of the assets, or the PTI Business, of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries, or PTI, a Louisville, Kentucky based business for a cash purchase price of $16.0 million, including $1.0 million paid into an escrow account. Following the closing, we received a payment of $0.18 million from the sellers of the PTI Business as a result of post-closing calculations of net working capital. Our 2013 results include transaction related expenses from the PTI transaction. Our 2013 results incorporate PTI’s operating results for the period from December 19, 2013 through December 29, 2013 only.

On February 6, 2014, we moved to become more vertically integrated by acquiring, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., substantially all of the assets, or the Chardan Business, of one of our key suppliers, Chardan, Corp., or Chardan, for a cash purchase price of $2.20 million paid at closing plus a promissory note in the amount of $0.50 million, the principal of which is payable in a lump sum on February 6, 2019. Following the closing, we made a payment to the seller of $0.12 million as a result of post-closing calculations of net working capital. For the fifty two weeks ended January 4, 2015, and for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 our financial results include transaction related expenses from the Chardan Business acquisition and results of operations of the Chardan Business from February 7, 2014 through January 4, 2015 and from February 7, 2014 through March 30, 2014.

We primarily operate within the highly competitive and cyclical automotive parts industry. Over the past four years the industry has experienced consistent growth as it recovered from the recession of 2009. Many sectors of the supply chain are operating near capacity. Over the same period we have grown our core automotive parts business at a faster rate than the industry as a whole, indicating we are taking market share from competitors and increasing our content per vehicle on the programs we supply. We expect this trend to continue.

For the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, the Company grew net sales and gross profit as a result of the acquisition of Chardan which was included for the full twelve weeks in 2015, new product introductions and continued growth of our core markets. Our top three customers during the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 accounted for net sales of $5.28 million or 16.3% of total net sales. In the same period in 2014, the same three customers accounted for net sales of $5.21 million or 17.9% of net sales. We financed the acquisition of Chardan on February 6, 2014 through a $2.2 million borrowing on our revolver and the issuance of $0.50 million principal amount of a 6% subordinated note to the seller.

For the year ended January 4, 2015, the Company grew net sales and gross profit as a result of the acquisitions of PTI and Chardan, new product introductions and continued growth of our core markets. Our top three customers during the year ended January 4, 2015 accounted for net sales of $22.40 million or 17.7% of total net sales. In the year ended December 29, 2013 which includes both the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 and the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, the same three customers accounted for net sales of $19.58 million or 24.4% of net sales.

37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our acquisition of PTI has given us a foothold in other industries outside of the automotive part business including the appliance, water heater and HVAC industries. We plan to continue to diversify our business to other industrial sectors through both organic growth and opportunistic acquisitions.

Twelve Weeks Ended March 29, 2015 and Thirteen Weeks Ended March 30, 2014

Net Sales

   
  Successor   Successor
     Thirteen weeks
Ended
Mar 30,
2014
  Twelve weeks
Ended
Mar 29,
2015
     (in thousands)
Net sales   $ 29,117     $ 32,431  

Net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 were approximately $32.43 million compared to $29.12 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. Net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 reflected the results of the Chardan Business for the whole period which accounted for net sales of $0.88 million. The 2014 Successor Period net sales also included approximately $2.00 million attributable to our increased market penetration and content per vehicle, as well as new product introductions. Other increases in the 2015 Period were primarily attributable to a 2.7% overall increase respectively in North American vehicle production as compared to the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.

Cost of Sales

   
  Successor   Successor
     Thirteen weeks
Ended
Mar 30,
2014
  Twelve weeks
Ended
Mar 29,
2015
     (in thousands)
Materials   $ 15,654     $ 16,858  
Direct labor and benefits     3,665       4,447  
Manufacturing overhead     2,830       2,924  
Sub-total     22,149       24,229  
Depreciation     248       278  
Cost of Sales     22,397       24,507  
Gross Profit   $ 6,720     $ 7,924  

The major components of cost of sales are raw materials purchased from third parties, direct labor and benefits, and manufacturing overhead, including facility costs, utilities, supplies, repairs and maintenance, insurance, freight costs of products shipped to customers and depreciation.

Cost of Sales as a percent of Net Sales

   
  Successor   Successor
     Thirteen weeks
Ended
Mar 30,
2014
  Twelve weeks
Ended
Mar 29,
2015
Materials     53.8 %       52.0 %  
Direct labor and benefits     12.6 %       13.7 %  
Manufacturing overhead     9.7 %       9.0 %  
Sub-total     76.1 %       74.7 %  
Depreciation     0.8 %       0.9 %  
Cost of Sales     76.9 %       75.6 %  
Gross Profit     23.1 %       24.4 %  

38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 decreased to 75.6% from 76.9% for the thirteen weeks ended March 29, 2015. The decrease in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was attributable to a decline in material cost as a percentage of net sales to 52.0% for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 from 53.8% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. The decline is a result of improved material purchasing as we utilized our increased spending at many raw material suppliers, and improved material utilization. In addition, our acquisition of Chardan has eliminated the material markup on the products that they supply to us. Direct labor and benefit costs as a percentage of net sales was 13.7% for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 compared to 12.6% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. Labor and benefit costs in the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 were higher due to the increase in the number of hourly employees and outside temporary employees in the period. Manufacturing overhead costs as a percentage of net sales declined to 9.0% for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 from 9.7% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014, as net sales have grown at a faster rate than the fixed portion of plant overhead costs. Repair and maintenance expenses as a percentage of net sales also decreased in the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015.

Gross Profit

As a result of the decline in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales described above, gross profit as a percentage of net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 increased to 24.4% from 23.1% for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

   
  Successor   Successor
     Thirteen weeks Ended Mar 30, 2014   Twelve weeks Ended Mar 29, 2015
     (in thousands, except SG&A as a
% of net sales)
SG&A, exclusive of line items below   $ 4,245     $ 4,674  
Transaction expenses     204        
Subtotal     4,449       4,674  
Depreciation and amortization     634       569  
SG&A   $ 5,083     $ 5,243  
SG&A as a % of net sales     17.5 %       16.2 %  

SG&A as a percentage of net sales for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 decreased to 16.2% from 17.5% from the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. The decrease is primarily attributable to transaction related expenses of $0.20 million included in the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 compared to no transaction related expenses in the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015. The transaction expenses in 2014 were related to the acquisition of Chardan.

Operating Income

As a result of the foregoing factors, operating income for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 Period was $2.68 million compared to operating income of $1.64 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 Period.

Interest and Other Expense

Interest expense was approximately $0.86 million for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, compared to $0.98 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014. The decrease in interest expense in the 2015 period was primarily due to a decrease in interest expense on the Term Loan from $0.31 million in the 2014 period to $0.18 million in the 2015 period primarily due to $2.0 million less remaining on the principal balance of the term loan in 2015 as well as a lower average interest rate in 2015.

Income Before Income Taxes

As a result of the foregoing factors, income before income taxes for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 was $1.83 million, compared to $0.66 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.

39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Income Tax Provision

For the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, the estimated effective income tax rate of 34.8%, applied to pre-tax income, resulted in income tax expense of $0.64 million. The effective rate and statutory rate were in alignment with each other for the period. During the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 the estimated effective income tax rate of 30.2%, applied to pre-tax income, resulted in income tax expense of $0.20 million. The difference between the actual effective rate and the statutory rate was mainly a result of the domestic production activities deduction, or DPAD which provided a $0.03 million income tax benefit which reduced our effective tax rate by 4.1%. The Company has deferred tax assets associated with timing differences between when an expense is recorded for book purposes versus when it is deductible for tax. The Company has considered evidence both supporting and not supporting the determination that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized, and has not recorded a tax valuation allowance as of March 29, 2015. The Company will continue to evaluate whether the deferred tax assets will be realizable, and if appropriate, will record a valuation allowance against these assets.

Net income

As a result of the increased net sales and changes in expenses discussed above, net income for the year ended March 29, 2015 Period was $1.19 million compared to $0.46 million during the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.

Year Ended January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013
 
Net Sales

     
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year Ended
Jan 4,
2015
     (in thousands)
Net sales   $ 16,378     $ 63,879     $ 126,480  

Net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 were approximately $126.48 million compared to $63.88 million for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and $16.38 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013. Net sales for the years ended January 4, 2015 reflected the results of PTI’s Business for the whole period and the results of Chardan’s Business from February 6, 2014 which, in the aggregate, increased net sales by $31.85 million. 2014 net sales also included approximately $11.00 million attributable to our increased market penetration and content per vehicle, as well as new product introductions. Other increases in 2014 were primarily attributable to a 5.0% overall increase respectively in North American vehicle production as compared to the total production for the Successor Period March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.

Cost of Sales

     
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year ended
Jan 4,
2015
     (in thousands)
Materials   $ 8,813     $ 34,118     $ 65,539  
Direct labor and benefits     2,143       8,270       16,444  
Manufacturing overhead     1,651       6,123       12,005  
Sub-total     12,607       48,511       93,988  
Depreciation     110       473       1,032  
Cost of Sales     12,717       48,984       95,020  
Gross Profit   $ 3,661     $ 14,895     $ 31,460  

40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The major components of cost of sales are raw materials purchased from third parties, direct labor and benefits, and manufacturing overhead, including facility costs, utilities, supplies, repairs and maintenance, insurance, freight costs of products shipped to customers and depreciation.

Cost of Sales as a percent of Net Sales

     
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year ended
Jan 4,
2015
Materials     53.8 %       53.5 %       51.8 %  
Direct labor and benefits     13.1 %       12.9 %       13.0 %  
Manufacturing overhead     10.1 %       9.6 %       9.5 %  
Sub-total     77.0 %       76.0 %       74.3 %  
Depreciation     0.6 %       0.7 %       0.8 %  
Cost of Sales     77.6 %       76.7 %       75.1 %  
Gross Profit     22.4 %       23.3 %       24.9 %  

Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 decreased to 75.1% from 76.7% and 77.6% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, respectively. The decrease for the year ended January 4, 2015 was attributable to a decline in material cost as a percentage of net sales to 51.8% for the year ended January 4, 2015 from 53.5% and 53.8%% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, respectively. The decline is a result of improved material purchasing as we utilized our increased spending at many raw material suppliers due to the acquisition of the PTI Business, and improved material utilization. In addition, our acquisition of the Chardan Business has eliminated its material markup on the products that it supplies to us. Direct labor and benefit costs as a percentage of net sales was 13.0% for the year ended January 4, 2015 compared to 12.9% and 13.1% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013. Labor and benefit costs in the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 as a percentage of net sales were slightly higher due to higher payroll tax expense as employer payroll taxes are largely incurred in the first quarter of every year. Manufacturing overhead costs as a percentage of net sales declined to 9.5% for the year ended January 4, 2015 from 9.6% and 10.1% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, respectively, as net sales have grown at a faster rate than the fixed portion of plant overhead costs.

Gross Profit

As a result of the decline in cost of sales as a percentage of net sales described above, gross profit as a percentage of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 Successor Period increased to 24.9% from 23.3% and 22.4% for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 respectively.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

     
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year ended
Jan 4,
2015
     (in thousands, except SG&A as a % of net sales)
SG&A, exclusive of line items below   $ 2,223     $ 9,570     $ 18,496  
Change in control expense     1,890              
Transaction expenses     905       895       237  
Compliance related costs associated with IPO                 100  
Subtotal     5,018       10,465       18,833  
Depreciation and amortization     8       1,604       2,493  
SG&A   $ 5,026     $ 12,069     $ 21,326  
SG&A as a % of net sales     30.7 %       18.9 %       16.9 %  

41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SG&A as a percentage of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 decreased to 16.9% from 18.9% and 30.7% in the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 respectively. The decrease is primarily attributable to transaction related expenses of $0.90 million included in the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and transaction related expenses of $0.91 million and change in control expenses of $1.89 million included in the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 related to the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. Only $0.24 million of transaction related costs as a result of the Chardan acquisition were incurred in the year ended January 4, 2015. Also, the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 includes only twenty seven weeks of amortization of intangible assets identified in the purchase price allocation from the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., while the year ended January 4, 2015 Successor Period includes the full fifty two weeks of amortization.

Operating Income

As a result of the foregoing factors, operating income for the year ended January 4, 2015 was $10.13 million compared to operating income of $2.83 million for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and an operating loss of $1.37 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.

Interest and Other Expense

Interest expense was approximately $3.67 million for the year ended January 4, 2015, compared to $2.31 million and $0.25 million for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 respectively. The increase in interest expense in the 2014 Successor Period was due to the increased debt associated with the financing of the acquisitions of the PTI Business and the Chardan Business. In addition, the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 only included thirty nine weeks of interest expense on the debt incurred to finance the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.

Income Before Income Taxes

As a result of the foregoing factors, income before income taxes for the year ended January 4, 2015 Successor Period was $6.54 million, compared to $0.54 million during the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and a loss of $1.61 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.

Income Tax Provision

For the year ended January 4, 2015, the estimated annual effective income tax rate of 31.7%, applied to pre-tax income, resulted in income tax expense of $2.07 million. The difference in the actual effective rate and the statutory rate was mainly due to the domestic production activities deduction, or DPAD, which provided a $0.18 million income tax benefit which reduced our effective tax rate by 2.8%. During the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 the credit for income taxes was $0.45 million, resulting in an effective rate of 27.9%. The difference between the actual effective rate and the statutory rate was mainly a result of nondeductible transaction costs incurred due to the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. resulting in a $0.16 million income tax expense which reduced our effective tax benefit by 9.9%. During the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, our effective tax rate was 53.1%, mainly due to nondeductible transaction costs and DPAD which increased our effective tax rate by 16.6%. Transaction costs caused an increase in income taxes of $0.14 million which were partially offset by DPAD, which provided a $0.06 million income tax benefit. The Company has deferred tax assets associated with timing differences between when an expense is recorded for book purposes versus when it is deductible for income tax purposes. The Company has considered evidence both supporting and not supporting the determination that the deferred tax assets are more likely than not to be realized, and has not recorded a tax valuation allowance as of January 4, 2015. The Company will continue to evaluate whether the deferred tax assets will be realizable, and if appropriate, will record a valuation allowance against these assets.

42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net income

As a result of increased net sales and changes in expenses discussed above, net income for the year ended January 4, 2015 was $4.47 million compared to $0.25 million during the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and a loss of $1.16 million for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity are cash flow from operations and borrowings under our revolving line of credit from our senior lender. Our primary uses of cash are payment of vendors, payroll, operating costs, capital expenditures and debt service. As of January 4, 2015 and March 29, 2015, we had a cash balance of $0.76 million and $0.66 million, respectively. Our excess cash balance is swept daily and applied to reduce borrowings under our revolving line of credit, which remains available for re-borrowing, as needed, subject to compliance with the terms of the facility. As of January 4, 2015 and March 29, 2015, we had $10.45 million and $10.05 million, respectively, available to be borrowed under our revolving credit facility. At each such date, we were in compliance with all debt covenants. We believe that our sources of liquidity, including cash flow from operations, existing cash and our revolving credit facility are sufficient to meet our projected cash requirements for at least the next fifty two weeks.

While we believe we have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our current operating requirement and expansion plans, we may elect to pursue additional growth opportunities that could require additional debt or equity financing. If we are unable to secure additional financing at favorable terms in order to pursue such additional growth opportunities, our ability to pursue such opportunities could be materially adversely affected. The following table presents cash flow data for the periods indicated.

   
  Successor   Successor
     Thirteen weeks
Ended
Mar 30,
2014
  Twelve weeks
Ended
Mar 29,
2015
     (in thousands)
Cash flow data
                 
Cash flow provided by (used in):
                 
Operating activities   $ (316 )     $ 1,131  
Investing activities     (2,263 )       (1,150 )  
Financing activities     2,368       (75 )  

As a public company, we will incur additional general and administrative expenses that we did not incur as a private company, such as, increased directors and officers liability insurance premiums, investor relation costs, NYSE MKT listing expenses and increased legal and accounting expenses.

Operating Activities

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists of net income (loss) adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, amortization of deferred financing charges, loss on derivative instruments, bad debt expense, stock option and warrant expense, accrued interest, changes in deferred income taxes, and the effect of working capital changes. The primary drivers of cash inflows and outflows are accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued interest.

During the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $1.13 million, compared to cash used in operating activities of $0.32 million for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.

Net cash for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 was mainly impacted by net income of $1.2 million resulting from the expansion of our operations.

The thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 was primarily impacted by transaction related expenses incurred as a result of the acquisition of Chardan.

43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities consists principally of business acquisitions and purchases of property, plant and equipment.

In the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, we made capital expenditures of $1.15 million of which $0.79 million was related to the construction of a new facility in Georgia as described below.

In the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014, we paid $2.32 million in cash to acquire the Chardan Business. During the period, we made capital expenditures of $0.12 million mainly for increased manufacturing capacity.

We plan to spend a total of approximately $3.57 million on capital expenditures during fiscal year 2015, which includes the approximate $1.10 million to finish constructing and equipping a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia. Construction was substantially completed in April 2015. Construction was financed with borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility. Our senior lender has agreed to provide financing for the construction in the form of an expanded term loan secured by a first mortgage on the new facility and its equipment. The Walker County Development Authority has proposed to provide to us a tax abatement for state, local and school taxes for ten years, which will be conditioned, on among other things, our maintaining a minimum number of jobs at the existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia and the new facility, and transferring the new facility, for the term of the abatement, to the authority. The authority will lease the new facility to us and resell it to us, for a nominal cost, at the end of the term of the abatement.

Financing Activities

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities consisted principally of borrowings and payments under our senior credit facility, payment of debt issuance costs, proceeds from the sale of stock, the repayment of debt assumed through acquisitions, and post acquisition payments of the Unique Fabricating purchase.

In the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015, we had net proceeds from our revolving credit facility of $0.39 million.

As of March 29, 2015, $9.35 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the revolver are subject to a borrowing base and reduced to the extent of letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility. As of March 29, 2015, the maximum additional available borrowings under the revolver was $10.05 million based upon the borrowing base and after giving effect to a $0.10 million letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of our facilities.

In the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014, we had net proceeds of $2.88 million from our revolving credit facility.

     
  Predecessor   Successor   Successor
     Period from
Dec 31 – Mar 17,
2013
  Period from
Mar 18 – Dec 29,
2013
  Year Ended
Jan 4,
2015
     (in thousands)
Cash flow data
                          
Cash flow provided by (used in):
                          
Operating activities   $ (256 )     $ (253 )     $ 7,128  
Investing activities     (506 )       (45,988 )       (6,011 )  
Financing activities     544       47,133       (1,253 )  

As a public company, we will incur additional general and administrative expenses that we did not incur as a private company, such as, increased directors and officers liability insurance premiums, investor relations costs, NYSE MKT listing expenses and increased legal and accounting expenses.

Operating Activities

Cash provided by (used in) operating activities consists of net income (loss) adjusted for non-cash items, including depreciation and amortization, amortization of deferred financing charges, loss on derivative instruments, bad debt expense, stock option and warrant expense, accrued interest, changes in deferred income

44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

taxes, and the effect of working capital changes. The primary drivers of cash inflows and outflows are accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and accrued interest.

During the year ended January 4, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $7.13 million, compared to cash used in operating activities of $0.25 million for the Successor Period from March 18 through December 29, 2013 and $0.26 million in the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013.

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended January 4, 2015 was mainly impacted by net income of $4.47 million resulting from the expansion of our operations, and including $2.33 million as a result of our acquisitions of PTI and Chardan.

Cash provided by operating activities for the Successor Period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 was primarily impacted by transaction related expenses incurred as a result of the acquisition of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.

Cash provided by operating activities for the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 was primarily impacted by a net loss of $1.16 million.

Investing Activities

Cash used in investing activities consists principally of business acquisitions and purchases of property, plant and equipment.

In the year ended January 4, 2015, we paid $2.32 million in cash to acquire the Chardan Business, and we made capital expenditures of $3.89 million during the period mainly related to increasing our manufacturing capacity and operational improvements specifically related to the construction of a new facility in Georgia as described below, of which $2.58 million was specifically incurred in 2014.

For the March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 Successor Period, we paid $41.50 million for Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. but received a payment of $0.52 million from the sellers as a post-closing working capital adjustment. We also acquired the assets of PTI for $16.41 million, net of cash acquired. During the period, we made capital expenditures of $0.88 million mainly for increased thermoforming capacity.

In the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 we made capital expenditures of $0.55 million respectively in the ordinary course of business.

Financing Activities

Cash flows (used in) provided by financing activities consisted principally of borrowings and payments under our senior credit facility, payment of debt issuance costs, proceeds from the sale of stock and the repayment of debt assumed through acquisitions.

In the year ended January 4, 2015, we had net payments of $0.81 million under our senior credit facility.

As of January 4, 2015, $8.95 million was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the revolver are subject to a borrowing base and reduced to the extent of letters of credit issued under the senior credit facility. As of January 4, 2015, the maximum additional available borrowings under the revolver was $10.45 million based upon the borrowing base and after giving effect to a $0.10 million letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of our facilities.

For the Successor Period from March 18 through December 29, 2013, we had net borrowings of $41.92 million under our senior credit facility and our 16% senior subordinated note primarily related to the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. and PTI. In addition, we had $18.21 million of net proceeds from the issuance of common stock, which was used to fund the acquisitions. These amounts were offset by the payment of debt assumed in the acquisitions of $10.27 million and the payment of debt issuance costs of $1.49 million.

In the Predecessor Period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 we had net proceeds from our revolving credit facility of $0.50 million.

45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Senior Credit Facility

We maintain a senior credit facility with Citizens Bank, National Association (formerly RBS Citizens, N.A.) pursuant to which we currently may borrow up to $19.50 million under the revolver and up to $20.00 million under the term loan. The term loan bears interest at the LIBOR rate for a period equal to one month, plus 3.0% to 3.5%. The term loan matures in December 2017. The revolver bears interest at the LIBOR rate plus an applicable margin ranging from 2.75% to 3.25%. We are permitted to prepay in part or in full amounts due under the senior credit facility without penalty. Our obligations under the senior credit facility may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default, which include customary events for a financing arrangement of this type, including, without limitation, payment defaults, defaults in the performance of affirmative or negative covenants (including financial ratio maintenance requirements), bankruptcy or related defaults, defaults on certain other indebtedness, the material inaccuracy of representations or warranties, material adverse changes, and changes related to ownership. In the event of an event of default, the interest rate on the revolver and term loan will increase by 2.0% per annum plus the then applicable rate. The senior credit facility requires that we repay term loan principal annually in an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow, as defined, for the year end 2014 and for each subsequent year until the senior loan coverage, as defined, calculated as of the end of each year is less than 2:00 to 1:00. An amendment in 2014 increased the amount available under the revolver to $19.50 million to enable us to finance the construction of a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia, as noted above. Our senior lender has agreed to provide an expanded term loan secured by a first mortgage on the new facility and its equipment. The amount available to be borrowed under the revolver will be reduced to $15.0 million upon the closing of such financing.

Unique Fabricating NA’s obligations under the senior credit facility are guaranteed by each of its United States subsidiaries and by Unique Fabricating, Inc. and secured by a first priority security interest in all tangible and intangible assets, including capital stock of the United States subsidiaries of Unique Fabricating NA and by a mortgage on our facilities in LaFayette, Georgia, Louisville, Kentucky, Evansville, Indiana, Fort Smith, Arkansas and Murfreesboro, Tennessee.

In accordance with the requirements of our senior credit facility, we purchased a derivative financial instrument for the purpose of hedging certain identifiable transactions in order to mitigate risks related to cash flow variability caused by interest rate fluctuations. The derivative financial instrument is in the form of an interest rate swap that we have elected not to apply hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes. The interest rate swap is recognized at its fair value. Monthly settlement payments due on the interest rate swap and changes in its fair value are recognized currently as interest expense.

Effective April 26, 2013, we entered into an interest rate swap for a notional amount of $4.71 million. Effective January 14, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility in December 2013, we entered into a new interest rate swap that requires us to pay 1.27% fixed interest while receiving a variable base rate of one-month LIBOR. The notional amount of the swap began at $10.00 million and decreases by $0.25 million each quarter until March 31, 2016, when it begins to decrease by $0.31 million per quarter until it expires on January 31, 2017.

16% Senior Subordinated Note

At March 29, 2015, we had outstanding $13.13 million principal amount of our 16% senior subordinated note. The senior subordinated note is expressly junior and subordinated only to the debt outstanding under the senior credit facility. Interest on the subordinated note accrues at a rate of 16.0% per annum, payable monthly. The Company may elect a minimum cash interest rate of 12.0% and defer up to 4.0% interest by delivering an in-kind note. Accrued interest on the senior subordinated note is approximately $0.13 million as of March 29, 2015. The senior subordinated note matures on March 16, 2018. The senior subordinated note may be prepaid at any time after the second anniversary of the date of its issuance in March 2013 without a prepayment premium or penalty. The senior subordinated note is secured by a security interest, which is subordinated to the security interest securing debt outstanding under the senior credit facility, in all tangible and intangible interests, including capital stock of our United States subsidiaries. We intend to prepay the senior subordinated note with the net proceeds from this offering, and, to the extent that the net proceeds are not sufficient to repay the note, in full, with borrowings under our senior revolving credit facility. The holder of the 16% senior subordinated note also holds equity interests, and therefore is a related party.

46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For all of our borrowings, we must comply with a minimum debt service financial covenant and a senior funded indebtedness to EBITDA covenant, as defined. As of March 29, 2015, we are in compliance with these covenants.

The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note also contain customary affirmative covenants, including: (1) maintenance of legal existence and compliance with laws and regulations; (2) delivery of consolidated financial statements and other information; (3) maintenance of properties in good working order; (4) payment of taxes; (5) delivery of notices of defaults, litigation, ERISA events and material adverse changes; (6) maintenance of adequate insurance; and (7) inspection of books and records.

The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note also contain customary negative covenants, including restrictions on: (1) the incurrence of additional debt; (2) liens and sale-leaseback transactions; (3) loans and investments; (4) guarantees and hedging agreements; (5) the sale, transfer or disposition of assets and businesses; (6) dividends on, and redemptions of, equity interests and other restricted payments, including dividends and distributions to the issuer by its subsidiaries; (7) transactions with affiliates; (8) changes in the business conducted by us; (9) payment or amendment of subordinated debt and organizational documents; and (10) maximum capital expenditures.

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, sales or expenses, results of operations, liquidity or capital expenditures, or capital resources that are material to an investment in our securities.

Indemnification Agreements

In the normal course of business, we provide customers with indemnification provisions of varying scope against claims of intellectual property infringement by third parties arising from the use of our products. Historically, costs related to these indemnification provisions have not been significant and we are unable to estimate the maximum potential impact of these indemnification provisions on our future results of operations. In addition, we have entered into indemnification agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. No demands have been made upon us to provide indemnification under such agreements and there are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheet, consolidated statement of operations, consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity or consolidated cash flows.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our future minimum payments under contractual commitments as of January 4, 2015:

         
    Payments Due by Period
Contractual Cash Obligations   Total   Less than
1 year
  1 – 3
years
  3 – 5
years
  More than
5 years
     (in thousands)
Operating leases   $ 5,849     $ 1,281     $ 2,193     $ 1,894     $ 481  
Long-term debt (1)     40,628       2,018       24,977       13,633        
Management services agreement     1,500       300       600       600        

(1) Includes the 16% senior subordinated note which we intend to pay with the net proceeds of this offering.

The contractual commitment amounts in the table above are associated with agreements that are enforceable and legally binding. Obligations under contracts that we can cancel without a significant penalty are not included in the table above.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our consolidated financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of

47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect amounts reported in those statements. We have made our best estimates of certain amounts contained in our consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. However, application of our accounting policies involves the exercise of judgment and use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and, as a result, actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Management believes that the estimates, assumptions, and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the most significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Acquisitions

In accordance with accounting guidance for the provisions in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification 805, Business Combinations , we allocate the purchase price of an acquired business to its identifiable assets and liabilities based on estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the amount allocated to the assets and liabilities, if any, is recorded as goodwill.

We use all available information to estimate fair values. We typically engage outside appraisal firms to assist in the fair value determination of identifiable intangible assets and any other significant assets or liabilities. We adjust the preliminary purchase price allocation, as necessary, up to one year after the acquisition closing date as we obtain more information regarding asset valuations and liabilities assumed.

Our purchase price allocation methodology contains uncertainties because it requires management to make assumptions and to apply judgment to estimate the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities. Management estimates the fair value of assets and liabilities based upon quoted market prices, the carrying value of the acquired assets and widely accepted valuation techniques, including discounted cash flows and market multiple analyses. Unanticipated events or circumstances may occur which could affect the accuracy of our fair value estimates, including assumptions regarding industry economic factors and business strategies.

Other estimates used in determining fair value include, but are not limited to, future cash flows or income related to intangibles, market rate assumptions and appropriate discount rates. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but that are inherently uncertain, and therefore, may not be realized. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that the estimates, assumptions, and values reflected in the valuations will be realized, and actual results could vary materially.

Accounts Receivable Allowance

Establishing valuation allowances for doubtful accounts requires the use of estimates and judgment in regard to the risk exposure and ultimate realization. The allowance for doubtful accounts is established based upon analysis of trade receivables for known collectability issues, including bankruptcies, and aging of receivables at the end of each period. Changes to our assumptions could materially affect our recorded allowance. Also, while the Company has a large customer base that is geographically dispersed, certain customers are significant and a general economic downturn could result in higher than expected defaults and, therefore, the need to revise the estimates for bad debts.

Inventory

Inventories are valued at lower of cost or market, using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. Inventory includes the cost of materials, labor, and overhead. Abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight in, handling costs and spoilage are recognized as current period charges. Overhead is allocated to inventory based upon normal capacity at the production facility.

Goodwill

We review our goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter, or whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. This review utilizes a two-step impairment test covering goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles. The first step involves a comparison of the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the process involves a measurement and comparison of the fair value of goodwill with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess.

48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The determination of the fair value of the reporting unit and corresponding goodwill require us to make significant judgments and estimates. These assumptions require significant judgment and are subject to a considerable degree of uncertainty. We believe that the assumptions and estimates in our review of goodwill for impairment are reasonable. However, different assumptions could materially affect our conclusions on this matter.

Impairment and Amortization of Long-Lived and Intangible Assets

Our identifiable intangible assets are amortized on a straight line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefit of the respective intangible is realized, over their respective estimated useful lives. The remaining useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. Our long-lived assets and intangible assets subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may be impaired. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying value of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value. Significant judgments and estimates are used by management when evaluating long-lived assets for impairment. If management used different estimates and assumptions in its impairment tests, then the Company could recognize different amounts of expense over future periods.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect temporary differences between the amount of assets and liabilities for financial and tax reporting purposes. Such amounts are adjusted, as appropriate, to reflect changes in tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. A valuation allowance is recorded to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Changes in tax laws or accounting standards and methods may affect recorded deferred taxes in future periods.

When establishing a valuation allowance, we consider future sources of taxable income such as “future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary differences and carryforwards” and “tax planning strategies.” A tax planning strategy is defined as “an action that: is prudent and feasible; an enterprise ordinarily might not take, but would take to prevent an operating loss or tax credit carryforward from expiring unused; and would result in realization of deferred tax assets.” In the event we determine it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized in the future, the valuation adjustment to the deferred tax assets will be charged to earnings in the period in which we make such a determination. The valuation of deferred tax assets requires judgment and accounting for the deferred tax effect of events that have been recorded in the financial statements or in tax returns and our future projected profitability. Changes in our estimates, due to unforeseen events or otherwise, could have a material impact on our financial condition and results of operations.

We calculate our current and deferred tax provision based on estimates and assumptions that could differ from the actual results reflected in income tax returns filed in subsequent years. Adjustments based on filed returns are recorded when identified. The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities. Our estimate of the potential outcome of any uncertain tax issue is subject to management’s assessment of relevant risks, facts, and circumstances existing at that time. We use a more-likely-than-not threshold for financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We record a liability for the difference between the benefit recognized and measured and tax position taken or expected to be taken on our tax return. To the extent that our assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate is recorded in the period in which the determination is made. We report tax-related interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood that there will be a material change in the tax related balances or valuation allowance balances. However, due to the complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate resolution may be materially different from the current estimate.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We have operations both within the United States and internationally, and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. These risks primarily include interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Interest Rate Fluctuation Risk

Our borrowings under notes payable are at fixed interest rates, but our borrowings under our senior credit facility bear interest at fluctuating rates. In order to mitigate, in part, the potential effects of the fluctuating rates, effective as of January 17, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility, we entered into an interest rate swap with a notional amount initially of $10.00 million, which decreases by $0.25 million each quarter until March 31, 2016 when it decreases by $0.31 million per quarter until the swap terminates on January 31, 2017. The swap requires that the Company pay a fixed rate of 1.27% while receiving a variable rate based on one month LIBOR. See note 7 of notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended January 4, 2015. We do not believe that an increase or decrease in interest rates of 100 basis points would have a material effect on our operating results or financial condition.

Foreign Currency Risk

Our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. To date, substantially all of our bookings and operating expenses have been denominated in U.S. dollars, therefore we are not currently subject to significant foreign currency risk. However, if our international operations continue to grow, our risks associated with fluctuation in currency rates may become greater. We intend to continue to assess our approach to managing this potential risk. Currency fluctuations or a weakening U.S. dollar can increase the costs of our international expansion. The effect of a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. To date, foreign currency transaction gains and losses and exchange rate fluctuations have not been material to our consolidated financial statements, and we have not engaged in any foreign currency hedging transaction.

JOBS Act Accounting Election

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards issued subsequent to the enactment of the JOBS Act until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards, and, therefore, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of other public companies that comply with all public company accounting standards.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

We do not expect that recently issued accounting pronouncements will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS

Overview

Unique is engaged in the engineering and manufacture of multi-material foam, rubber, and plastic components utilized in noise, vibration and harshness, acoustical management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications. The Company combines a long history of organic growth with some more recent strategic acquisitions to diversify both product capabilities and markets served.

Unique’s market served is the North America automotive and heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC markets. Sales are conducted directly with major automotive and heavy duty truck, appliance, water heater and HVAC companies, referred throughout this prospectus as original equipment manufacturers (OEMs), or indirectly through the Tier 1 suppliers of these OEMs. The Company has its principal executive offices in Auburn Hills, Michigan and has sales, engineering and production facilities in Auburn Hills, Michigan, LaFayette, Georgia, Louisville, Kentucky, Evansville, Indiana, Ft. Smith, Arkansas, Murfreesboro, Tennessee, Bryan, Ohio and Monterrey, Mexico.

Unique derives the majority of its gross revenues from the sales of foam, rubber and plastic automotive products. These products are produced from a variety of manufacturing processes including die cutting, compression molding, thermoforming and fusion molding. We believe Unique has a broader array of processes and materials utilized than any of its direct competitors, based on our product offerings. By sealing out air noise and water intrusion, and by providing sound absorption and blocking, Unique’s products improve the interior comfort of a vehicle, increasing perceived vehicle quality and the overall experience of its passengers. Unique’s products perform similar functions for appliances, water heaters and HVAC systems, improving thermal characteristics, reducing noise and prolonging equipment life.

One of Unique’s primary strengths lies in its ability to manage over 3,000 active part numbers while maintaining a stellar track record of only 11 rejected parts per million and 99% on-time delivery for over three million parts manufactured and shipped on a daily basis. Furthermore, Unique focuses resources on the areas of its business that add value to customers, particularly in its commercial, engineering and supply chain activities. Design innovation and rapid prototyping set Unique apart from the majority of its competitors. This low-capital intensive, value-add approach allowed Unique to generate for the year ended January 4, 2015 an approximate 30% annualized return on invested capital, which we define as our Adjusted EBITDA less capital expenditures divided by fixed assets plus working capital.

Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Unique Fabricating, Inc., was incorporated in the State of Michigan in 1975 and re-incorporated in the state of Delaware in 1998. Our principal executive offices are currently located at 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, Michigan, 48326. Unique Fabricating, Inc., was formed in January 2013 to acquire 100% of the outstanding equity of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiaries Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and Unique Fabricating de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. In December 2013, through a newly formed subsidiary, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., we acquired substantially all of the assets of PTI. In February 2014 we acquired substantially all of the assets of Chardan, through a newly formed subsidiary of Unique Fabricating NA, Inc., Unique-Chardan, Inc.

Automotive Industry Analysis & Industry Trends

The automotive parts industry provides components, systems, subsystems and modules to OEMs for the manufacture of new vehicles, with approximately $245 billion of North American annual revenue according to an April 2015 Bank of America Merrill Lynch report on the automotive supplier market. Within the automotive parts industry, North America is the Company’s core market. We manufacture multi-material foam, rubber, and plastic components utilized in noise, vibration and harshness management, acoustical management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications.

Demand for automotive parts in the OEM market is generally a function of the number of new vehicles produced, which is primarily driven by macro-economic factors such as credit availability, interest rates, fuel prices, consumer confidence, employment and other trends. Although OEM demand is tied to actual vehicle production, participants in the automotive parts industry also have the opportunity to grow through increasing product content per vehicle by further penetrating business with existing customers and in existing markets, gaining new customers and increasing their presence in global markets. We believe that as a company with a

51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

North American presence and advanced technology, engineering, manufacturing and customer support capabilities, we are well-positioned to take advantage of these opportunities.

Overall, we expect long-term growth of vehicle sales and production in the OEM market. Recently, the industry has seen increased customer sales and production schedules with production volumes higher than OEM production volumes prior to the industry disruptions experienced after the financial market crisis of 2008. We anticipate that the North American automotive production will continue to recover from the low point experienced in 2009. According to IHS Automotive, North American vehicle production increased during 2014 to 17.0 million units, an expansion of 4.9% compared to 2013. Bolstered by a wave of new vehicle introductions and favorable demographic trends, IHS projects continued growth in North American unit production volumes to 17.4 million units in 2015 and 19.0 million units in 2021, as depicted in the following chart:

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Source:  IHS Automotive (December 2014)

In addition to the overall industry growth, we believe there are a variety of trends that are influencing the future of the global automotive market. We believe we positively are positioned to benefit from an increasing number of trends driven by market forces such as:

Fuel efficiency/vehicle light-weighting :  Expanding government mandates on fuel efficiency and emission reductions, combined with rising fuel costs, will continue to force the automotive industry to focus on improving the fuel economy of vehicles. In addition, the evolution of materials utilized in vehicles is moving away from conventional steel as the primary material, which comprised approximately 65% of vehicles content in 2010, and is expected to decrease to 10 – 20% by 2025, according to industry sources. Conventional steel is expected to be increasingly replaced by lighter weight materials with increasing use of plastics and foam materials per vehicle.
Interior comfort :  Comfort of interiors consistently rank in the top three factors that consumers consider when purchasing a new vehicle, and is a key area where vehicle manufactures can differentiate their vehicles. The comfort of the interior is an area of increased focus for the OEM manufacturers with each new generation of vehicles. This is expected to continue to increase the use of foam in seats and acoustical insulation in more and more vehicles.

52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Telematics and Infotainment :  The increasing use of telematics and infotainment requires increasingly quieter vehicles for the telematics systems to recognize voice commands and passengers to enjoy the infotainment opinions. Over the next four years, approximately 80% of all new vehicles are expected to include voice recognition systems, increasing the need for quiet interiors. The result will be increased use of acoustic insulation materials, more precise air seals and other noise, vibration and harshness products in all vehicles.
Rapid pace of new vehicle launches :  In order to meet consumers’ increasing demand for new products, the automotive market will see a significant number of new program launches from all vehicle manufacturers over the next few years. Each new vehicle launch creates new product opportunities for us because of the OEMs need for noise, vibration and harshness solutions as they discover unplanned noise issues at the launch of production for a new vehicle program.
Localization of production :  Due to freight costs, currency fluctuations, logistic issues and protection of supply many foreign vehicle manufacturers have increased their production volumes in North America and are increasing local sourcing of vehicle components. The fact that Unique’s production facilities are situated in geographic proximity to the majority of North American vehicle assembly locations provides a competitive advantage.

We believe these market trends create opportunities for us to achieve above market growth rates as a result of increased content per vehicle, higher production volumes, geographic shifts in vehicle production, and evolving customer sourcing strategies. Our challenge is to continue developing leading edge solutions focused on addressing these trends, and applying those solutions via products with sustainable margins that enable our customers to produce distinctive market-leading products.

As an example of our innovative technical capabilities, we utilized our thermoforming process to develop and produce a line of lightweight flexible air duct systems for a leading OEM, providing an 80% weight reduction and enhanced functionality. This air duct system has developed into Unique’s patent pending TwinShape line of proprietary ducts. Unique has secured development and prototyping contracts with four additional OEMs for potential inclusion of this product in vehicle programs starting with model years 2016 and 2017 vehicles.

We generate a significant number of new sales opportunities from customer challenges, such as buzz, squeak, rattle or noise, vibration and harshness issues, discovered during the launch of production for a new vehicle program. In many of these situations, we develop and begin supplying a solution within days, a level of responsiveness that avoids competitive request for quotations and produces premium value for our customers. Given the rapid pace of new vehicle launches over the next three years, we expect to benefit from an increasing number of opportunities sourced late in the launch cycle.

Overview of Appliance, HVAC, and Water Heater Industries

We are a leading provider of fabricated, non-metallic components to a diverse group of OEMs and tiered suppliers in the Appliance, HVAC, and Water Heater Industries. These sales represented approximately 14.8% of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015. These components are primarily manufactured from foam, adhesives, fiberglass, rubber and board-back material. We have extensive materials, engineering and fabrication expertise and deliver custom-designed, innovative solutions for our customers. Our component solutions primarily consist of products used in gasketing, heat deflection, packaging, insulation, water seals, noise reduction and vibration control. Demand for these end-market products is largely driven by the health of the housing sector. We believe that each respective industry will receive the positive benefits of a recovering economy and especially the benefits of a recovering residential real estate market. The National Association of Home Builders forecasts that there will be approximately 1.2 million new housing starts in 2015. Their forecast is approximately double the number of housing starts in each individual year in 2009 – 2012, and approximately 20% more than 1.0 million new housing starts during 2014. We believe that all three industries are currently primed for favorable growth.

53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The United States appliance industry is forecast to show modest growth through 2017, as new and existing home sales, as well as home improvement spending, both of which have a direct impact on appliance industry sales, continue to show upward momentum. According to Appliance Magazine’s Annual US Appliance Industry Forecast issued in 2014, forecasted unit shipments for this industry in the United States are expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 3.5% through 2017 to reach approximately 46.4 million units per year, which would put the industry close to its peak sales years of 2004 – 2006. We believe these benefits will increase the demand for our products from clients such as GE and Whirlpool.

The HVAC and water heater industries are also poised to benefit from the gains in the housing and home improvement markets. According to the same Appliance Magazine Industry Forecast, shipments of heating and cooling units in the United States are expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 2.4% through 2017, while shipments of residential and commercial water heaters are expected to grow at a compounded annual growth rate of 2.6% through 2017. We believe this trend will increase the demand for our products from clients such as AO Smith, Rheem and Trane.

Our Objectives

Our goals are exceptional quality, reliable on-time delivery, competitive cost, and technical innovation with rapid engineering support. The objective is for Unique to be the easiest company for our customers to do business with, while being a great place to work for our team members. We seek to execute a business model that generates sustainable ongoing adjusted free cash flow, thereby providing flexibility for capital allocation. We also strive to achieve growth at above industry levels through strong competitive capabilities in engineering, manufacturing, and program management that contribute to leading positions in cost and quality. In addition, the Company will selectively continue to pursue opportunistic acquisitions that provide additional products and processes, as well as entrance into new growth markets.

We work together with our customers in various stages of production, including initial concept and development, routine engineering problem resolution during their product launches and ongoing value engineering. In addition, we work together on component sourcing, quality assurance, manufacturing and delivery in order to develop long-standing business relationships. We believe we are well-positioned to meet customer needs and have a strong, established reputation with customers for providing high-quality products at competitive prices, as well as for timely delivery and customer service. Given that both the automotive OEM business and the appliance/water heater OEM business involve long-term business awarded on a platform-by-platform basis, our intent is to leverage our strong technical expertise and customer relationships to obtain new platform awards.

Our Strengths

Our mission is to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for noise, vibration, and harshness (NVH) management, water and air sealing and other functional and decorative applications. We employ our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives, our engineering and creative resources and rapid response to deliver rapid technical innovation, exceptional quality, reliable on-time delivery and competitive costs. We believe the key to our core competitive strengths are as follows:

Strong technical expertise.   We have tremendous depth of expertise and knowledge of materials, adhesives, manufacturing processes and the product applications of our customers. Our understanding of our customers’ design and performance needs, and how our products interface with their applications allows us to engineer effective product solutions. We believe that our engineering talent, test facilities and rapid prototyping capabilities distinguish us from our competitors and enable us to rapidly innovate and develop products that resolve customers’ problems, often within 24 to 48 hours. By understanding our customers’ products and processes, when we are confronted with a customer engineering challenge, we can conceptualize a design concept that allows us to capitalize on the optimum combination of materials to solve a given problem. We have the ability to create our own prototype tools in-house so that we can go directly from concept to hardware and quickly present tangible product solutions for our customers to evaluate. Our ability to rapidly address customer challenges and provide prototype parts that include the use of new materials, products or processes is one of our key competitive strengths.

54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operational Excellence.   We are dedicated to maintaining a culture of continuous improvement. We utilize lean manufacturing techniques and statistical methods to drive productivity and quality improvement. We use quality, delivery and speed-to-market as competitive advantages. Lean manufacturing not only improves overall costs and quality, it also improves product velocity through the manufacturing process. This leads to better response time and greater flexibility in scheduling. Our reputation for high quality, innovative products is attributable to a constant emphasis on engineering, including materials engineering, product and process engineering, and sales engineering, coupled with our dedication to lean manufacturing to ensure effective execution.

Depth of customer relationships.   We have developed long-term relationships with a customer base that we target deliberately, each of which has substantial requirements for NVH management, water and air sealing, functional and decorative components. Due to our technical sophistication, raw material and adhesive innovation and rapid responsiveness, we have a reputation with our key customers as the supplier of choice for our core products within the North American automotive and appliance markets. Our sales engineers have developed deep relationships with the technical teams of our key customers. The customers’ engineers leverage our materials knowledge and utilize us as a resource to help them solve problems and/or pursue product enhancements. This enables us to become involved early in the design/development stage of new vehicles or appliances, leading to opportunities to introduce new products. In certain situations, we are able to influence the customer design specifications from which new business is awarded.

Key relationships with suppliers.   We have long relationships with over 150 raw material and adhesive suppliers. We track new developments in materials, and pursue exclusive relationships with those suppliers that develop innovative raw materials and adhesives. Our key suppliers see us as a way to introduce their new products and technology to the marketplace and obtain the necessary customer approvals. This, in turn, can lead to Unique being first to market with certain products or materials. For example, this has led to us having exclusive access for our types of products to the only source of recycled polyol for polyurethane in the industry. While products incorporating these materials accounted for less than 1% of net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015, we believe these recycled materials are opening up opportunities for new product variations that other competitors cannot offer. We constantly collaborate with our suppliers to develop new materials and adhesive combinations that exhibit a cost, quality and/or performance enhancement for our customers.

Proximity to key customers.   Our manufacturing facilities are strategically located to serve the North American automotive and appliance industries. Our primary manufacturing centers are in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and Mexico. We believe that our manufacturing facilities are within approximately 500 miles of over 80.0% of North American vehicle production, and even closer to major appliance manufacturing locations. This is advantageous, because our products are light in weight, and transportation costs can be a significant portion of the delivered cost of the products.

Our Strategy

Our business strategy is to be a valued partner in our customers’ product development and production processes by producing exceptional quality and providing reliable on-time delivery, competitive costs, and technical innovation with rapid engineering support. We utilize our extensive knowledge of raw materials and adhesives combined with our engineering development and rapid responsiveness to deliver innovative and timely customer solutions for NVH management, water and air sealing, decorative and other functional applications.

We have attempted to align our internal human resources and technical capabilities to take advantage of industry mega trends, such as light weighting, telematics, and reduced energy consumption, which we believe will produce profitable revenue growth opportunities from our existing operations. In addition, our growth plan includes initiatives to develop certain new products and new markets which provide incremental growth opportunities. We believe that significant opportunities exist to continue to grow our business and increase profitability by focusing on the following:

Further Penetrate Existing Markets with Existing Products and Processes.   We believe we are positioned to gain share and grow in existing markets with our current products and processes, capitalizing on the industry’s increasing demand for NVH management content coupled with our capabilities, including exclusive

55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

proprietary materials sold to existing customers and targeted new customers. As vehicles change materials to reduce weight, they are utilizing more rubber and plastic components like those designed and supplied by Unique. In addition, the increasing use of telematics is driving a need for quieter interiors in vehicles at all levels. This is causing an increase in the amount of acoustical insulation and solutions per vehicle. Separately, the rate of increase in vehicle production will be significantly higher in the Southern United States and Mexico over the next five years. We hope to capitalize on our ability to service customers in different geographical locations through our manufacturing facilities in the Midwestern and Southeastern regions of the United States and Mexico.

Develop New Products and Processes for Existing Markets.   We have developed and earned the reputation as a problem solver to our current customers. As a result, we are in the position to develop complementary products and processes that can be sold to the same purchasing and engineering groups that already do business with us. By adding products and processes to our portfolio that broaden our scope with existing engineers and purchasing groups, we can offer one stop shopping, that allows them to reduce their supply base and complexity, while increasing sales opportunities for Unique. We work closely with raw material and adhesive suppliers to develop innovative solutions that offer cost and performance improvement. We constantly focus on finding new applications for molded products utilizing thermoforming, compression and fusion molding. These activities frequently lead to the development of new or novel products not yet in common use. When this occurs, we actively explore the patentability of the product. Protection of our intellectual property is a conscious part of our strategy of using technology and innovation as a competitive advantage. An example of this is our patent pending light weight TwinShape duct technology.

Create New Markets with Existing Products and Processes.   While the specific products may vary, we have identified numerous opportunities to sell products fabricated using die cut and molding technology into new markets such as medical and not currently served industrial markets. We have demonstrated the ability to develop cost effective products utilizing various materials. Our recent acquisitions have provided the Company with credible access to a variety of new markets for our products. Because of our strategic acquisitions, we are currently developing new products for the appliance, water heater and HVAC industries utilizing our various molding technologies. We are also exploring increased opportunities for medical products. Raw material and adhesive suppliers rely on us to provide marketplace insight into new or emerging customer challenges. We have the capability to combine new materials with new processes to create cost effective products in new markets

Pursue Acquisitions.   We expect to selectively pursue acquisitions that add new products and/or processes or geographic and market expansion to further expand our portfolio of customer solutions. Management recently completed two accretive add-on acquisitions that added new markets and additional manufacturing processes to our capabilities. Management has a long history of identifying and successfully integrating new platforms. We will continue to use our relationship with our financial sponsor to identify evaluate and execute acquisition opportunities.

56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Products

Unique’s primary products, which are identified by manufacturing process — die cut products, thermoformed/compression molded products and fusion molded products — are highlighted below:

Automotive Product Applications

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Unique’s rapid responsiveness and extensive product and process capabilities are valued by its customers. We believe Unique’s diverse product offering, derived from a broad base of raw materials utilizing multiple manufacturing technologies, is the most comprehensive of similar companies operating in this industry. Based on our knowledge of our competitors, we believe that the companies we compete with offer fewer material choices and/or possess fewer manufacturing process alternatives than Unique. Unique’s access to broad production capabilities enables it to work with over 1,000 raw materials to develop the optimum solution for a given application. Unique’s broad product offering results in it being a single-source supplier to customers, which creates a competitive advantage.

Die Cut Products

Unique is primarily a supplier of die cut non-metallic materials and components. This is the Company’s core business, within all of its markets, developed through its technical expertise, broad customer base, strategic manufacturing footprint, diverse material selection and strong quality and delivery performance. Unique leverages its market position in die cutting by offering complementary products and processes such as thermoforming, compression molding and fusion molding.

Die cut products are utilized in applications such as air and water sealing, insulation, NVH performance and BSR conditions. Management estimates that the average light vehicle utilizes approximately $38.00 of non-metallic die cut components, based on typical product usage, implying a total North American automotive market of approximately $500 million. Unique is a market leader in this product area. The following diagram highlights examples of its die cut products:

Examples of Die Cut Products

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Thermoformed/Compression Molded Products

In 2005, Unique began expanding its product offerings to include thermoformed and compression molded products. Unique leveraged its position as a manufacturer of core die cut products to gain traction with customers who wanted a single-source solution for other related products, such as thermoformed, compression molded and fusion molded components.

Management seeks to continue the development of molded products that are complementary to the Company’s die cut products. These products have a higher engineering content and provide increased sales and margin growth. These products also differentiate Unique and make it more valuable to its target customers. The Company’s development efforts in this area have led to innovative product solutions such as Unique’s patent pending thermoformed HVAC duct modules, Unique’s proprietary TwinShape duct line. The TwinShape line is currently in production at one vehicle OEM and in development at four other OEMs.

Unique’s thermoformed and compression molded products include HVAC air ducts, door watershields, evaporator liners, console bin mats and fender insulators, among others. Unique believes there is significant room to grow within each of its thermoformed and compression molded product areas. The following diagram highlights examples of Unique’s thermoformed and compression molded products:

Examples of our Thermoformed/Compression Molded Products

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following highlights Unique’s TwinShape line of innovative twin-sheet thermoformed air duct technology:

TwinShape Twin-Sheet Thermoformed Air Duct Technology

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Fusion Molded Products

In 2008, Unique began to expand its product portfolio to include fusion molded components through an exclusive supply relationship with Chardan, Corp. In February 2014, Unique purchased the Chardan Business, bringing the fusion molding capability in-house. Fusion molding is an innovative foam molding process used to manufacture precise three dimensional components that are lightweight and provide excellent thermal and acoustic performance. Primarily used for NVH management and body sealing applications, the fusion molded products are complementary to Unique’s other product lines and give Unique additional options to provide light-weighting and NVH management solutions to its customers.

In Europe, the market for fusion molded products is fairly developed; BMW, Mercedes and VW have integrated the technology in their vehicles for several years. The North American market for fusion molding is growing rapidly as European OEMs source more fusion molded products in their North American vehicles and the technology gains traction with domestic OEMs such as Chrysler and GM. In addition, since there are a very limited number of North American suppliers with the engineering and manufacturing capabilities to produce fusion molded components, Unique is well positioned to capitalize on the growth in the North American market.

Unique’s fusion molded products include exterior mirror seals, cowl-to-hood seals, cowl-to-fender seals, and other NVH management and sealing applications like fillers, spacers and gaskets. The following diagram highlights examples of Unique’s fusion molded products:

Examples of our fusion molded products

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following highlights the Unique’s fusion molding technology:

Fusion Molding Technology

[GRAPHIC MISSING]

Significant Customers

The Company’s customers are principally engaged in the North American automotive industry (approximately 80.3% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015), as well as in the manufacturing of durable residential housing and some commercial products as a result of our acquisition of PTI (approximately 14.8% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015). In the automotive market, the Company’s sales are primarily directly to Tier 1 suppliers to the OEMs. Approximately 14.0% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015 were made directly to vehicle OEMs. Sales of Company products, directly and indirectly through Tier I suppliers, to General Motors, Chrysler Group, LLC and Ford Motor Company represented 18%, 18% and 14%, respectively, of our total net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015. Our three largest customers accounted for approximately 17.7% of our net sales for such period. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our net sales for the year ended January 4, 2015.

Competitive Environment

We believe that customer sourcing decisions are based on the responsiveness of a supplier and its ability to deliver innovative solutions, quality products and competitive pricing. In order to be awarded opportunities, Unique strives to develop mutually beneficial relationships with its customers through technical support and consistent/predictable performance. Unique differentiates itself through innovation in materials, rapid responsiveness and broad manufacturing capabilities.

Unique estimates that the market for its core business for multi-material foam, rubber and plastic components utilized in NVH management, air and water sealing, functional and decorative applications to be approximately $500 million in North America. Unique believes that there is not any dominant supplier within the market, although Unique believes that it is the largest supplier, measured by net sales, within the market. There are significant barriers to entry into the market, including the complexities of managing production and ordering raw materials at the scale necessary and the difficulty, cost and length of time required to obtain acceptance by customers.

Liability and Insurance

We have liability and other insurance coverage which we believe is sufficient to cover our risks.

Employees

As of March 29, 2015, we had 620 full-time and 176 contract workers. In the Auburn Hills, Michigan facility, 135 of the hourly workers are represented by a labor union and are covered by a collective bargaining agreement which is effective through August 22, 2016. In the Louisville, Kentucky facility, 16 hourly workers are represented by a labor union and are covered by a collective bargaining agreement which is effective through January 31, 2017. We have never experienced a material work stoppage or disruption to our business relating to employee matters. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Properties

The following sets forth our facilities as of June 29, 2015.

     
Principal Uses   Location   Approximate
Square Footage
  Owned or Leased
Headquarters,
Sales/Engineering,
Manufacturing
  Auburn Hills, Michigan   150,000   Leased
Sales/Engineering
Manufacturing
  LaFayette, Georgia   72,000   Owned               
Manufacturing   LaFayette, Georgia   75,000   Owned (1)               
Sales/Engineering
Manufacturing
  Monterrey, Mexico   91,000   Leased               
Manufacturing   Bryan, Ohio   42,000   Leased
Sales/Engineering
Manufacturing
  Louisville, Kentucky   73,000   Owned               
Manufacturing   Evansville, Indiana   66,500   Owned
Manufacturing   Ft. Smith, Arkansas   70,000   Owned
Manufacturing   Murfreesboro, Tennessee   71,000   Owned
Manufacturing   Queretaro, Mexico   32,000   Leased

(1) The new facility in Lafayette, Georgia has been substantially completed.

We also have an independent sales representative who maintains offices in Baldham, Germany. We do not lease or own the facilities at which he maintains his offices.

Each of our owned properties has been mortgaged to our senior lender to secure our borrowings under our senior credit facility.

Government Regulation

Our manufacturing operations, facilities and properties in the United States and Mexico are subject to evolving foreign, federal, state and local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing air emissions, wastewater discharge and the storage and handling of chemicals and hazardous substances. If we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be subject to significant fines, penalties, costs, liabilities or restrictions on operations, which could negatively affect our financial condition.

We believe that our operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations, and our compliance with such laws and regulations has not had, nor is it expected to have, a material impact on our earnings or competitive position. However, new requirements, more stringent application of existing requirements or the discovery of previously unknown environmental conditions could result in material environmental related expenditures in the future.

61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Legal Proceedings

Management is not aware of any legal proceedings contemplated by any government authority or any other party involving our business. As of the date of this prospectus, no director, officer or affiliate is: (1) a party adverse to us in any legal proceeding, or (2) has an adverse interest to us in any legal proceeding. Management is not aware of any other legal proceedings pending or threatened against us.

62


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Our directors and executive officers and their respective ages as of the date of this prospectus are as follows:

   
Name   Age   Position with the Company
John Weinhardt   64   Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Thomas Tekiele   48   Chief Financial Officer
Richard L. Baum, Jr.   55   Chairman of the Board
Paul Frascoia   46   Director
William Cooke   54   Director
Donn Viola   70   Director
Kim Korth   60   Director
James Illikman   47   Director

The following describes the business experience of each of our directors and executive officers, including other directorships held in reporting companies:

John Weinhardt

John joined the board in 2007 and has served in his current role as President and Chief Executive Officer since 2009. Prior to Unique, John was a Principal in the Operations Group at American Capital, Ltd. Before joining American Capital, John was the head of manufacturing operations at Rain Bird Corporation. Prior to Rain Bird, he was President, Chief Operating Officer and part owner of Digitron Packaging. John has held senior management positions at AlliedSignal, Danaher Corporation, Prestolite Wire Corporation, Fayette Tubular Products, Inc. and Newcor, Inc. John received his bachelor’s degree in Mechanical Engineering from the Rose-Hulman Institute of Technology and his MBA/MS from Purdue University’s Krannert School of Management.

Thomas Tekiele

Tom joined Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. in 2001 as our Chief Financial Officer. Tom has twenty five years of experience with multi-plant financial management. Prior to joining Unique, Tom was the Corporate Controller for Cardell Corporation, a privately held supplier of metal stamping and plastic injection molding products to the automotive industry. Prior to Cardell Corporation. Tom was an Audit Manager at the public accounting firm of Arthur Andersen. Tom earned a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Michigan State University. He holds an inactive CPA license.

Richard L. Baum, Jr.

Richard has served on the board as Chairman since our inception in 2013. Richard joined Taglich Private Equity in 2005 and currently sits on the boards of BG Staffing, Inc. (NYSE MKT: BGSF), and five other portfolio companies of Taglich Private Equity. Prior to joining Taglich Private Equity, Richard led a group that purchased a private equity portfolio from Transamerica. From 1998 to 2003, Richard was a Managing Director in the small business merger and acquisition practices of Wachovia Securities and its predecessor, First Union Securities. From 1988 through 1998, Richard was a Principal with the Mid-Atlantic Companies, Ltd., a financial services firm focused on succession planning for high net worth business owners and their families (First Union purchased Mid-Atlantic in 1998). Richard received a Bachelor of Science Degree from Drexel University and an MBA from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

Paul Frascoia

Paul has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Critical Process Systems Group, or CPS, and its predecessors since 2007. CPS is a group of manufacturing and design companies providing innovative industrial product solutions to an array of industries including semiconductor, chemical processing, industrial gas, mining, power generation, and life sciences. Prior to the establishment of CPS, Mr. Frascoia was the President of Fab-Tech, Inc. from 2005 to 2007 and Chief Financial Officer from 2001 to 2005. Prior to joining

63


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fab-Tech he was Corporate Controller and Treasurer with Burton Snowboards, helping the company manage dramatic growth in core and affiliate brands. Before working for Burton, he was Corporate Controller of the Turtle Fur Company, the leading global winter sports accessory company. Mr. Frascoia received a Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from the University of Vermont in 1990. He holds an inactive CPA license.

William Cooke

William joined Taglich Brothers in 2012 and participates in sourcing, evaluating, and executing new investments as well as monitoring existing investments. Prior to joining Taglich Brothers, he was a Managing Director of Glenwood Capital LLC from 2010 to 2012, where he advised middle-market clients on capital raising and mergers and acquisitions. From 2001 to 2009, William sourced, evaluated and executed mezzanine transactions for The Gladstone Companies and BHC Interim Funding II, L.P. Before entering the private equity industry, William served as a securities analyst primarily covering the automotive and industrial sectors for ABN AMRO Incorporated and McDonald & Company Securities, Inc. William received his BA degree from Michigan State University and MBA degree from the University of Michigan. He is a Chartered Financial Analyst and a member of the board of directors of APR, LLC.

Donn J. Viola

Donn serves as a director of Allied Specialty Vehicles, a manufacturer of fire apparatus, ambulances, recreational vehicles, buses and terminal equipment, a director of Manac, Inc., a North American manufacturer of custom semitrailers, and a Director of Defiance Metal Products, a precision fabricating manufacturer of metal parts and assemblies. Donn previously was a director of Williams Controls (NYSE MKT: WMCO) until its sale in December 2012. In addition, Donn is the Chairman of the Navistar Retiree Supplemental Benefit Plan. Donn served as Chief Operating Officer of Donnelly Corporation, an automotive parts supplier, from 1996 until his retirement in 2002. From 1990 to 1996, he held positions as Senior Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer with Mack Trucks, a heavy truck manufacturer. Before Mack Trucks, Donn worked as the Executive Vice President of the Cars and Concepts Division of Masco Industries. Prior to Masco, Donn was a Vice President of Manufacturing Operations for Volkswagen of America and a General Superintendent of Production for General Motors Corporation. Donn has a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from Lehigh University and completed the Stanford University Executive Program.

Kim Korth

Kim is President and Chief Executive Officer of TECHNIPLAS Group, a privately held group of specialized plastics companies that primarily serve the automotive, industrial, and medium and heavy truck industries. TECHNIPLAS is headquartered in Nashotah, Wisconsin and has four platform companies, Dickten Masch Plastics, based in Wisconsin, Nyloncraft based in Indiana, Weidmann Automotive & Industrial, based in Rapperswil Switzerland, and Vallotech based in Valorbe, Switzerland. Prior to joining the TECHNIPLAS Group, Kim was President and Chief Executive Officer of Supreme Industries, Inc. (NYSEMKT: STS), a producer of specialty vehicles based in Goshen, Indiana. Kim is also the founder of IRN Inc., a premier boutique-consulting firm focused on mid-sized manufacturing firms. Kim holds a B.A. degree from Western Michigan University and an M.I.M. from the American Graduate School of International Management (Thunderbird). She is currently a member of the board of Stoneridge Inc. (NYSE:SRI) and two other private companies. She is also a member of the Original Equipment Suppliers Association (OESA).

James Illikman

James joined Peninsula Capital Partners, LLC, a mezzanine and equity capital fund manager, in 2003 and became a partner in 2005. James has over twenty years of experience in private equity, mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and operations management. Prior to joining Peninsula Capital Partners, James was with Talon Equity Partners, LLC, a middle-market buyout firm, where he was responsible for investment origination and portfolio management. Before Talon Equity Partners, he held positions with Freudenberg-NOK General Partnership, United Technologies Corporation and the predecessor entity to Delphi Corporation. At these firms, James served in various corporate finance roles. James has also served as interim President and Chief Financial Officer of companies within his portfolio management responsibility. James earned both a Bachelor and Master’s in Business Administration degrees from the University of Michigan. He is a member of the CFA Institute.

64


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

When considering whether the directors have the experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, taken as a whole to enable our board to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively, the board focuses on the diversity of skills, business and professional business experience reflected in the descriptions above. In particular:

With respect to Mr. Weinhardt, the board considered his knowledge of our operations as our Chief Executive Officer and President, his wealth of industry of experience related to our business and his experience as the principal executive officer and director of a publicly held corporation.
With respect to Mr. Baum, the board considered his perspective and experience with our ongoing strategy and operations that he has obtained through his service to the Company and his ability to evaluate and assist with potential acquisitions and financing opportunities.
With respect to Mr. Frascoia, the board considered his extensive managerial and financial expertise.
With respect to Mr. Cooke, the board considered his valuable financial expertise and his experience in evaluating transactions.
With respect to Mr. Viola, the board considered his extensive industry experience, including as chief operating officer of automotive parts suppliers and heavy truck manufacturers, and his experience, as a director of a publicly-held corporation, with management, compensation, finance and accounting issues.
With respect to Ms. Korth, the board considered her extensive experience in corporate governance issues as a director of a publicly-held corporation, organizational design, and development of strategies for growth and improved performance for automotive suppliers, as well as her insight into industry trends and expectations.
With respect to Mr. Illikman, the board considered his valuable experience in mergers and acquisitions, corporate finance and operations management.

Each officer is appointed by and serves at the pleasure of the board subject to the terms of their respective employment agreements.

Board of Directors

Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. The composition of our board of directors prior to this offering was governed by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement among the Company and the stockholders named herein, dated March 18, 2013, or the Stockholders Agreement, pursuant to which the Taglich founding investors, as defined, have designated Richard L. Baum, Jr., William M. Cooke, Paul Frascoia and Donn Viola as directors. Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, Peninsula has designated James Illikman and Kim Korth as directors. The Stockholders Agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, except for certain registration rights described in “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” However, pursuant to a director nomination agreement which will be effective upon the completion of this agreement, Peninsula will have the right to nominate one director until such time as its beneficial ownership of our common stock is less than 5% of our total outstanding shares of common stock. The director initially nominated by Peninsula is James Illikman. Upon completion of the offering, Peninsula will beneficially own 16.71% of our shares of common stock.

In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, immediately upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders following this offering, the successors to the directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve until the third annual meeting following the election. At the closing of this offering, our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

The Class I directors will be William Cooke and Kim Korth, and their terms will expire at the first annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering;

65


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Class II directors will be Donn Viola and Paul Frascoia, and their terms will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering; and
The Class III directors will be Richard L. Baum, Jr., John Weinhardt and James Illikman, and their terms will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders to be held after the completion of this offering.

Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

Director Independence

Under the rules and listing standards of NYSE MKT, or the NYSE Listing Rules, a majority of the members of our board of directors must satisfy the NYSE Listing Rules criteria for “independence.” No director qualifies as independent under the NYSE Listing Rules unless our board of directors affirmatively determines that the director does not have a relationship with us that would impair independence (directly or as a partner, stockholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with us). Our board of directors has determined that our directors other than John Weinhardt are independent directors as defined under the NYSE Listing Rules. Mr. Weinhardt is not independent under the NYSE Listing Rules as a result of his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” below for additional information.

Board Committees

The standing committees of our board of directors consist of an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Each of the committees reports to the board of directors as they deem appropriate and as the board may request. The expected composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, retaining and evaluating our independent registered public accounting firm and approving all services to be performed by them; (2) overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm’s qualifications, independence and performance; (3) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual financial statements that we file with the SEC; (4) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (5) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; and (6) reviewing and approving related party transactions.

Our Audit Committee will consist of Paul Frascoia, Donn Viola, and Kim Korth. We believe that all qualify as independent directors according to the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect to audit committee membership. We also believe that Paul Frascoia qualifies as our “audit committee financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) and (iii) of Regulation S-K. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee in connection with this offering, which will be available on our corporate website at www.uniquefab.com following the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, chief executive officer, and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; and (4) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Richard L. Baum, Jr., Donn Viola and James Illikman. Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee in connection with this offering, which will be available on our corporate website at www.uniquefab.com following the completion of this offering. The information on our website is not part of this prospectus.

66


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No member of our Compensation Committee is a current or former officer or employee of Unique Fabricating, Inc., or its subsidiaries or has had a relationship requiring disclosure by Unique Fabricating, Inc., under applicable federal securities regulations. No executive officer of Unique Fabricating, Inc. served as a director or member of the Compensation Committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or Compensation Committee.

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

None of our directors, executive officers or control persons has been involved in any of the following events during the past five years: (1) any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time; (2) any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences); (3) being subject to any order, judgment or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities; or (4) being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended or vacated.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, which outlines the principles of legal and ethical business conduct under which we do business. The code is applicable to all of our directors, officers and employees and will be available on our corporate website following the completion of the offering. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in filings under the Exchange Act to the extent required by applicable rules and exchange requirements.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Some of our non-employee directors received cash compensation for their service on our board of directors and committees of our board of director during 2014. The following table provides information regarding total compensation that was granted to our non-employee directors during the year ended January 4, 2015.

 
Director Name   Total
Richard L. Baum, Jr. (1)   $  
Paul Frascoia (2)   $ 12,500  
William Cooke (1)   $  
Donn J. Viola   $ 25,000  
Kim Korth   $ 22,500  
James Illikman (3)   $  

(1) Taglich Private Equity provides services to the Company pursuant to a Management Service Agreement. These services have included the board services of board members Taglich Private Equity designated under the Stockholders Agreement. Historically, such board members, Richard L. Baum, Jr. and William Cooke, did not receive compensation from the Company for their board service. However, upon the completion of this offering, director fees will be paid directly to any director who is a related person of Taglich Private Equity or Taglich Brothers, and the annual consulting fee paid by the Company to Taglich Private Equity under the Management Services Agreement will be reduced by the amount of director fees so paid and by any equity awards received as compensation for serving on the board.
(2) Mr. Frascoia joined the board of directors in July 2014.
(3) Representative appointed by Peninsula who has not received compensation for board service.

We intend to implement a formal policy to be effective upon completion of this offering pursuant to which our non-employee directors would be eligible to receive equity awards and annual cash retainers as compensation for service on our board of directors and committees of our board of directors.

67


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The following describes the material elements of compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our named executive officers, our President and Chief Executive Officer, John Weinhardt, and our Chief Financial Officer, Thomas Tekiele. No other individuals served as an executive officer during the year ended January 4, 2015.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding the compensation of our named executive officers for the year ended January 4, 2015.

         
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary   Non-Equity
Incentive
Plan
Compensation (1)
  Other Compensation   Total
John Weinhardt
President and Chief Executive Officer
    2014     $ 330,000     $ 496,788     $ 82,739 (2)     $ 909,527  
Thomas Tekiele
Chief Financial Officer
    2014     $ 233,333     $ 96,895     $ 22,340 (3)     $ 352,568  

(1) The amounts reported reflect the following: (i) bonuses paid under each executive’s employment agreement; and (ii) amounts paid under our predecessor’s executive incentive compensation plan, which was organized as a phantom stock plan covering only specific executives. Participants became fully vested upon our acquisition of the predecessor company, Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. on March 18, 2013 which was a change of control under the plan. The amounts paid under the plan were the responsibility of the predecessor company and deducted from the purchase price paid by us paid to the predecessor’s owners.
(2) Includes relocation ($35,100), 401(k) contribution, car, housing and travel allowance.
(3) Includes 401(k) contribution and car allowance.

Outstanding Equity Awards as of January 4, 2015

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of January 4, 2015. Our named executive officers did not hold any restricted stock or other awards as of January 4, 2015.

         
Name   Grant
Date (2) (3)
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price (1)
  Option
Expiration
Date
John Weinhardt     7/1/2013       54,000       81,000     $ 3.33       7/1/2023  
Thomas Tekiele     7/1/2013       18,000       27,000     $ 3.33       7/1/2023  

(1) This column represents the fair value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, as determined by our board of directors.
(2) 20% of the shares subject to the stock option vest over a four-year period on each anniversary of the initial grant, subject to continued service with us through each vesting date.
(3) Option is subject to accelerated vesting upon a qualifying termination of the executive’s employment with us following a change of control.

John Weinhardt, our Chief Executive Officer, and Thomas Tekiele, our Chief Financial Officer, were eligible to receive bonuses during fiscal year 2014 which provided for cash payments based upon achievement of specified performance objectives.

John Weinhardt has an annual bonus target of 75% of his base salary. Thomas Tekiele has an annual bonus target of 40% of his base salary. Bonuses are based on a combination of corporate performance against the Financial Plan approved by the board of directors and performance against certain individual goals and objectives. Bonuses are only paid if at least 75% of Plan results are achieved. Performance between 75% and

68


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

100% of Plan results establishes a potential bonus payout of that same percentage of the bonus target. Performance above 100% of Plan results establishes a potential bonus payout based on a bonus target multiplier of 2 for every percent that actual results exceed Plan. For example, achievement of 110% of Plan results establishes a potential bonus payout of 120% of the bonus target. The actual bonus paid is the potential bonus based on corporate performance factored by the individual’s achievement of individual goals and objectives.

Executive Employment Arrangements

John Weinhardt

John Weinhardt has a one year employment agreement that currently expires on March 18, 2016 which renews automatically each year for successive one-year terms, on the same terms and conditions then in effect, unless notice of non-renewal is given by either Mr. Weinhardt or us at least 90 days prior to the end of the applicable term. The agreement provides for an initial base salary of $330,000 per year (subject to annual review and increase as the Company deems appropriate, but not decrease except temporarily in case of severe reduction in the Company’s sales) as well as certain benefits including vacation, health care and the use of a company paid leased car. The agreement provides for payment of lodging expenses in the Detroit metropolitan area of up to $2,000 per month, expenses for travel between the Detroit metropolitan area and Mr. Weinhardt’s principal residence of up to $1,000 per month and the payment of relocation costs of up to $100,000. The agreement provides for an annual bonus, subject to the satisfaction of terms and conditions determined by the board, of up to 75% of Mr. Weinhardt’s base salary.

Mr. Weinhardt is subject to a non-compete covenant, which provides that during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following his termination, Mr. Weinhardt may not, directly or indirectly, participate in, engage in or have a financial interest in or management position or other interest in any business that is competitive with the Company’s business. Similarly, during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following the date of his termination, Mr. Weinhardt may not, directly or indirectly, solicit or otherwise interfere with the Company’s relationship with any employee, customer or supplier of the Company. Mr. Weinhardt is also required to keep confidential during the term of employment and thereafter all confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its business.

Thomas Tekiele

Thomas Tekiele has a one year employment agreement that currently expires on March 18, 2016, which renews automatically each year for successive one-year terms, unless notice of non-renewal is given by Mr. Tekiele or us at least 90 days prior to the end of the then applicable term. The agreement provides for compensation in the form of base salary, currently $238,000 per year, and bonus, as well as certain benefits including vacation, health care and the use of a company car. The agreement provides for an annual bonus, subject to the satisfaction of terms and conditions determined by the board of up to 40% of Mr. Tekiele’s base salary.

Mr. Tekiele is subject to a non-compete covenant, which provides that during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following his termination, Mr. Tekiele may not, directly or indirectly, participate in, engage in or have a financial interest in or management position or other interest in any business that is competitive with the Company’s business. Similarly, during the term of employment and for fifty two weeks following the date of his termination, Mr. Tekiele may not, directly or indirectly, solicit or otherwise interfere with the Company’s relationship with any employee, customer or supplier of the Company. Mr. Tekiele is also required to keep confidential during the term of employment and thereafter all confidential and proprietary information concerning the Company and its business.

Post-Employment Compensation

Our employment agreements with our named executive officers described above provide that upon termination of the officer by the Company without cause or if the Company delivers a notice of non-renewal to an executive, the separating named executive officer is entitled to receive payment of the executive’s base salary for fifty two weeks or until such time as the executive accepts employment with another company, whichever period is shorter, and, if the executive elects COBRA coverage, continuation of all benefits during

69


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the 12 month period, in accordance with our standard compensation and payroll procedures for active employees participating in such plans. Mr. Weinhardt also will be entitled to the use of a company paid leased vehicle, fuel and routine maintenance. Receipt of these severance benefits is contingent upon the separation of named executive officer executing and not revoking a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates and compliance with the executive’s obligations under the employment agreement, including non-complete, non-solicitation and non-disclosure covenants, and under equity holder or other agreements.

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

Our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in March 2013. The plan provides for the granting of stock options to employees, directors, consultants and any person or entity who has the contractual right to appoint a director. Grants of stock options may include incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options. The plan authorizes 495,000 shares of our common stock to be issued under the plan. As of the date of this prospectus, we have awarded options to our officers for an aggregate 180,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.33 per share. The plan is administered by our board or a committee, which in the discretion of the board is constituted to comply with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act or Section 162(m) under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

The plan provides that, on the date of the grant, the exercise price must equal at least 100% of the fair market value or, in the case of any incentive stock options, 110% of the fair market value with respect to optionees who own at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock. The fair market value is the closing sales price for our stock if it is listed on any established stock exchange or national market system or, if the common stock is regularly quoted by a recognized securities dealer but selling prices are not reported, determined by computing the arithmetic mean of our high and low asked prices on a given determination date. No option may have a term in excess of ten years from the date of grant; provided that for any incentive stock option granted to a 10% stockholder, the term may not exceed five years from the date of grant. The consideration, to the extent approved by the plan administrator, may be paid by cash or cash equivalent, with other shares of the Company, subject to certain requirements, or any combination of such consideration.

Awards granted under the plan are generally not transferable by the participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and each award is exercisable, during the lifetime of the participant. Additionally, any shares of our common stock received pursuant to an award granted under the plan, are subject to our buy-back rights in terms set forth in the award agreement.

Options granted under the plan vest as provided at the time of the grant. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, as defined, each outstanding option shall be assumed or an equivalent option substituted by the successor corporation or a parent or subsidiary of the successor corporation, unless otherwise provided in the award agreement. If the successor does not assume the option or issue an equivalent option, the administrator will provide that (1) all options will become exercisable in full at a specified time prior to the change of control and will terminate upon its consummation of the change of control unless exercised prior thereto or (2) all options will terminate upon consummation of the change of control and each holder will receive a cash payment based upon the difference between the acquisition price per share in the transaction and the exercise price. The currently outstanding options vest 20% on the date of grant and then ratably at 20% per year over the next four years.

The plan may be amended, altered, suspended or terminated by the administrator at any time. We may not alter the rights and obligations under any award granted before amendment of the plan without the consent of the affected participant. Unless terminated sooner, the plan will terminate automatically in March 2023.

2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan

We have adopted the Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will be effective on the closing of this offering. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of cash awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares and performance units. The 2014 Plan authorizes the grant of awards relating to 250,000 shares of our common stock. In the event of any transaction that causes a change in our

70


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capitalization, the Compensation Committee or such other committee administering the 2014 Plan will make such adjustments to the number of shares of common stock delivered, and the number and/or price of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan, as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights.

Plan Administration .  The 2014 Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee of our board (which will consist exclusively of outside directors), or by such other committee consisting of not less than two non-employee directors appointed by the board. The committee will be comprised solely of directors qualified to administer the 2014 Plan pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. It also is expected that the composition of the committee will satisfy the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.162 27(e)(3) with respect to grants made to certain key executive officers, which is one of the factors necessary to enable the Company to avoid the income tax deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code on annual compensation in excess of $1,000,000.

Eligibility and Participation .  Employees eligible to participate in the 2014 Plan include management and key employees of the Company and its subsidiaries, as determined by the committee, including employees who are members of the board. Directors who are not employees and consultants to the Company also will be able to participate in the 2014 Plan.

Amendment and Termination of the Plan .  In no event may any award under the 2014 Plan be granted on or after the tenth anniversary of the 2014 Plan’s effective date. The board may amend, modify or terminate the 2014 Plan at any time. However, no amendment requiring stockholder approval for the 2014 Plan to continue to comply with Sections 162(m), 409A or 422 of the Code will be effective unless approved by stockholders, and no amendment, termination or modification will materially and adversely affect any outstanding award without the consent of the participant.

Awards Under the Plan

Stock Options .   The committee may grant incentive stock option, or ISOs, non-qualified stock options, or non-ISOs, or a combination of ISOs and non-ISOs. There are certain tax advantages to employees who receive ISOs. However, certain restrictions also apply to such grants. ISOs can be granted only to employees (not to non-employee directors or consultants), and the option exercise price must be at least equal to 100% of the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date the option is granted (110% in the case of an individual who is a 10% owner of the Company). An ISO may not be exercised later than 10 years after the date of grant (five years in the case of 10% owners of the Company). ISOs also may not be exercised later than three months (one year in the case of a termination of employment due to disability) after the option holder’s termination of employment other than due to his or her death. Common stock will be deemed to be acquired under an ISO only with respect to the first $100,000 worth of common stock (valued on the date of grant) first exercisable in any calendar year and the excess number of shares will not be deemed to have been acquired under an ISO.

ISOs may be transferred only by will or under the laws of descent and distribution and, during the participant’s lifetime, will be exercisable only by the participant or his or her legal representative. Each stock option agreement will specify the holder’s (or his or her beneficiary’s) rights in the event of retirement, death or other termination of employment. Except as may be provided in the stock option agreement, if an option holder’s employment is terminated for “cause,” as defined by the 2014 Plan, all options granted to such holder will be forfeited. The option exercise price is payable in cash, in shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to the exercise price, by share withholding or a combination of the foregoing.

SARS .   SARs may be in the form of freestanding SARs, SARs granted together with options, or tandem SARS, or a combination of both. The base value of a freestanding SAR must be equal to the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The base value of a tandem SAR must be equal to the exercise price of the related option. Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon such terms and conditions as are imposed by the committee and set forth under the SAR award agreement. A tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the shares of common stock for which its related option is exercisable. Tandem SARs will expire no later than the expiration of the related option and the term of any tandem SAR which is linked to an ISO may not exceed ten years. Tandem SARs may be exercised only when the fair market value

71


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of the shares subject to the option exceeds the option exercise price. Furthermore, the number of shares of common stock that may be acquired under the related option will be reduced, one for one, by the number of shares with respect to which the tandem SAR is exercised.

Upon the exercise of an SAR, a participant will receive the difference between the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of exercise and the base value multiplied by the number of shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised. Payment due upon exercise may be in cash, in shares of common stock having a fair market value equal to such cash amount, or a combination of cash and shares, as determined by the committee.

SARs may only be transferred by will or under the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of a participant, may be exercised only by the participant or his or her legal representative. Each SAR award agreement will specify the participant’s (and his or her beneficiary’s) rights in the event of death or other termination of employment. Except as may be provided in a grant award made to a particular participant, if a participant voluntarily terminates his employment (other than as a result of disability) without the Company’s consent or without “good reason,” as defined, or if the participant is terminated for “cause” under the 2014 Plan, all SARs will be forfeited.

Restricted Stock.   Restricted stock are shares of common stock transferred to a participant which are subject to forfeiture if certain employment or vesting requirements are not met during the “restriction period.” Restricted stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable restriction period or upon earlier satisfaction of conditions specified by the committee. During the restriction period, holders may exercise full voting rights and will be credited with cash dividends. Dividends credited during the restriction period will be withheld by the Company until the related shares of restricted stock vest and will be subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the shares of restricted stock with respect to which they were paid. All rights with respect to restricted stock will be available only during a participant’s lifetime, and each restricted stock award agreement will specify the participant’s (and his or her beneficiary’s) rights in the event of death or other termination of employment. Except as may be provided in an award agreement, if a participant’s employment is terminated for any reason prior to the end of the restriction period, all shares of restricted stock granted to such participant will be forfeited.

RSUs .   Each RSU represents an agreement by the Company to deliver to the participant one share of common stock at a predetermined date. RSUs are subject to forfeiture if certain employment requirements or other vesting requirements are not met or if a participant’s employment is terminated for any reason prior to the end of the restriction period, unless otherwise provided in the award agreement. All rights with respect to RSUs will be available only during a participant’s lifetime, and each RSU award agreement will specify the participant’s (and his or her beneficiary’s) rights in the event of death or other termination of employment.

Performance Shares and Performance Units.   Performance shares and units are similar to shares of restricted stock and RSUs except that certain individual, financial or other company-related goals and targets must be met in order for the performance shares and units to become non-forfeitable. The committee will set performance goals which will determine the number and/or value of performance shares or units that will be paid to participants. The committee also may develop, subject to stockholder approval, goals and targets that must be met in order to determine the vesting and/or the amount of performance shares and/or units granted to key executives in order to avoid Section 162(m) limitations. Participants will be entitled to receive payment of the value of performance shares or units earned in cash and/or shares of common stock which have an aggregate fair market value equal to the value of the earned performance shares or units after the end of the applicable performance period. Prior to the beginning of each performance period, participants may elect to defer receipt of payout on such terms as the committee deems appropriate. Participants may be entitled to have dividends declared with respect to performance shares earned in connection with performance share/unit grants earned but not yet distributed held in their performance accounts, subject to the same restrictions as are applicable to dividends earned with respect to restricted stock. The performance shares and units may also be subject to other vesting requirements or other restrictions, such as continued employment for specified periods of time.

72


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Except as may be provided in an award agreement with respect to a particular participant, in the event a participant’s employment is terminated for any reason, all performance shares and units granted to such participant will be forfeited. Performance shares and units may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

Cash Incentives.   Under the terms of a cash incentive grant, certain individual, financial or other Company-related goals and targets must be met in order for the cash incentives to become non-forfeitable and to determine the amount of the cash incentives to which a participant is entitled. The committee will set performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met during the performance periods established by the committee, will determine the value of cash incentives that will be paid to a participant. Participants will receive payment of the cash incentives at the end of the applicable performance periods. Prior to the beginning of each performance period, a participant may elect to defer receipt of payout on such terms as the committee deems appropriate. Except as may be provided in an award agreement with respect to a particular participant, if a participant’s employment is terminated for any reason, all unpaid cash incentives granted to such participant will be forfeited. Rights to cash incentives may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated.

Limits on Grants.   To avoid the income tax deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code on annual compensation in excess of $1,000,000, there are limits on the maximum number of options and SARS that may be granted, the maximum value of restricted stock, RSUs, performance units and shares that may be distributed and the maximum dollar amount of cash incentives that may be paid to any key executive under the 2014 Plan in any year.

Merger, Consolidation, Sale of Assets or Change in Control of the Company

As of the effective date of a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially of the assets or the change in control of the Company (and if the merger, consolidation or other transaction agreement does not provide for the continuation of awards or the substitution of new awards), (1) any option or SAR outstanding will become immediately exercisable and (2) any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on restricted stock will be deemed to have expired. Performance shares or units payable after the date of a merger, consolidation or other transaction will be paid in cash as of the date they originally were to be paid unless, subject to the limitations imposed by Code Section 409A, the Company or its successor determines to pay such amounts as of an earlier date. Except as may be provided in a particular award, the number of performance shares and units will be prorated based on the attainment of the applicable performance goals at the target level if, as a result of the merger, consolidation, or other transaction the value of such awards cannot be determined.

Defined Contribution Plan; 401(k)

The Company maintains a defined contribution plan covering certain full time salaried employees. Employees can make elective contributions to the plan. The Company contributes 100 percent of an employee’s contribution up to the first 3 percent of each employee’s total compensation and 50 percent for the next 2 percent of each employee’s total compensation. In addition, the Company, at the discretion of the board of directors, may make additional contributions to the plan on behalf of the plan participants.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of our compensation committee has at any time been an employee of ours. None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

73


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

The table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 1, 2015 by:

each of our directors and named executive officers;
each person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock; and
all our directors and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. It is based on 6,739,998 shares of common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2015 and 8,614,998 shares of common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering. Shares of common stock subject to options and warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 1, 2015 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options or warrants for the purposes of computing beneficial ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

To our knowledge, except as set forth in the footnotes to this table and subject to applicable community property laws, where applicable, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares set forth opposite such person’s name.

Michael Taglich and Robert Taglich and other persons employed by or otherwise affiliated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. who currently are stockholders have indicated an interest in purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the initial public offering price on the same terms and conditions of this offering except that any shares purchased by any such person will be subject to a lock-up agreement. Because these persons are restricted persons, as defined by FINRA Rule 5130, the number of shares that each may purchase is limited by FINRA rules to that number of shares that will not increase their percentage equity ownership of our common stock above their level of ownership as of three months prior to the filing of this registration statement. Certain of our directors also have indicated an interest in purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase shares and such persons may determine not to purchase shares or the underwriters may determine not to sell any shares to them. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these persons or entities as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering. Persons associated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. may not in the aggregate purchase more than 18.6% of the shares in this offering (assuming that each person purchases the maximum number of shares permitted under the FINRA rule. The table does not reflect any potential purchases by such persons, which purchases, if any, will increase the number and percentage of shares owned after the offering from those set forth in the table.

74


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Except as otherwise indicated, the address of each of the persons in this table is as follows: c/o Unique Fabricating, Inc., 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326.

     
Name of Beneficial Owner   Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percent
Beneficially
Owned
Before this
Offering
  Percent
Beneficially
Owned
After this
Offering*
Five percent stockholders
                          
The Peninsula Fund V, Limited Partnership
500 Woodward Avenue, Suite 2800
Detroit, Michigan 48226
    1,444,632 (1) (2)       21.34       16.71  
Michael N. Taglich
790 New York Avenue, Suite 209
Huntington, New York 11743
    426,900 (3)       6.32       4.94  
Robert Taglich
790 New York Avenue, Suite 209
Huntington, New York 11743
    441,900 (4)       6.54       5.12  
Directors and named executive officers
                          
John Weinhardt, President and Chief Executive Officer     223,500 (5)       3.28       2.57  
Thomas Tekiele, Chief Financial Officer     85,500 (6)       1.26      
Richard L. Baum, Jr., Chairman     257,994 (7)       3.82       2.99  
William Cooke, Director     46,500 (8)          
Donn J. Viola, Director     60,000          
Paul Frascoia, Director     6,000          
Kim Korth, Director     0          
James Illikman, Director     0          
(all directors and officers as a group (eight) persons)     679,494 (5) (6) (7) (8)       9.9       7.8  

* Represents less than one percent
(1) Includes 29,232 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant.
(2) Peninsula’s President and Chief Investment Officer, Scott A. Reilly, exercises sole voting and dispositive power for the shares beneficially owned by Peninsula.
(3) Includes (a) 243,000 shares and 18,900 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant owned jointly by Mr. Taglich and his wife and (b) 9,000 shares owned by a trust for which Mr. Taglich’s wife is trustee.
(4) Includes (a) 24,000 shares for which Mr. Taglich is custodian for his children and (b) 18,900 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant.
(5) Includes 81,000 shares of common stock subject to currently exercisable options. Does not include an additional 54,000 shares which are subject to options which vest and become exercisable with respect to 27,000 shares each year during the next two years on the anniversary of the grant, July 1, 2013.
(6) Includes 27,000 shares of common stock subject to currently exercisable options. Does not include an additional 18,000 shares which are subject to options which vest and become exercisable with respect to 9,000 shares each year during the next two years on the anniversary of the grant, July 1, 2013.
(7) Includes shares owned by an investment partnership controlled by Mr. Baum, shares owned by family trusts and 21,993 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant.
(8) Includes 5,499 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of a warrant.

75


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Taglich Private Equity, LLC sourced and sponsored our formation in March 2013 under the name UFI Acquisition, Inc. exclusively for the purpose of effecting the acquisition of all of the outstanding shares of Unique Fabricating, Inc. Unique Fabricating, Inc. subsequently changed its name to Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. and we subsequently changed our name to Unique Fabricating, Inc. Taglich Private Equity, LLC has been sourcing and sponsoring management buyouts of companies since 2000 and often retains Taglich Brothers, Inc. as the equity capital placement agent for these transactions. Richard Baum, the Chairman of our board of directors, is an associate of Taglich Private Equity, LLC. Michael Taglich and Robert Taglich, each of whom is a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock, are principals of Taglich Brothers, Inc., and Douglas Hailey, one of our former directors, is an associate of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and Taglich Private Equity, LLC. William Cooke, one of our directors, is an associate of Taglich Brothers, Inc.

Issuances of Common Stock to Founders .  In January 2013, certain principals and employees of Taglich Brothers, Inc. and Taglich Private Equity, LLC, along with certain members of our management and certain of our directors, purchased 999,999 shares of our common stock as founders’ stock at a price of $0.167 per share to finance the pursuit of the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now known as Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.). Pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement, the Company is required to repurchase such shares at a price of $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes a qualified public offering for less than $4.00 per share. A qualified public offering is defined as a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of at least $15 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions). The aggregate cash proceeds to the Company, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, in this offering, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $9.00 per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would be $15,525,000. Our obligation to purchase founders’ stock will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc .  In March 2013, in connection with the financing and closing of the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.), we paid a total advisory fee of $1,250,000 to Taglich Private Equity, LLC and Taglich Brothers, Inc.

On March 18, 2013, we issued an additional 3,999,999 shares of common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, raising gross proceeds of $13.32 million, to finance the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.). Certain principals and employees of Taglich Brothers, Inc., Peninsula and certain members of our management purchased shares of common stock in the offering at the price per share paid by investors in the offering.

Acquisitions of PTI and Chardan .  We retained Taglich Brothers, Inc. as equity placement agent in connection with our December 2013 acquisition of PTI. We paid a total fee of $480,000 to Taglich Private Equity, LLC and Taglich Brothers, Inc. in connection with the financing and closing of that transaction. In connection with the acquisition of PTI, we also issued warrants to Taglich Brothers, Inc. for the purchase of 109,968 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, which are currently exercisable.

On December 18, 2013, we issued 1,740,000 additional shares of our common stock at $3.33 per share, raising $5.8 million, to finance the acquisition of PTI. Certain principals and employees of Taglich Brothers, Inc., Peninsula and certain members of our management purchased shares in the offering at the price per share paid by investors in the offering.

In February 2014, we purchased Chardan. In connection with that acquisition, Taglich Private Equity, LLC provided acquisition, structuring and negotiating assistance and we paid it a fee of $110,000.

Management Services Agreement .  In March 2013, we entered into a management services agreement with Taglich Private Equity, LLC. Under this agreement, we are provided advisory and management services in consideration of an annual management fee of $300,000, payable in monthly installments. Effective upon completion of this offering, the agreement will be amended to reduce the annual management fee by an amount equal to the amount, if any, of annual cash retainers and equity awards received as compensation for service on the Company’s board of directors by any director who is a related person (as defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual) of Taglich Private Equity, LLC or Taglich Brothers, Inc. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Services Agreement, in addition to the annual management fee, the Company will pay Taglich

76


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Private Equity, LLC a fee for each acquisition by the Company during the term of the agreement or in the event of the sale of the entire Company calculated as follows: 5% of the first $1 million of value; 4% of the second $1 million of value; 3% of the third $1 million of value; 2% of the fourth $1 million of value, and 1% of the value paid over $4 million. If the Company or any subsidiary pays for investment banking services in connection with any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary or the sale of the Company, the transaction fee payable to Taglich Private Equity, LLC will be reduced dollar for dollar by any fees paid to a third party investment banker or broker. The services provided to us by Taglich Private Equity, LLC include providing advice and counsel to the directors, executives and personnel of the Company and its subsidiaries through and including: (1) participation in business and strategic planning sessions and reviewing and commenting on business and strategic plans and agreements; (2) identifying and/or communicating with potential strategic partners, as and to the extent requested by the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (3) providing guidance and recommendations and participating in management strategy sessions regarding acquisitions or financings; and (4) participating in the strategy and implementation of the growth activities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries. In addition, Taglich Private Equity, LLC will act as the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ financial advisor in connection with certain transactions including: (1) assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in identifying and contacting potential purchasers of the assets or securities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (2) advising and assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in negotiating the terms and conditions of a transaction; and (3) analyzing the valuation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries or such other entity in connection with a transaction. The agreement expires on March 18, 2018. We paid a management fee of $225,000 and $300,000, respectively, during 2013 and 2014, under this agreement.

Transactions with Peninsula .  In March 2013, in connection with our acquisition of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (now Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.), we issued our 16% senior subordinated note in the aggregate principal amount of $11.5 million to Peninsula that matures on March 18, 2018. Also in connection with such acquisition, as described above, we issued Peninsula 1,050,000 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share. In connection with such investments by Peninsula, we paid a $230,000 fee to Peninsula and paid $77,615 of expenses, including legal fees, incurred by it. As a condition of its agreement to provide a subordinated note and equity financing, Peninsula required the right to appoint two of our directors and the right to elect to require us to purchase its shares of our common stock for their fair market value on March 18, 2019 or March 18, 2020, at any time within the 15 day period following such dates, or upon a change of control, at the then fair market value. Peninsula has agreed to terminate its right to require us to repurchase its shares effective upon the closing of this offering. In consideration for the termination of such right, we have entered into a registration rights agreement with Peninsula which provides it with registration rights, including the right to require us to file on one occasion a Form S-1 registration statement, exerciseable beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, the right to require us to file an unlimited number of registration statements on Form S-3 and the right to require us to file an unlimited number of shelf registrations on Form S-3 for offerings to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. Any registration statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Peninsula must be with respect to at least 500,000 shares and any registration statement on Form S-3 must be with respect to at least 250,000 shares. We will pay all expenses with respect to such registrations except that Peninsula will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions. We may postpone the filing of any registration statement for up to six months in certain events, including if we determine that such registration or offering could interfere with a business or financing transaction or may require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential. In addition, Peninsula will have the right to designate an individual to attend board and committee meetings as an observer, if it no longer has the right to nominate a director and as long as Peninsula beneficially owns at least 3% of our oustanding common stock. The observer will not be able to attend any portion of a board or committee meeting during which any transaction or agreement with or for the benefit of Peninsula or any affiliate is being considered. In addition, the board and each committee may require the observer to leave a meeting if the board or committee needs to deliberate independently.

In connection with the acquisition of PTI, we issued an additional $1.5 million aggregate principal amount of the 16% senior subordinated note, to Peninsula and, as described above, an additional 365,400 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share. We also paid a $30,000 fee to Peninsula in

77


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

connection with the financing of the PTI acquisition, paid $43,635 for its legal fees and issued warrants to Peninsula for the purchase of 29,232 shares of our common stock at a price of $3.33 per share. Such warrants are currently exercisable.

We had $13.13 million outstanding under the 16% senior subordinated note at March 29, 2015. Interest on the senior subordinated note accrues at a rate of 16.0% per annum, payable monthly. The Company may elect to pay a minimum cash interest rate of 12.0% and defer up to 4.0% interest by delivering an in-kind note. Accrued interest on the 16% senior subordinated note is approximately $0.1 million as of January 4, 2015. The 16% senior subordinated note is expressly junior and subordinated only to the debt outstanding under the senior credit facility. We intend to repay the 16% senior subordinated note in its entirety, and any in-kind note, with the proceeds from this offering and, if necessary, utilizing our revolving credit facility.

Purchases of our Common Stock by Certain Affiliates .  The following table summarizes the purchases of our common stock described above by our executive officers, directors, former directors and beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock. This table does not include shares, if any, that may be purchased in the offering at the initial public offering price, by Michael Taglich, Robert Taglich or certain of our directors.

       
Name of Beneficial Owner   Founder
Shares
Purchased
  Shares
Purchased
March 2013
Placement
  Shares
Purchased
December 2013
Placement
  Total
Shares
Purchased
John Weinhardt (1)     60,000       75,000       7,500       142,500  
Thomas Tekiele (2)     30,000       22,500       6,000       58,500  
Michael Taglich (3)     144,000       150,000       114,000       408,000  
Robert Taglich (4)     144,000       162,000       117,000       423,000  
Richard Baum (5)     164,001       52,500       19,500       236,001  
Douglas Hailey (6)     106,599       60,000       30,000       196,599  
William Cooke (7)     41,001                   41,001  
Donn Viola (8)     30,000       30,000             60,000  
Peninsula     0       1,050,000       365,400       1,415,400  
Total     719,601       1,602,000       659,400       2,981,001  

(1) Mr. Weinhardt is the Chief Executive Officer and President and a director of Unique.
(2) Mr. Tekiele is the Chief Financial Officer of Unique.
(3) Mr. Michael Taglich is a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock and a principal in Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering. Michael Taglich is the brother of Robert Taglich.
(4) Mr. Robert Taglich is a beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock and a principal in Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering. Robert Taglich is the brother of Michael Taglich.
(5) Mr. Baum is the Chairman of the Board of Unique. Mr. Baum is an associate of Taglich Private Equity, LLC.
(6) Mr. Hailey is a former director of Unique. Mr. Hailey is an employee of Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering, and a principal of Taglich Private Equity, LLC.
(7) Mr. Cooke is a director of Unique. Mr. Cooke is an employee of Taglich Brothers, Inc., one of the underwriters for this offering.
(8) Mr. Viola is a director of Unique.

78


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Executive Officers and Directors .  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective prior to the completion of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders;
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the DGCL; or
any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit.

Any amendment to, or repeal of, these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act, omission or claim that occurred or arose prior to that amendment or repeal. If the DGCL is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the DGCL.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit, or proceeding by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Further, prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the DGCL. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit, or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions .  Following the completion of this offering, the audit committee will have the primary responsibility for reviewing and approving or disapproving “related party transactions,” which are transactions between us and related persons in which the aggregate amount involved exceeds or may be expected to exceed $120,000 and in which a related person has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. We intend to adopt a policy regarding transactions between us and related persons. For purposes of this policy, a related person is defined as a director, executive officer, nominee for director, or greater than 5% beneficial owner of our common stock, in each case since the beginning of the most recently completed year, and their immediate family members. Our audit committee charter that will be in effect upon the completion of this offering provides that the audit committee shall review and approve or disapprove any related party transactions.

79


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF COMMON STOCK

We are authorized to issue 15,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of June 1, 2015, we had 6,739,998 shares of common stock outstanding held of record by 196 stockholders, there were outstanding options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and outstanding warrants to acquire 139,200 shares of common stock. Upon completion of this offering, there will be 8,614,998 shares of common stock outstanding.

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our common stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description you should refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Common Stock

Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote can elect all of the directors standing for election. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering will provide for the classification of our board of directors into three classes, each nearly equal in number as possible, with each class of directors serving staggered three-year terms. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive ratably dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors, in its discretion, out of funds legally available for dividend payments. All outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and non-assessable, and the shares of our common stock to be issued upon completion of this offering will be fully paid and non-assessable. The holders of common stock have no preferences or rights of conversion, exchange, pre-emption or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of our affairs, holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are remaining after payment or provision for payment of all of our debts and obligations.

Warrants

As of June 1, 2015, we had warrants outstanding to purchase a total of 139,200 shares of our common stock. The exercise price of the warrants is $3.33 per share, based upon the fair market value, as defined, of the common stock. Warrants are exercisable, at any time, from time to time, from the date of issuance, until the tenth anniversary of the issuance date.

These warrants provide for adjustments of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon exercise upon the occurrence of certain events, including stock dividends, stock splits, reclassifications or other changes in our corporate structure. Upon the acquisition of the Company in which the sole consideration is cash, the warrants expire upon the consummation of the acquisition, unless exercised. If the acquisition is the sale of all or substantially all of our assets, in an arm’s length sale, defined as a true asset sale, the holder may either exercise the warrant, in which case the exercise will be deemed effective immediately prior to consummation of the acquisition, or if the warrant is not exercised, the warrant will continue until the expiration date as long as the Company continues as a going concern. Acquisition is defined as a sale, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, or any reorganization, merger, consolidation or merger of the Company or sale of outstanding securities by holders where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction own less than a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the successor or surviving entity after the transaction.

Effects of Anti-Takeover Provisions of Our Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

The provisions of (1) Delaware law, (2) our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering and (3) our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering discussed below could discourage or make it more difficult to prevail in a proxy contest or otherwise effect a change in our management or the acquisition of control of us by a holder of a

80


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

substantial amount of our voting stock. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish, or could deter, transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interests or our best interests. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. These provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Delaware Statutory Business Combinations Provision .  We are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. For purposes of Section 203, a “business combination” is defined broadly to include a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and, subject to certain exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Classified Board of Directors; Appointment of Directors to Fill Vacancies; Removal of Directors for Cause .  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Each year the stockholders will elect the members of one of the three classes to a three-year term of office. All directors elected to our classified board of directors will serve until the election and qualification of their respective successors or their earlier resignation or removal. The board of directors will be authorized to increase the number of directors that comprise the board of directors and to fill any positions so created by any such increase and is permitted to specify the class to which any newly appointed director is assigned. The person filling any of these positions would serve for the term applicable to that class. The board of directors (or its remaining members, even if less than a quorum) is also empowered to fill vacancies on the board of directors occurring for any reason for the remainder of the term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred. Members of the board of directors may only be removed for cause and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the common stock. These provisions are likely to increase the time required for stockholders to change the composition of the board of directors. For example, in general, at least two annual meetings will be necessary for stockholders to effect a change in a majority of the members of the board of directors. In addition, stockholders will be unable to increase the number of directors that comprise the board of directors and fill such vacancies with persons approved by the stockholders.

Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Proposals and Stockholder Nominations of Directors .  Our amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that, for nominations to the board of directors or for other business to be properly brought by a stockholder before a meeting of stockholders, the stockholder must first have given timely notice of the proposal in writing to our Secretary. For an annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice generally must be delivered not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting. For a special meeting, the notice must generally be delivered no less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the special meeting or ten days following the day on which public announcement of the meeting is first made. Detailed requirements as to the form of the notice and information required in the notice are specified in our restated bylaws. If it is determined that business was not properly brought before a meeting in accordance with our bylaw provisions, this business will not be conducted at the meeting.

Special Meetings of Stockholders .  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering, provides that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors or upon the

81


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

written request of the holders of at least 15% of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Company entitled to vote upon matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting, and may not be called by any other person or persons.

No Stockholder Action by Written Consent .  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon completion of this offering, will not permit our stockholders to act by written consent. As a result, any action to be effected by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the stockholders.

Stockholders Not Entitled to Cumulative Voting .  Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering will not permit stockholders to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they choose.

Choice of Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, to be effective upon closing of this offering will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Company, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company or the Company’s stockholders by any of the Company’s directors, officers, employees or agents, (iii) any action asserting a claim against the Company arising under the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws or (iv) any action asserting a claim against the Company that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. We may consent in writing to alternative forums. By becoming a stockholder of the Company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is VStock Transfer LLC. The transfer agent and the registrar’s address is 77 Spruce Street, Cedarhurst, New York 11516.

Listing

At the present time, there is no established trading market for our common stock. We applied to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “UFAB.”

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 1, 2015 and assuming (1) the issuance of shares in this offering, and (2) no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock, and (3) no exercise of outstanding options, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 8,614,998 shares of common stock upon the effectiveness of the public offering.

Of these shares, all shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates would be subject to the Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The remaining 6,739,998 shares of common stock will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, each of which is summarized below.

In addition, of the 495,000 shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of June 1, 2015, options to purchase 99,000 of such shares of common stock were vested as of such date and,

82


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

upon exercise, these shares will be eligible for sale subject to the lock-up agreements described below and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, each of our directors, executive officers and stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Roth Capital Partners in our case and the Company, with respect to directors, officers and stockholders they will not, subject to limited exceptions, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to our common stock or other of our securities.

The Company has agreed with the underwriters that the Company will not waive any lock-up restrictions with respect to our stockholders without the consent of Roth Capital Partners. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”

Based on shares outstanding as of June 1, 2015, taking into account the lock-up agreements, and assuming Roth Capital Partners does not release stockholders from these agreements prior to the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, beginning on the date of this prospectus, only the 1,875,000 shares sold in this offering (less any shares purchased by person associated with Taglich Brothers which will be subject to lock-up agreements) will be immediately available for sale in the public market. Upon the expiration of the lock-up period, substantially all of the shares subject to such lock-up restrictions will become eligible for sale, subject to the limitations discussed below.

Rule 144

Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours, or who was an affiliate at any time during the 90 days before a sale, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or certain “riskless principal transactions” or to market makers, a number of shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 86,150 shares immediately after this offering; or
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the NYSE MKT during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Affiliate resales under Rule 144 are also subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, if the number of shares being sold under Rule 144 by an affiliate during any three-month period exceeds 5,000 shares or has an aggregate sale price in excess of $50,000, the seller must file a notice on Form 144 with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the NYSE MKT concurrently with either the placing of a sale order with the broker or the execution of a sale directly with a market maker.

Non-Affiliate Resales of Restricted Securities

In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is not an affiliate of ours at the time of sale, and has not been an affiliate at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months but less than a year, is entitled to sell such shares subject only to the availability of current public information about us. If such person has held our shares for at least one year, such person can resell under Rule 144(b)(1) without regard to any Rule 144 restrictions, including the 90-day public company requirement and the current public information requirement.

Non-affiliate resales are not subject to the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, Peninsula has certain registration rights, including the right to require us to file on one occasion a Form S-1 registration statement, exerciseable beginning 180 days after the

83


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

date of this prospectus, the right to require us to file an unlimited number of registration statements on Form S-3 and the right to require us to file a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 for an offering to be made on a continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act. Any registration statement on Form S-1 filed on behalf of Peninsula must be with respect to at least 500,000 shares and any registration statement on Form S-3 must be with respect to at least 250,000 shares. We will pay all expenses with respect to such registrations except that Peninsula will pay all underwriting discounts and commissions. We may postpone the filing of any registration statement for up to six months in certain events, including if we determine that such registration or offering could interfere with a business or financing transaction or may require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential.

Certain of our current stockholders, including Peninsula, have certain “piggyback” registration rights pursuant to the Stockholders Agreement. If we propose to register for offer and sale any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, these stockholders will be entitled to include their shares in such registration, subject to certain marketing and other limitations. The piggyback registration rights will not apply to a registration statement on Form S-4 relating solely to a transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-8 relating to employee stock option or purchase plans. The registration rights will terminate on the earliest to occur of (1) the written agreement of the Company, the stockholders party to the Stockholders Agreement holding a majority of the common stock then outstanding and Peninsula, (2) seven years after the closing of this offering, (3) with respect only to any shares of common stock that may be immediately sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, the date on which such shares may be so sold and (4) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of an issuer’s employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from the issuer in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of a registration statement under the Securities Act is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after such effective date in reliance on Rule 144. An affiliate of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period requirement, and non-affiliates of the issuer can resell shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the current public information and holding period requirements.

Equity Plans

We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of common stock subject to outstanding stock options and common stock issued or issuable under our stock plans. We expect to file the registration statement covering shares offered pursuant to our stock plans shortly after the date of this prospectus, permitting the resale of such shares by non-affiliates in the public market without restriction under the Securities Act and the sale by affiliates in the public market subject to compliance with the resale provisions of Rule 144.

84


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION; UNDERWRITING

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus among us, and Roth Capital Partners and Taglich Brothers, Inc. as representatives of the underwriters, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters all of the shares of our common stock offered through this prospectus in the amounts indicated in the table below.

 
Underwriters   Number of
Shares
Roth Capital Partners           
Taglich Brothers, Inc.           
National Securities Corporation           
Total           

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us if it purchases any shares. The underwriters are not obligated to purchase the shares of common stock covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below. The underwriters are offering the shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

Certain persons associated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. who currently are stockholders may purchase shares in the offering at the initial public offering price to the extent permitted by FINRA Rule 5130 and any other applicable rules and limitations. Any shares purchased by any such person will be subject to a lock-up agreement pursuant to FINRA rule 5110(g)(1). Because these persons are restricted persons, the number of shares that each may purchase is limited by FINRA rules to that number of shares that will not increase his percentage equity ownership of our common stock above his level of ownership as of three months prior to the filing of this registration statement. Persons associated with Taglich Brothers, Inc. may not purchase in the aggregate more than 18.6% of the shares in this offering (assuming that each such person purchases the maximum number of shares permitted under FINRA rules). Certain of our directors also have indicated an interest in purchasing shares in this offering at the initial public offering price. However, indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase shares and such persons may determine not to purchase shares or the underwriters may determine not to sell any shares to them. The underwriters will receive the same underwriting discount on any shares purchased by these persons as they will on any other shares sold to the public in this offering.

Discounts and Commissions

The underwriters propose initially to offer the shares to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $     per share. After the initial offering of the shares, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters.

The following table shows the public offering price, underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds before expenses to us. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise of the over-allotment option we granted to the underwriters.

     
  Per Share   Total Without
Over-Allotment
Option
  Total With
Over-Allotment
Option
Public offering price   $          $          $       
Underwriting discounts and commissions   $     $     $  
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $     $     $  

We have also agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to 112,500 shares of common stock (see “Underwriter Warrants” below) and to pay certain fees and disbursements of the underwriters in amounts not to exceed (1) $140,000 with respect to any fees, expenses and disbursements of the underwriters’ counsel (excluding fees and expenses relating to “blue sky” filings), (2) $5,000 for all actual fees and disbursements relating to “blue sky” filings, (3) up to $15,000 of the underwriters’ actual accountable road

85


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

show expenses for the offering, and (4) up to 0.5% of the gross proceeds from the offering for the underwriters’ non-accountable expenses, which will include a payment of up to $75,000 to National Securities Corporation for consulting services rendered in connection with the offering.

The total estimated expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, the fees payable to underwriters, printing fees and legal and accounting fees and expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, are approximately $     and are payable by us.

Over-Allotment Option

We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to 281,250 additional shares of common stock at the public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option for 30 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover sales of shares of common stock by the underwriters in excess of the total number of shares set forth in the table above. If any of these additional shares are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered. We will pay the expenses associated with the exercise of the over-allotment option.

Underwriter Warrants

We have agreed to issue to the underwriters warrants to purchase up to 112,500 shares of common stock, which is 6% of the shares sold in this offering, excluding the over-allotment option, as additional compensation. The underwriter warrants are not part of the securities offered in this offering. The shares issuable upon exercise of these warrants are identical to those offered by this prospectus. The warrants are exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share in this offering commencing on a date which is one year from the date of effectiveness and expiring on a date which is no more than five years from the date of effectiveness in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i). The warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the warrants are deemed compensation by FINRA and are, therefore, subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriters (or permitted assignees under the Rule) will not sell, transfer, assign, pledge or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will it engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of these warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the warrant exercise price and the number of underlying shares will not be adjusted for issuances of common stock at a price below the warrant exercise price.

Determination of Offering Price

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in these negotiations are:

the prospects for our company and the industry in which we operate;
our past and present financial and operating performance;
financial and operating information and market valuations of publicly traded companies engaged in activities similar to ours;
the prevailing conditions of United States securities markets at the time of this offering; and
other factors deemed relevant.

Lock-Up Agreements

Our officers and directors and holders of common stock are subject to a lock-up agreement pursuant to the Company’s Stockholders Agreement and we will be subject to a lock-up agreement with the underwriters. Under the agreement, we and these other individuals have agreed, subject to specified exceptions, not to sell or transfer any common stock or securities convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, common stock, during a period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, without first obtaining the written consent of the underwriter.

86


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Specifically, we and these other individuals have agreed not to:

sell, make any short sale of, loan, hypothecate, pledge, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose or transfer for value or otherwise agree to engage in any of the foregoing transactions with respect to our common stock or other of our securities.
enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock, whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise; make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock; or
publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

The restrictions described above do not apply to:

the sale of shares of common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;
the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus by a director, officer, or employee of the company of which the underwriters have been advised in writing or that is described in this prospectus, provided that any shares of common stock received upon such exercise would be subject to the restrictions provided for in the lock-up agreements;
the establishment of a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan under the Exchange Act by a security holder for the sale of shares of common stock, provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of common stock during the restricted period;
transfers by security holders of shares of common stock or other securities as a bona fide gift or by will or intestacy;
transfers by distribution by security holders of shares of common stock or other securities to partners, members, or shareholders of the security holder; or
transfers by security holders of shares of common stock or other securities to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the security holder or the immediate family of the security holder;

provided that in the case of each of the preceding three types of transactions, the transfer does not involve a disposition for value and each transferee or distributee signs and delivers a lock-up agreement agreeing to be subject to the restrictions on transfer described above.

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

NYSE MKT Listing

We intend to apply to list our common stock on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “UFAB.”

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

In order to facilitate the offering of our common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock. In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over allotment option to purchase additional shares of common stock in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising the over-allotment option or

87


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. In determining the source of shares of common stock to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock. As result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Exchange Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the underwriters may be required to repay the underwriting discount received.

The underwriters make no representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by any underwriter or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of common stock to selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters to selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter’s website and any information contained in any other website maintained by any underwriter is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Notice to Non-United States Investors

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which we refer to as a relevant member state, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that relevant member state, or the relevant implementation date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that relevant member state other than:

to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;
to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts;
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of representative for any such offer; or
in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of securities shall require us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

88


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares of common stock in any relevant member state means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that member state by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that member state and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each relevant member state.

Offer Restrictions Outside the United States

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Under the rules of FINRA, Taglich Brothers has a conflict of interest in offering our shares of common stock since affiliates of Taglich Brothers, Inc. own approximately 18.6% of our outstanding shares. Richard L. Baum, Jr., the Chairman of our board of directors, is an associate of Taglich Private Equity, which sourced and sponsored our formation in March 2013, and William Cooke, a member of our board of directors, is an associate of Taglich Brothers, Inc. Accordingly, this offering is being made in compliance with the applicable provisions of FINRA Rule 5121. FINRA Rule 5121 prohibits Taglich Brothers, Inc. from making sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written approval of the account holder and requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” as defined in FINRA Rule 5121, participate in the prepartation of the registration statement and exercise its usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto. Roth Capital Partners is assuming the responsibilities of acting as the qualified independent underwriter in this offering and is undertaking the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, that specifically include those inherent in Section 11 thereunder. Roth Capital Partners will not receive any additional fees for serving as “qualified independent underwriter” in connection with this offering.

Management Services Agreement .  In March 2013, we entered into a management services agreement with Taglich Private Equity, LLC. Under this agreement, we are provided advisory and management services in consideration of an annual management fee of $300,000, payable in monthly installments. Effective upon completion of this offering, the agreement will be amended to reduce the annual management fee by an amount equal to the amount, if any, of annual cash retainers and equity awards received as compensation for service on the Company’s board of directors by any director who is a related person (as defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual) of Taglich Private Equity, LLC or Taglich Brothers, Inc. Pursuant to the terms of the Management Services Agreement, in addition to the annual management fee, the Company will pay Taglich Private Equity, LLC a fee for each acquisition by the Company during the term of the agreement or in the event of the sale of the entire Company calculated as follows: 5% of the first $1 million of value; 4% of the second $1 million of value; 3% of the third $1 million of value; 2% of the fourth $1 million of value, and 1% of the value paid over $4 million. If the Company or any subsidiary pays for investment banking services in connection with any acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary or the sale of the Company, the transaction fee payable to Taglich Private Equity, LLC will be reduced dollar for dollar by any fees paid to a third party investment banker or broker. The services provided to us by Taglich Private Equity, LLC include providing advice and counsel to the directors, executives and personnel of the Company and its subsidiaries through and including: (1) participation in business and strategic planning sessions and reviewing and commenting on business and strategic plans and agreements; (2) identifying and/or communicating with potential strategic partners, as and to the extent requested by the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (3) providing guidance and recommendations and participating in management strategy sessions regarding acquisitions or financings; and

89


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(4) participating in the strategy and implementation of the growth activities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries. In addition, Taglich Private Equity, LLC will act as the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ financial advisor in connection with certain transactions including: (1) assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in identifying and contacting potential purchasers of the assets or securities of the Company and/or its subsidiaries; (2) advising and assisting the Company and/or its subsidiaries in negotiating the terms and conditions of a transaction; and (3) analyzing the valuation of the Company and/or its subsidiaries or such other entity in connection with a transaction. The agreement expires on March 18, 2018. During 2014, we paid a management fee of $300,000 under this agreement.

Other Relationships

From time to time, the underwriters and certain of their affiliates have provided, and may provide in the future, various advisory, investment and commercial banking and other services to us in the ordinary course of business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. However, except as disclosed in this prospectus, we have no present arrangements with any underwriter for any further services. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013 and for the period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, as well as the consolidated financial statements of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 have been included herein in reliance on the report of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, independent registered public accountants, given on the authority of that Firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of Chardan, Corp. and its affiliate as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and for the years then ended have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Plante & Moran, PLLC, an independent public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the shares offered in this prospectus is being passed upon for us by our counsel, Sills Cummis & Gross P.C., Newark, New Jersey. Members of Sills Cummis & Gross P.C. own, in the aggregate, 41,250 shares of our common stock. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by Polsinelli PC, Chicago, Illinois

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which is part of the registration statement, omits certain information, exhibits, schedules and undertakings set forth in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents or provisions of any documents referred to in this prospectus are not necessarily complete, and in each instance where a copy of the document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, reference is made to the exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved.

You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement without charge at the public reference room of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates from the public reference room of the SEC at such address. You may obtain information regarding the operation of the public reference room by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, registration statements and certain other filings made with the SEC electronically are publicly available through the SEC’s web site at http://www.sec.gov . The registration statement, including all exhibits and amendments to the registration statement, has been filed electronically with the SEC.

90


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial data, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to inspect and copy such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information at the SEC’s public reference room, and the web site of the SEC referred to above. We will also maintain a web site at http://www.uniquefab.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our web site is not part of this prospectus.

You may also request a copy of our filings at no cost by writing or telephoning us at:

Unique Fabricating, Inc.
800 Standard Parkway
Auburn Hills, MI 48326
(248)-853-2333

91


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page
Unique Fabricating, Inc.
        
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 29, 2015 (unaudited)     F-2  
Consolidated Statement of Operations for the twelve and thirteen week period ended
March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014 (unaudited) and Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow for the periods from January 5, 2015 through March 29, 2015 and December 30, 2013 through March 30, 2014 (unaudited)
    F-3, F-5  
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for the twelve week period ended March 29, 2015 (unaudited)     F-4  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (unaudited)     F-6  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP     F-24  
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013     F-25  
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Cash Flows for the year ended January 4, 2015 and the periods March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013     F-26, F-29  
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity – Predecessor for the period December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013     F-27  
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity – Successor for the periods January 14, 2013 through December 29, 2013 and December 30, 2013 through January 4, 2015     F-28  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-31  
Chardan, Corp.
        
Independent Auditor’s Report – Plante & Moran, PLLC     F-52  
Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012     F-53  
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-54  
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-55  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012     F-56  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements     F-57  

F-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
  (Unaudited)
Successor
  Successor
     March 29,
2015
  January 4,
2015
Assets
                 
Current Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 662,059     $ 756,044  
Accounts receivable     20,964,824       18,747,468  
Inventory     10,834,101       10,488,051  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
                 
Prepaid expenses and other     1,567,689       1,613,327  
Deferred tax asset     895,263       1,288,704  
Total current assets     34,923,936       32,893,594  
Property, Plant, and Equipment – Net     18,745,580       17,920,073  
Goodwill     15,183,417       15,183,417  
Intangible Assets     16,217,144       16,748,466  
Other assets
 
Investments – at cost     1,054,120       1,054,120  
Deposits and other assets     61,593       61,094  
Debt issuance costs     267,362       289,942  
Total assets   $ 86,453,152     $ 84,150,706  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                 
Current Liabilities
                 
Accounts payable   $ 11,726,069     $ 10,177,820  
Current maturities of long-term debt     2,143,362       2,018,133  
Income taxes payable     338,633       90,169  
Accrued compensation     2,093,394       2,791,260  
Other accrued liabilities     1,205,940       1,498,094  
Total current liabilities     17,507,398       16,575,476  
Long-term debt – net of current portion     28,922,624       29,000,612  
Line of credit     9,351,835       8,952,865  
Other long-term liabilities
                 
Deferred tax liability     6,329,667       6,497,330  
Other liabilities     105,072       86,511  
Total liabilities     62,216,596       61,112,794  
Redeemable Common Stock – 2,415,399 shares issued and outstanding with a redemption value of $12,909,985 and $11,362,481 at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively     7,200,793       6,445,977  
Stockholders’ Equity
 
Common stock, $0.001 par value – 15,000,000 shares authorized and 4,324,599 issued and outstanding     4,325       4,325  
Additional paid-in-capital     13,729,364       13,723,456  
Retained earnings     3,302,074       2,864,154  
Total stockholders’ equity     17,035,763       16,591,935  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 86,453,152     $ 84,150,706  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

   
  Successor   Successor
     Twelve week period ended March 29,
2015
  Thirteen week period ended March 30,
2014
Net Sales   $ 32,430,507     $ 29,116,713  
Cost of Sales     24,506,645       22,396,526  
Gross Profit     7,923,862       6,720,187  
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses     5,243,437       5,083,158  
Operating Income     2,680,425       1,637,029  
Non-operating Income (Expense)
                 
Investment income           11  
Other income     7,294       12,393  
Interest expense     (859,354 )       (987,536 )  
Total non-operating expense     (852,060 )       (975,133 )  
Income – Before income taxes     1,828,365       661,897  
Income Tax Expense     635,629       200,167  
Net Income   $ 1,192,736     $ 461,730  
Net Income per share
                 
Basic   $ 0.18     $ 0.07  
Diluted   $ 0.17     $ 0.07  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity — Successor (Unaudited)

       
  Common Stock   Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained Earnings   Total
Balance – January 4, 2015   $ 4,325     $ 13,723,456     $ 2,864,154     $ 16,591,935  
Net income                 1,192,736       1,192,736  
Stock option expense           5,908             5,908  
Reduction for accretion on redeemable stock                 (754,816 )       (754,816 )  
Balance – March 29, 2015   $ 4,325     $ 13,729,364     $ 3,302,074     $ 17,035,763  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

   
  Successor   Successor
     January 5,
2015 through March 29,
2015
  December 30, 2013 through March 30,
2014
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                 
Net income   $ 1,192,736     $ 461,730  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                 
Depreciation and amortization     847,040       882,004  
Amortization of debt issuance costs     74,270       75,154  
Loss on sale of assets     8,333        
Bad debt expense     34,219       30,000  
Loss on derivative instrument     18,560       95,595  
Stock option expense     5,908       4,213  
Deferred income taxes     225,778       (325,774 )  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
                 
Accounts receivable     (2,251,575 )       (3,716,508 )  
Inventory     (346,050 )       (62,476 )  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     45,510       443,527  
Accounts payable     1,262,869       1,753,510  
Accrued and other liabilities     13,462       43,397  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     1,131,060       (315,628 )  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                 
Purchases of property and equipment     (1,150,048 )       (120,287 )  
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     500        
Acquisition of Chardan Corporation           (2,316,911 )  
Working capital adjustment from acquisition of PTI           173,740  
Net cash used in investing activities     (1,149,548 )       (2,263,458 )  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                 
Net change in bank overdraft     285,380       (303,710 )  
Payments on debt and in-kind interest     (4,458 )       (5,913 )  
(Payments on) proceeds from revolving credit facilities     398,970       2,882,345  
Debt issuance costs           (35,593 )  
Expenses of in process equity offering     (371 )        
Post acquisition payments for Unique Fabricating     (755,018 )       (168,633 )  
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (75,497 )       2,368,496  
Net (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents     (93,985 )       (210,590 )  
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning of period     756,044       891,826  
Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of period   $ 662,059     $ 681,236  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information – 
Cash paid for
                 
Interest   $ 438,420     $ 600,325  
Income taxes   $ 188,000     $ 390,000  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information – 
Non cash investing and financing activities for
                 
Note payable incurred for Chardan acquisition   $     $ 500,000  
Accretion on redeemable common stock   $ 754,816     $  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business  — UFI Acquisition, Inc. (UFI or Successor), a Delaware corporation, was formed on January 14, 2013, for the purpose of acquiring Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Unique Fabricating or Predecessor) (collectively, the “Company”) on March 18, 2013, as described further in Note 2. The Company operates as one operating and reporting segment to fabricate and broker foam and rubber products, which are primarily sold to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and tiered suppliers in the automotive, appliance, water heater and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) industries. In September 2014, UFI changed its name to Unique Fabricating Inc. which is now the parent company of the consolidated group. As a result of the name change, the subsidiary previously named Unique Fabricating Inc. became Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.

Basis of Presentation  — As a result of UFI’s acquisition of Unique Fabricating, purchase accounting and a new basis of accounting was applied beginning on March 18, 2013.

All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On November 18, 2014, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase its authorized common shares to 15,000,000 with a par value $0.001 per share. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation also effected an internal recapitalization pursuant to which the Company effected a 3-for-1 stock split on its outstanding common stock. As a result of the stock split, the Company’s stock options and warrants were effected accordingly based on the provisions of stock option and warrant agreements.

Accordingly, all Successor common share, options, warrants and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 3-for-1 stock split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented.

Fiscal Years  — The Company’s quarterly periods end on the Sunday closest to March 31. The 12-week period ended on March 29 during 2015 and the 13-week period ended on March 30 during 2014. Fiscal year 2014 ended on Sunday January 4, 2015.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  — The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable  — Accounts receivable are stated at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is management’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. Management determines the allowance based on historical write off experience and an understanding of individual customer payment history and financial condition. Management reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts at regular intervals. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when management determines it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $747,043 and $704,713 at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively.

Inventory  — Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on the first in, first out method (FIFO). Inventory acquired as part of a business combination is recorded at its estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. The Company periodically evaluates inventory for obsolescence, excess quantities, slow moving goods and other impairments of value and establishes reserves for any identified impairments.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets —  The carrying value of long-lived assets held for use is periodically evaluated when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset held for use is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset.

F-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Property, Plant, and Equipment  — Property, plant, and equipment purchases are recorded at cost. Property, plant, and equipment acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Depreciation is calculated principally using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of each asset. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the period of the related leases. Upon retirement or disposal, the initial cost or valuation and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in income. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Intangible Assets  — The Company does not hold any intangible assets with indefinite lives. Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized on a straight line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefit of the respective intangible is realized, over their respective estimated useful lives. Identifiable intangible assets recognized as part of a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may be impaired. The remaining useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The Company determined that no impairment indicators were present and all originally assigned useful lives remained appropriate during the 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014.

Goodwill  — Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition cost of consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed from business combinations at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is assessed at least on an annual basis for impairment. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value is greater than the carrying value then a qualitative assessment may be used for the annual impairment test. Otherwise, a two-step process is used. The first step requires estimating the fair value of each reporting unit compared to its carrying value. The Company has determined that the only reporting unit is the Company as a whole. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, a second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value then goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to its implied fair value.

There was no impairment charge recognized during the 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014.

Debt Issuance Costs  — Debt issuance costs represent legal, consulting, and other financial costs associated with debt financing and are reported as assets upon the original issuance of the related debt. Amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders are presented as debt discount. Debt issuance costs on term debt are amortized using the effective interest method while those related to revolving debt are amortized using a straight line basis over the term of the related debt.

At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, debt issuance costs were $267,362 and $289,842, respectively, while amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders presented as debt discounts were $605,099 and $656,789, respectively. Amortization expense has been recognized as a component of interest expense which includes both debt issuance and debt discounts in the amount of $74,270 and $75,154, for the 2015 and 2014 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, respectively.

Investments  — Investments in entities in which the Company has less than a 20 percent interest or is not able to exercise significant influence are carried at cost. Cost basis investments acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Dividends received are included in income, except for those dividends received in excess of the Company’s proportionate share of accumulated earnings, which are applied as a reduction of the cost of the investment. Impairment losses due to a decline in the value of the investment that is other than temporary are recognized when incurred. No dividend income was recognized for the 2015 and 2014 12 and 13 week periods, respectively.

F-7


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Accounts Payable  — Under the Company’s cash management system, checks issued but not yet presented to the Company’s bank frequently result in overdraft balances for accounting purposes and are classified as accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts payable included $2,047,120 and $1,811,757 of checks issued in excess of available cash balances at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively.

Stock based Compensation  — The Company accounts for its stock based compensation using the fair value of the award estimated at the grant date of the award. The Company estimates the fair value of awards, consisting of stock options, using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized in earnings using the straight line method over the vesting period, which represents the requisite service period.

Revenue Recognition  — Revenue is recognized by the Company upon shipment to customers when the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sale price is fixed and determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded.

Shipping and Handling  — Shipping and handling costs are included in costs of sales as they are incurred.

Income Taxes  — A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the period. Deferred tax liabilities or assets are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax accounting measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company also evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. Management evaluates all positive and negative evidence and uses judgment regarding past and future events, including operating results, to help determine when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. When appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets to reserve for future tax benefits that may not be realized.

The Company recognizes the benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company assesses all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remain open. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015. The Company files income tax returns in the United States and Mexico as well as various state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2011 in the United States and before 2007 in Mexico. The Company recognizes any penalties and interest when necessary as income tax expense. There were no penalties or interest recorded during the 12 and week periods ended March 29, 2015 or March 30, 2014.

Foreign Currency Adjustments  — The Company’s functional currency for all operations worldwide is the United States dollar. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the fiscal year. Income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of foreign currency financial statements into United States dollars are classified in operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

F-8


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Concentration Risks  — The Company is exposed to various significant concentration risks as follows:

Customer and Credit  — During the 12 and 13 week periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, the Company’s revenues were derived from customers principally engaged in the North American automotive industry. Company sales directly and indirectly to General Motors Company (GM), Chrysler Group, LLC (Chrysler), and Ford Motor Company (Ford) as a percentage of total net sales were: 16, 17, and 15 percent, respectively, during the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015; and 21, 16, and 14 percent, respectively, during the 13 weeks ended March 30, 2014. Company sales and trade receivables are primarily directly to Tier 1 suppliers. No Tier 1 suppliers represented more than 10 percent of Company sales. No suppliers accounted for more than 10 percent of trade receivables as of March 29, 2015 or January 4, 2015.

Labor Markets  — At March 29, 2015, of the Company’s hourly plant employees working in the United States manufacturing facilities, 39 percent are covered under a collective bargaining agreement which expires in August 2016 while another 5 percent are covered under a separate agreement that expires in January 2017.

Foreign Currency Exchange  — The expression of assets and liabilities in a currency other than the functional currency gives rise to exchange gains and losses when such obligations are paid in another currency. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments (i.e., differences between amounts recorded and actual amounts owed or paid) are reported in the statement of operations as the foreign currency fluctuations occur. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments are reported in the statement of cash flows using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the cash flows. At March 29, 2015, the Company’s exposure to assets and liabilities denominated in another currency was not significant. To the extent there is a fluctuation in the exchange rates, the amount of local currency to be paid or received to satisfy foreign currency obligations in 2015 may increase or decrease.

International Operations  — The Company manufactures and sells products outside of the United States principally in Mexico. Foreign operations are subject to various political, economic and other risks and uncertainties inherent in foreign countries. Among other risks, the Company’s operations are subject to the risks of restrictions on transfers of funds; export duties, quotas, and embargoes; domestic and international customs and tariffs; changing taxation policies; foreign exchange restrictions; political conditions; and governmental regulations. During the Q1 2015 Successor Period, and Q1 2014 Successor period, 12 and 10 percent, respectively, of the Company’s production occurred in Mexico. Sales derived from customers located in Mexico, Canada, and other foreign countries were 14, 5, and 1 percent, respectively during the Q1 2015 Successor period, and 12, 5, and 1 percent, respectively, during the Q1 2014 Successor period, of the Company’s total sales.

Derivative financial instruments  — All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria.

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

F-9


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 2 — Business Combinations

On February 6, 2014, the Company, through a newly created subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., acquired substantially all of the assets of Chardan, Corp. (Chardan) for total consideration of $2,816,911, after all adjustments described below. The consideration was in the form of $2,316,911 of cash and a $500,000 note payable to the former owner. The note is due in a lump sum on February 6, 2019, with interest payable monthly at an annual rate of six percent and is subordinated to both the senior credit facility and the subordinated debt. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. During June 2014, the Company paid Chardan $116,911 for the working capital adjustment. This acquisition was financed through existing debt facilities without the need for further revisions to any debt or equity agreements. The Company incurred costs of approximately $236,537 related to the acquisition of Chardan. The Company represented a significant majority of Chardan’s revenue prior to the acquisition so the acquisition allows the Company to reduce its costs through supply chain integration as well as strengthen its thermo forming capabilities.

In connection with the business combination, Chardan terminated the lease it had with an affiliated entity for its operating facility and the Company entered into a new lease for the same facility. The terms of the Company’s lease provide for monthly rental payments of $11,000 for five years beginning on February 6, 2014.

The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.

 
Accounts receivable   $ 585,914  
Inventory     250,472  
Deferred tax assets     34,350  
Other current assets     1,597  
Property, plant, and equipment     417,305  
Identifiable intangible assets     965,478  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (146,676 )  
Deferred tax liabilities     (90,811 )  
Total identifiable net assets     2,017,629  
Goodwill     799,282  
Total   $ 2,816,911  

The fair value of accounts receivable from the acquisition includes $497,075 that was previously due from the Company and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible in full.

The goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the Chardan’s reputation, trained employees, and other unique features that cannot be associated with a specific identifiable asset. Of the total amount of goodwill recognized, $866,647 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The consolidated operating results for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 includes the operating results of Chardan for the whole period. Chardan’s revenue and earnings included in the accompanying statement of operations for the twelve weeks ended March 30, 2014, totaled $552,351 and $62,723 respectively, from the date of acquisition, of which $385,708 in revenue was derived from intercompany sales to Unique Fabricating which were eliminated in consolidation.

F-10


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 2 — Business Combinations  – (continued)

The following pro forma supplementary data for the twelve weeks ended March 29, 2015 and thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014 gives effect to the acquisition of Chardan as if it had occurred on December 31, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2013 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the acquisition been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

   
  Successor   Successor
     Twelve Weeks
ended
March 29,
2015
  Thirteen Weeks
ended
March 30,
2014
Net sales   $ 32,430,507     $ 29,273,090  
Net income   $ 1,192,736     $ 885,755  
Net income per common share – basic   $ 0.18     $ 0.13  
Net income per common share – diluted   $ 0.17     $ 0.13  

The majority of Chardan sales prior to its acquisition were to the Company. Therefore, the pro forma effect of the combined net income of the entities is much larger than the effect on net sales due to the elimination of the intercompany sales for the thirteen weeks ended March 30, 2014.

Note 3 — Inventory

Inventory consists of the following:

   
  Successor   Successor
     March 29,
2015
  January 4,
2015
Raw materials   $ 6,568,146     $ 6,013,045  
Work in progress     591,325       499,241  
Finished goods     3,674,630       3,975,765  
Total inventory   $ 10,834,101     $ 10,488,051  

Included in inventory are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $1,809,894 at March 29, 2015 and $1,788,902 at January 4, 2015.

The inventory acquired in the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI included adjustments of $1,076,902 in order to increase the historical FIFO basis to fair value while the 2014 acquisition of Chardan included a fair value adjustment of $54,975 for a total of $1,131,877 for all acquisitions. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, $0 of this fair value adjustment remained in inventory while $0 and $285,239 was included in cost of goods sold during the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and 13 week-period ended March 30, 2014, respectively.

F-11


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 4 — Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment consists of the following:

     
  Successor   Successor
     March 29,
2015
  January 4,
2015
  Depreciable
Life – Years
Land   $ 1,663,153     $ 1,663,153           
Buildings     5,435,026       5,435,026       23 – 40  
Shop equipment     8,535,645       8,467,946       7 – 10  
Leasehold improvements     642,762       624,762       3 – 10  
Office equipment     585,308       539,098       3 – 7  
Mobile equipment     105,550       105,550       3  
Construction in progress     3,780,562       2,754,411        
Total cost     20,748,006       19,607,946           
Accumulated depreciation     2,002,426       1,687,873        
Net property, plant, and equipment   $ 18,745,580     $ 17,920,073        

Depreciation expense was $315,719 and $275,078 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, respectively.

Included in Property, plant, and equipment are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $626,682 and $628,570 at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively.

Note 5 — Intangible Assets

Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at March 29, 2015:

     
  Gross Carrying Amount   Accumulated Amortization   Weighted Average Life – Years
Customer contracts   $ 15,614,881     $ 3,635,437       8.30  
Trade names     4,465,322       428,461       20.00  
Non-compete agreements     580,790       447,509       1.62  
Total   $ 20,660,993     $ 4,441,407        

Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at January 4, 2015:

     
  Gross Carrying Amount   Accumulated Amortization   Weighted Average Life – Years
Customer contracts   $ 15,614,881     $ 3,127,128       8.30  
Trade names     4,465,322       377,079       20.00  
Non-compete agreements     580,790       408,320       1.62  
Total   $ 20,660,993     $ 3,912,527        

The weighted average amortization period for all intangible assets is 10.64 years. Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $531,321 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and $606,926 for the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014.

F-12


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 5 — Intangible Assets  – (continued)

Estimated amortization expense for future fiscal years is as follows:

 
2015   $ 1,755,005  
2016     2,111,416  
2017     2,111,416  
2018     2,111,416  
2019     2,123,016  
Thereafter     6,007,317  
Total   $ 16,219,586  

Note 6 — Long-term Debt

The Successor has a senior credit facility with a bank initially entered into on March 18, 2013 and subsequently amended. The facility was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for a $12.5 million revolving line of credit (“Revolver”) and an $11.0 million term loan facility (Term Loan). On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Successor entered into an amendment with its bank under the senior credit facility. The amendment increased the Revolver to $15.0 million and the Term Loan to $20.0 million. In October 2014, an additional amendment increased the Revolver to $19.5 million which was used to construct and equip a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia. Construction was substantially completed in April 2015. The total construction costs are expected to be $4.5 million of which $4.5 million has already been committed to by the Company as of March 29, 2015. The Company has incurred $3.4 million in costs related to the construction at March 29, 2015 which has been included in construction in progress and has been funded by the revolver.

As of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, $9,351,835 and $8,952,865, respectively was outstanding on the Revolver. Borrowings under the Revolver are subject to a borrowing base, bear interest at the 30 day LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 2.75 percent to 3.25 percent (an effective rate of 3.1760 percent and 3.1655 percent at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively), and are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. At March 29, 2015, maximum additional available borrowings under the Revolver were $10,048,165 due to the amount outstanding and a $100,000 letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of the Company’s facilities. The Revolver matures on December 18, 2017.

The Successor also has a subordinated note payable with a private lender effective March 18, 2013, as amended. The holder of the subordinated note payable also holds equity interests of the Successor, and therefore, is a related party. The subordinated note payable was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for $11.5 million. On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Successor entered into an amendment with the holder which increased the note payable to $13.1 million and provided for warrants to purchase additional common stock which is described further in Note 8.

F-13


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 6 — Long-term Debt  – (continued)

Long term debt consists of the following:

   
  Successor   Successor
     March 29,
2015
  January 4,
2015
Term Loan, payable to a bank in quarterly installments of $500,000 through December 31, 2015, $625,000 through December 31, 2016, $750,000 through September 30, 2017, with a lump sum due at maturity. Interest is paid on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00 percent to 3.50 percent (an effective rate of 3.519 percent and 3.495 percent at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, respectively). The Term Loan was originally due on March 15, 2018, but was subsequently amended to be due December 18, 2017, and is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the balance of the Term Loan is presented net of a debt discount of $185,337 and $211,402, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender.   $ 17,814,663     $ 17,788,598  
Subordinated note payable to a private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 16 percent of which 12 percent must be paid quarterly in cash and 4 percent can be paid in kind at the Company’s discretion. The subordinated note payable is due in full on March 16, 2018, and is subordinated to the Revolver and Term Loan. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the balance of the note payable includes accumulated paid in kind interest of $132,887 and is presented net of a debt discount of $419,762 and $445,387, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender.     12,713,125       12,687,500  
Note payable to the seller of Chardan which is unsecured and subordinated to the senior credit facility and the subordinated note to the private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 6 percent. The note payable is due in full on February 6, 2019.     500,000       500,000  
Other debt     38,198       42,647  
Total debt     31,065,986       31,018,745  
Less current maturities     2,143,362       2,018,133  
Long-term debt – Less current maturities   $ 28,922,624     $ 29,000,612  

The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note contain customary negative covenants and require that the Company comply with various financial covenants including a senior leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, debt service coverage ratio, interest coverage ratio, and capital expenditure covenant, as defined. Also, the senior credit facility restricts dividends being paid to UFI from its subsidiaries and the senior subordinated note precludes dividends being paid by UFI to its shareholders. As of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. Additionally, the Term Loan contains a clause, effective December 31, 2014, that requires an excess cash flow payment to be made if the Company’s cash flow exceeds certain thresholds as defined by the senior credit facility and certain performance thresholds are not met.

F-14


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 6 — Long-term Debt  – (continued)

Maturities on the Company’s Revolver and other long term debt obligations for the remainder of the current fiscal year and future fiscal years:

 
2015     2,013,609  
2016     2,518,989  
2017     22,857,437  
2018     13,132,885  
2019     500,000  
Total     41,022,920  
Discounts     (605,099 )  
Total debt – Net   $ 40,417,821  

Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company holds a derivative financial instrument, as required by its senior lending facility, for the purpose of hedging certain identifiable transactions in order to mitigate risks relating to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate fluctuations. The derivative financial instrument is in the form of an interest rate swap which the Company has elected not to apply hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes. The interest rate swap is recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at its fair value. Monthly settlement payments due on the interest rate swap and changes in its fair value are recognized currently in income as interest expense.

Effective April 26, 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate swap which requires the Company to pay a fixed rate of 0.83 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning on March 3, 2014. The notional amount begins at $4,714,286 and decreases by $196,429 each quarter until it expires on March 1, 2016.

Effective January 17, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility during December 2013, the Company terminated the swap described above and entered into a new interest rate swap which requires the Company to pay a fixed rate of 1.27 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning immediately. The notional amount begins at $10,000,000 and decreases by $250,000 each quarter until March 31, 2016, when it begins decreasing by $312,500 per quarter until it expires on January 31, 2017. At March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2014 the fair value of this interest rate swap was ($105,072) and ($86,511), respectively which is included in other long-term liabilities and the Company paid $15,952 in net monthly settlements during the Q1 2015 period. Both the change in fair value and the monthly settlements are included in interest expense.

Note 8 — Equity

Common Stock

As of March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015, the Company’s common stock consists of 15,000,000 authorized shares of $0.001 par value stock with 6,739,998 shares of common stock issued and outstanding with 495,000 unissued shares reserved for the Company’s stock incentive plan.

On January 14, 2013, (the date of formation of the Company), the Company sold 999,999 shares of common stock for $0.167 per share to a group of founding shareholders. An agreement requires the Company to redeem these shares at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share.

On March 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, the Company issued shares of common stock to its subordinated lender and a private placement group. Additionally, all of the stockholders entered into agreements which provide for certain restrictions on the transferability of the shares

F-15


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 8 — Equity  – (continued)

and provides certain shareholders further restrictions, requirements or benefits. The subordinated lender purchased 1,050,000 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. An agreement provides the subordinated lender the option to have its shares redeemed by the Company for their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. The private placement group purchased 2,949,999 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $745,012 for net total proceeds of $12,588,318.

On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued 1,740,000 additional shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. 365,400 shares were purchased by the subordinated lender under the same provisions as described above while the remaining 1,374,600 were purchased by other investors in a private placement. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $344,128 for net total proceeds of $5,455,872.

Warrants

On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued warrants to purchase 139,200 common shares for $3.33 per share. The warrants were valued at $50,534 upon issuance. The warrants can be exercised at any time ten years from the issuance date. 29,232 warrants are held by the subordinated lender and the remainder are held by shareholders in the founders group. The common shares received when the warrants are exercised will not contain any of the redemption features described above for any shareholders.

The fair value of each warrant award was estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The final valuation after using the assumptions in the table below also calculated a further weighted average to value the warrants and was based on 80% weighting given to a public sale and 20% to a private sale of the Company. Finally, that value was further discounted by 15% to account for the fact that warrants are only transferrable to institutional and accredited investors. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for warrants adjusted for the Company’s size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrants was based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below for a public sale followed by a private sale of the Company).

 
Expected volatility     32.00%/50.00 %  
Dividend yield     0.00%/0.00 %  
Expected term (in years)     2/6  
Risk-free rate     0.31%/1.91 %  

Note 9 — Redeemable Common Stock

As described in Note 8, the 1,415,400 shares issued to the subordinated lender include features for the shares to be redeemed at their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Company’s control. These shares have been recorded initially using their net proceeds and will be adjusted to their redemption value each period using a ratable allocation based on the Company’s estimate of the redemption date and fair value of the shares. The Company will accrete the redemption value of these shares over the estimated redemption period to the earliest known redemption date with any changes in estimates being accounted for prospectively. However, reductions in the redemption value will only be recorded to the extent of previously recorded increases. As of March 29, 2015, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $12,743,318 which

F-16


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 9 — Redeemable Common Stock  – (continued)

is more than the initial proceeds. As a result, $754,816 of accretion was recorded in the period ended March 29, 2015 in addition to the 2014 accretion amount noted below. The redemption value was calculated based on an internal methodology (the Company strategy for interim periods), which was based on calculating Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (EBITDA) multiples based on enterprise values of selected public companies that are comparable to the Company. An estimated EBITDA multiple was then determined for the Company and used to calculate the enterprise value and thereby the per share value used in the redemption value.

As of January 4, 2015, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $11,195,814 which is more than the initial proceeds. As a result, $1,852,840 of accretion was recorded. The redemption value for the 2014 period was calculated by an outside party (the Company strategy for annual periods), using a discounted cash flow method. The discounted cash flow method used several assumptions, the most significant of which include: projections of net sales, operating expenses, profit margins, income taxes to capital expenditures, working capital requirements, interest rates, investment returns, and discount rate.

As described in Note 8, the Company’s 999,999 shares issued to the founder group are redeemable at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Company’s control. These shares have been recorded initially using their proceeds of $0.167 per share and there will not be any accretion of these shares from this initial value because they are already recorded at their redemption value. The redemption value of the shares is $166,667.

Note 10 — Stock Incentive Plans

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

The Company’s board of directors approved a stock incentive plan (the “Plan”) in 2013. The Plan permits the Company to grant 495,000 non statutory or incentive stock options to the employees, directors and consultants of the Company. 495,000 shares of unissued common stock are required to be reserved for the Plan. The board of directors has the authority to determine the participants to whom stock options shall be awarded as well as any restrictions to be placed upon the awards. The exercise price cannot be less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the time the stock options are issued and the maximum length of an award is ten years.

On July 17, 2013 and January 1, 2014, the board of directors approved the issuance of 375,000 and 120,000 non statutory stock option awards, respectively to employees of the Company with an exercise price of $3.33 with a weighted average grant date fair value of $86,450 and $42,000 respectively. These awards vest 20 percent on the grant date and an additional 20 percent on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries thereafter. Vested awards can only be exercised while the participants are employed by the Company. Upon termination, the Company may repurchase the vested awards at their fair value (or their exercise price if terminated for cause) prior to their exercise.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The Company estimated zero employee terminations based on the options granted being limited to a small pool of senior employees of which the Company has no historical turnover experience. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for options for adjusted for the Company’s size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below as January 1, 2014 followed by July 17, 2013).

F-17


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 10 — Stock Incentive Plans  – (continued)

 
Expected volatility     34.00 %  
Dividend yield     0.00 %  
Expected term (in years)     4  
Risk-free rate     1.27%/0.96 %  

A summary of option activity under the Plan is presented below:

       
  Successor
     Number of Shares   Weighted Average Exercise Price   Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)   Aggregate Intrinsic Value (1)
Outstanding at January 4, 2015     495,000     $ 3.33       8.65           
Granted                              
Exercised                           
Forfeited or expired                        
Outstanding at March 29, 2015     495,000     $ 3.33       8.42     $ 2,138,038  
Vested and exercisable at March 29, 2015     198,000     $ 3.33       8.42     $ 855,215  

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value above is obtained by subtracting the weighted average exercise price from the estimated fair value of the underlying shares as of March 29, 2015 and multiplying this result by the related number of options outstanding and exercisable at March 29, 2015. The valuation of the shares was based on an internal methodology (the Company strategy for interim periods) which was based on calculating EBITDA multiples based on enterprise values of selected public companies that are comparable to the Company. An estimated EBITDA multiple was then determined for the Company and used to calculate the enterprise value and thereby the per share value used.

The Company recorded expenses of $5,908 and $4,213 in its consolidated statement of operations during the periods ended March 29, 2015 and March 30, 2014, respectively, as a component of sales, general and administrative expenses.

As of March 29, 2015, there was $63,015 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option awards under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.42 years.

2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan

In 2014 the Company has adopted the Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan, or the 2014 Plan, which will be effective on the closing of our public offering. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of cash awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares and performance units. The 2014 Plan authorizes the grant of awards relating to 250,000 shares of our common stock. In the event of any transaction that causes a change in capitalization, the Compensation Committee or such other committee administering the 2014 Plan will make such adjustments to the number of shares of common stock delivered, and the number and/or price of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan, as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights.

F-18


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 11 — Income Taxes

Income before income taxes for U.S. and Non-U.S. operations are as follows:

   
  Successor   Successor
     12 Week Period
March 29, 2015
  13 Week Period
March 30, 2014
U.S. income     1,583,649       455,426  
Non-U.S. income     244,716       206,471  
Income before income taxes     1,828,365       661,897  

The components of the income tax provision included in the statements of operations are all attributable to continuing operations and are detailed as follows:

   
  Successor   Successor
     Twelve Week
Period
March 29,
2015
  Thirteen Week
Period
March 30,
2014
Current federal income taxes   $ 289,553     $ 410,708  
Current state income taxes     61,875       72,970  
Current foreign income taxes     58,423       42,263  
Deferred income taxes     225,778       (325,774 )  
Total income tax expense (benefit)   $ 635,629     $ 200,167  

Significant components of current and noncurrent deferred taxes are as follows:

   
  Successor   Successor
     As of
March 29, 2015
  As of
January 4,
2015
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
                 
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 262,406     $ 246,744  
Inventories     121,328       121,575  
Accrued payroll and benefits     498,125       907,174  
Other     13,404       13,211  
Net current deferred tax asset     895,263       1,288,704  
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):
                 
Property, plant, and equipment     (3,290,143 )       (3,329,790 )  
Goodwill and intangible assets     (3,101,701 )       (3,220,663 )  
Other     62,177       53,123  
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability     (6,329,667 )       (6,497,330 )  
Net total deferred tax liability   $ (5,434,404 )     $ (5,208,626 )  

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized and thus, believes that a valuation allowance is not required as of March 29, 2015 or January 4, 2015.

F-19


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 11 — Income Taxes  – (continued)

A reconciliation of taxes on income from continuing operations based on the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:

   
  Successor   Successor
     Twelve week
period ended
March 29, 2015
  Thirteen week
period ended
March 30,
2014
Income tax expense, computed at 34% of pretax income   $ 621,644     $ 225,045  
State income taxes, net of federal benefit     53,038       37,323  
Effect of foreign income taxes     (27,027 )       (32,683 )  
Effect of permanent differences     (14,110 )       (24,526 )  
Other     2,084       (4,993 )  
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes   $ 635,629     $ 200,167  

Note 12 — Operating Leases

The Company leases office space, production facilities and equipment under operating leases with various expiration dates through the year 2020. The leases require the Company to pay taxes, insurance, utilities and maintenance costs. One of the leases provides for escalating rents over the life of the lease and rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight line basis, with the difference between lease payments and rent expense recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet. Total rent expense charged to operations was approximately $327,512 and $301,357 for the 2015 and 2014 Successor Periods, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows at March 29, 2015:

 
2015     982,535  
2016     1,155,332  
2017     1,103,441  
2018     1,048,054  
2019     879,682  
Thereafter     481,250  
Total   $ 5,650,294  

Note 13 — Retirement Plans

The Company maintains a defined contribution plan covering certain full time salaried employees. Employees can make elective contributions to the plan. The Company contributes 100 percent of an employee’s contribution up to the first 3 percent of each employee’s total compensation and 50 percent for the next 2 percent of each employee’s total compensation. In addition, the Company, at the discretion of the board of directors, may make additional contributions to the plan on behalf of the plan participants. The Company contributed $89,363 and $52,469 for the 2015 and 2014 Successor periods, respectively.

Note 14 — Related Party Transactions

A shareholder provided subordinated debt financing which is discussed further in Note 6. Interest charges were recognized in the amounts of $518,119 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and $518,119 for the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, respectively, related to the subordinated debt financing. Accrued interest of $178,463 and $0 was due to this subordinated lender at March 29, 2015 and January 4, 2015.

F-20


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 14 — Related Party Transactions  – (continued)

Effective March 18, 2013, the Company is under a five year management agreement with a firm related to several shareholders. The agreement requires annual management fees of $300,000 and additional fees for assistance provided with acquisitions. The Company incurred management fees of $75,000 for the 12 weeks ended March 29, 2015 and the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, respectively. During the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014, the Company incurred fees related to the acquisition of Chardan of $110,000. The Company allocates these fees to the services provided based on their relative fair values. The fees paid during the 13 weeks ended March 31, 2014 were all allocated to an expensed as transaction costs.

Note 15 — Fair Value Measurements

Financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The carrying amount of all significant financial instruments approximates fair value due to either the short maturity or the existence of variable interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

Accounting standards require certain other items be reported at fair value in the financial statements and provides a framework for establishing that fair value. The framework for determining fair value is based on a hierarchy that prioritizes the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value.

Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs use other inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar items in active markets, and other inputs such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs, including inputs that are available in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the related item. Level 3 fair value measurements are based primarily on management’s own estimates using inputs such as pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques taking into account the characteristics of the item.

In instances whereby inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, fair value measurements in their entirety are categorized based on the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation. The Company’s assessment of the significance of particular inputs to these fair value measurements requires judgment and considers factors specific to each item.

The Successor measures its interest rate swap at fair value on a recurring basis based primarily on Level 2 inputs using an income model based on disparity between variance and fixed interest rates, the scheduled balance of principal outstanding, yield curves and other information readily available in the market.

Note 16 — Contingencies

The Company is engaged from time to time in legal matters and proceedings arising out of its normal course of business. The Company establishes a liability related to its legal proceedings and claims when it has determined that it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the related amount can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that an obligation is reasonably possible, the Company will, if material, disclose the nature of the loss contingency and the estimated range of possible loss, or include a statement that no estimate of loss can be made. While uncertainties are inherent in the final outcome of such matters, the Company believes that there are no pending proceedings in which the Company is currently involved that will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

F-21


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 17 — Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed giving effect to all potentially weighted average dilutive shares including options and warrants. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards, if any, is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share.

   
  Successor   Successor
     Twelve week
period ended
March 29,
2015
  Thirteen week
period ended
March 30,
2014
Basic earnings per share calculation:
 
Net income (loss)   $ 1,192,736     $ 461,730  
Preferred stock dividends            
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ 1,192,736     $ 461,730  
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,739,998       6,739,998  
Net income (loss) per share-basic   $ 0.18     $ 0.07  
Diluted earnings per share calculation:
 
Net income (loss)   $ 1,192,736     $ 461,730  
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,739,998       6,739,998  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                 
Stock options (1)     191,956        
Warrants (1)     74,636        
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     7,006,590       6,739,998  
Net income (loss) per share-diluted   $ 0.17     $ $0.07  

(1) Options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2015 period were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method. Options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2014 period were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive as a result of the securities being “out of the money” with a strike price greater than the average fair market value during the period presented.

Note 18 — Subsequent Event

Potential Acquisition

The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent and are engaged in discussions with respect to a proposed acquisition of the business and assets of a corporation engaged in the manufacture of components from molded polyurethane, including components for automotive applications, industrial equipment, off-road vehicles, office furniture, medical applications and packaging. The Company believes that the acquisition would augment our existing product offerings and potentially enable us to access new customers and increase sales to certain of our existing customers.

The proposed purchase price is $12 million, subject to certain adjustments, which would be payable in cash at closing, except for a portion which would be held in escrow and available to fund indemnification claims by us, if any. The Company currently intends to finance the acquisition with additional borrowings from its senior bank lender. Based solely upon preliminary unaudited information provided to us by the prospective seller, which the Company has not independently verified, the business it is considering acquiring

F-22


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

Note 18 — Subsequent Event  – (continued)

had revenues of approximately $9.9 million, net income of approximately $1.3 million and EBITDA of approximately $2.2 million (adjusted to add back approximately $260,000 for shareholder-related payroll costs and expenses) in 2014.

The completion of the proposed acquisition is subject to numerous conditions and contingencies, including the completion to the Company’s satisfaction of due diligence, the negotiation and execution of definitive agreements, the satisfaction of closing conditions and the Company obtaining the commitment of its senior lender to provide financing necessary to fund the purchase price. There cannot be any assurance that: (1) the Company will complete the proposed acquisition or as to the date by which the transaction will close; (2) the terms of the transaction will not differ, and perhaps materially, from those described here; (3) the Company will be able to obtain financing to fund the acquisition; or (4) if the Company completes the acquisition, it will be able to successfully integrate the acquired operations into its business or the acquired operations will result in increased revenue, profitability or cash flow.

F-23


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors
Unique Fabricating, Inc.
Auburn Hills, MI

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (formerly known as UFI Acquisition, Inc.) (Successor), and UFI Acquisition, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Successor) as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Successor for the year ended January 4, 2015 and for the period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, respectively, and of Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Predecessor) for the period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Successor as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, and the results of the Successor’s operations and its cash flows for the year ended January 4, 2015 and for the period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013, and of the Predecessor’s operations and its cash flows for the period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
 
Southfield, Michigan
May 4, 2015

F-24


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets

   
  Successor   Successor
     January 4,
2015
  December 29,
2013
Assets
                 
Current Assets
                 
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 756,044     $ 891,826  
Accounts receivable     18,747,468       16,922,115  
Inventory     10,488,051       8,439,529  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
                 
Prepaid expenses and other     1,613,327       576,368  
Refundable taxes           1,340,677  
Deferred tax asset     1,288,704       912,276  
Total current assets     32,893,594       29,082,791  
Property, Plant, and Equipment – Net     17,920,073       14,814,878  
Goodwill     15,183,417       14,384,134  
Intangible assets     16,748,466       18,153,382  
Other assets
                 
Investments – at cost     1,054,120       1,054,120  
Deposits and other assets     61,094       94,030  
Debt issuance costs     289,942       375,933  
Total assets   $ 84,150,706     $ 77,959,268  
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
                 
Current Liabilities
                 
Accounts payable   $ 10,177,820     $ 7,882,571  
Current maturities of long-term debt     2,018,133       2,022,600  
Income taxes payable     90,169        
Accrued compensation     2,791,260       2,324,559  
Other accrued liabilities     1,498,094       1,766,015  
Total current liabilities     16,575,476       13,995,745  
Long-term debt – net of current portion     29,000,612       30,304,283  
Line of credit     8,952,865       7,736,456  
Other long-term liabilities
                 
Deferred tax liability     6,497,330       7,237,825  
Other liabilities     86,511       146,218  
Total liabilities     61,112,794       59,420,527  
Redeemable Common Stock – 2,415,399 shares issued and outstanding with a redemption value of $11,362,481 and $4,214,711 at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively     6,445,977       4,593,137  
Stockholders’ Equity
                 
Common stock, $0.001 par value – 15,000,000 shares authorized and 4,324,599 issued and outstanding     4,325       4,325  
Additional paid-in-capital     13,723,456       13,689,125  
Retained earnings     2,864,154       252,154  
Total stockholders’ equity     16,591,935       13,945,604  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity   $ 84,150,706     $ 77,959,268  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-25


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statements of Operations

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     Year ended
January 4,
2015
  March 18,
2013 through
December 29,
2013
  December 31,
2012 through
March 17,
2013
Net Sales   $ 126,480,235     $ 63,878,311     $ 16,377,967  
Cost of Sales     95,020,102       48,983,472       12,717,056  
Gross Profit     31,460,133       14,894,839       3,660,911  
Selling, General, and Administrative Expenses     21,325,888       12,068,581       5,026,029  
Operating Income (Loss)     10,134,245       2,826,258       (1,365,118 )  
Nonoperating Income (Expense)
                          
Investment income     21,192       21,183        
Other income     50,627       89        
Interest expense     (3,667,400 )       (2,309,535 )       (244,489 )  
Total nonoperating expense     (3,595,581 )       (2,288,263 )       (244,489 )  
Income (Loss) – Before income taxes     6,538,664       537,995       (1,609,607 )  
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)     2,073,824       285,841       (449,609 )  
Net Income (Loss)   $ 4,464,840     $ 252,154     $ (1,159,998 )  
Net Income (Loss) per share
                          
Basic   $ 0.66     $ 0.05     $ (33.14 )  
Diluted   $ 0.65     $ 0.05     $ (33.14 )  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-26


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity — Predecessor

       
  Preferred
Stock Series D,
Nonvoting
  Preferred
Stock Series C,
Voting
  Preferred
Stock Series B,
Voting
  Common Stock
Class A,
Voting
Balance – December 30, 2012   $ 86     $ 5,424     $ 25     $ 320  
Net loss                        
Balance – March 17, 2013   $ 86     $ 5,424     $ 25     $ 320  

       
  Common Stock
Class B,
Nonvoting
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
(Accumulated Deficit)
  Total
Balance – December 30, 2012   $ 70     $ 14,076,661     $ 418,728     $ 14,501,314  
Net loss                 (1,159,998 )       (1,159,998 )  
Balance – March 17, 2013   $ 70     $ 14,076,661     $ (741,270 )     $ 13,341,316  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-27


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity — Successor

       
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Balance – January 14, 2013   $     $     $     $  
Issuance of common stock     4,325       13,613,396             13,617,720  
Net income                 252,154       252,154  
Stock option expense           25,195             25,195  
Issuance of warrants           50,534             50,534  
Balance – December 29, 2013   $ 4,325     $ 13,689,125     $ 252,154     $ 13,945,604  

       
  Common
Stock
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Balance – December 29, 2013   $ 4,325     $ 13,689,125     $ 252,154     $ 13,945,604  
Net income                 4,464,840       4,464,840  
Stock option expense           34,331             34,331  
Reduction for accretion on redeemable
stock
                (1,852,840 )       (1,852,840 )  
Balance – January 4, 2015   $ 4,325     $ 13,723,456     $ 2,864,154     $ 16,591,935  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-28


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     December 30,
2013 through
January 4,
2015
  March 18,
2013 through
December 29,
2013
  December 31,
2012 through
March 17,
2013
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                          
Net income (loss)   $ 4,464,840     $ 252,154     $ (1,159,998 )  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                          
Depreciation and amortization     3,524,669       2,077,069       118,078  
Amortization of debt issuance costs     313,853       244,179       111,984  
Loss on sale of assets     25,626             22,947  
Bad debt expense     407,248       117,520       95,035  
Loss on derivative instrument     55,785       30,726        
Stock option and warrant expense     34,331       75,729        
Deferred compensation expense                 1,739,567  
Accrued in-kind interest on long-term debt           132,887       21,868  
Deferred income taxes     (1,173,395 )       (574,711 )       18,276  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities that provided (used) cash:
                          
Accounts receivable     (1,820,427 )       (134,677 )       (1,056,555 )  
Inventory     (1,798,050 )       381,254       (115,171 )  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     914,044       (274,250 )       (734,944 )  
Accounts payable     1,893,740       (469,263 )       709,138  
Accrued and other liabilities     285,860       (2,111,289 )       (25,784 )  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating
activities
    7,128,124       (252,672 )       (255,559 )  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
                          
Purchases of property and equipment     (3,885,050 )       (879,652 )       (551,499 )  
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     17,264             45,000  
Acquisition of Chardan Corporation     (2,316,911 )              
Acquisition of Unique Fabricating, net of cash acquired           (28,698,386 )        
Acquisition of PTI, net of cash acquired           (16,410,121 )        
Working capital adjustment from acquisition of PTI     173,740              
Net cash used in investing activities     (6,010,957 )       (45,988,159 )       (506,499 )  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                          
Net change in bank overdraft     311,065       (37,478 )       175,727  
Proceeds from debt           34,178,571        
Payments on debt and in-kind interest     (2,022,598 )       (1,195,072 )       (134,048 )  
(Payments on) proceeds from revolving credit facilities     1,216,409       7,736,456       501,953  
Debt issuance costs     (13,400 )       (1,491,363 )        
Net proceeds from issuance of common stock           18,210,858        
Pay-off of debt assumed through business acquisitions           (10,269,315 )        
Expenses of in process equity offering     (575,792 )              
Post acquisition payments for Unique Fabricating     (168,633 )              
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (1,252,949 )       47,132,657       543,632  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-29


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – (continued)

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     December 30,
2013 through
January 4,
2015
  March 18,
2013 through
December 29,
2013
  December 31,
2012 through
March 17,
2013
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents     (135,782 )       891,826       (218,426 )  
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning of period     891,826             468,334  
Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of period   $ 756,044     $ 891,826     $ 249,908  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information – 
Cash paid for
                          
Interest   $ 3,482,230     $ 1,697,036     $ 179,707  
Income taxes   $ 2,466,091     $ 1,100,000     $ 141,005  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information – 
Non cash investing and financing activities for
                          
Note payable incurred for Chardan acquisition   $ 500,000     $     $  
Accretion on redeemable common stock   $ 1,852,840     $     $  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-30


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business  — UFI Acquisition, Inc. (Unique or Successor), a Delaware corporation, was formed on January 14, 2013, for the purpose of acquiring Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Unique Fabricating or Predecessor) (collectively, the “Company”) on March 18, 2013, as described further in Note 2. The Company operates as one operating and reporting segment to fabricate and broker foam and rubber products, which are primarily sold to original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) and tiered suppliers in the automotive, appliance, water heater and heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC) industries. In September 2014, UFI changed its name to Unique Fabricating Inc. which is now the parent company of the consolidated group. As a result of the name change, the subsidiary previously named Unique Fabricating Inc. became Unique Fabricating NA, Inc.

Basis of Presentation  — As a result of UFI’s acquisition of Unique Fabricating, purchase accounting and a new basis of accounting was applied beginning on March 18, 2013. The financial statement periods are as follows:

The period from December 31, 2012 through March 17, 2013 (2013 Predecessor period) which together reflects Unique Fabricating’s operations prior to its acquisition by UFI.
The period from March 18, 2013 through December 29, 2013 which reflects Unique Fabricating’s operations subsequent to its acquisition by UFI including the activity of UFI from its inception on January 14, 2013 which only included capital contributions until its acquisition of Unique Fabricating on March 18, 2013 (2013 Successor period).

The consolidated financial statements for the Predecessor period have been prepared using the Predecessor’s historical basis of accounting. As a result of purchase accounting, the Predecessor and Successor consolidated financial statements are not comparable.

All significant intercompany transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

On November 18, 2014, the Company amended its certificate of incorporation to increase its authorized common shares to 15,000,000 with a par value $0.001 per share. The amendment of the certificate of incorporation also effected an internal recapitalization pursuant to which the Company effected a 3-for-1 stock split on its outstanding common stock. As a result of the stock split, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options and warrants were adjusted accordingly based on the provisions of the stock option plan and warrant agreements.

Accordingly, all Successor common share, options, warrants and per share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto have been adjusted to reflect the 3-for-1 stock split as if it had occurred at the beginning of the initial period presented.

Fiscal Years  — The Company’s 52 week fiscal year ends on the Sunday closest to December 31 Fiscal year 2014 ended as of January 4, 2015 and fiscal year 2013 ended of December 29, 2013.

Cash and Cash Equivalents  — The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash and cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable  — Accounts receivable are stated at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. The allowance for doubtful accounts is management’s best estimate of the amount of probable credit losses in the existing accounts receivable. Management determines the allowance based on historical write off experience and an understanding of individual customer payment history and financial condition. Management reviews the allowance for doubtful accounts at regular intervals. Account balances are charged off against the allowance when management determines it is probable the receivable will not be recovered. The allowance for doubtful accounts was $704,713 and $407,962 at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively.

F-31


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Inventory  — Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on the first in, first out method (FIFO). Inventory acquired as part of a business combination is recorded at its estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. The Company periodically evaluates inventory for obsolescence, excess quantities, slow moving goods and other impairments of value and establishes reserves for any identified impairments.

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets —  The carrying value of long-lived assets held for use is periodically evaluated when events or circumstances warrant such a review. The carrying value of a long-lived asset held for use is considered impaired when the anticipated separately identifiable undiscounted cash flows from the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. In that event, a loss is recognized based on the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the long-lived asset.

Property, Plant, and Equipment  — Property, plant, and equipment purchases are recorded at cost. Property, plant, and equipment acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Depreciation is calculated principally using the straight line method over the estimated useful life of each asset. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the asset or the period of the related leases. Upon retirement or disposal, the initial cost or valuation and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is included in income. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Intangible Assets  — The Company does not hold any intangible assets with indefinite lives. Acquired intangible assets subject to amortization are amortized on a straight line basis, which approximates the pattern in which the economic benefit of the respective intangible is realized, over their respective estimated useful lives. Identifiable intangible assets recognized as part of a business combination are recorded at their estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the related carrying amount may be impaired. The remaining useful lives of intangible assets are reviewed annually to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. The Company determined that no impairment indicators were present and all originally assigned useful lives remained appropriate during 2014 or 2013.

Goodwill  — Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition cost of consideration transferred over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired and liabilities assumed from business combinations at the date of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized, but rather is assessed at least on an annual basis for impairment. If it is determined that it is more likely than not that the fair value is greater than the carrying value then a qualitative assessment may be used for the annual impairment test. Otherwise, a two-step process is used. The first step requires estimating the fair value of each reporting unit compared to its carrying value. The Company has determined that the only reporting unit is the Company as a whole. If the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value, a second step is performed in order to determine the implied fair value of the goodwill. If the carrying value of the goodwill exceeds its implied fair value then goodwill is deemed impaired and is written down to its implied fair value.

There was no impairment charge recognized during 2014 or 2013.

Debt Issuance Costs  — Debt issuance costs represent legal, consulting, and other financial costs associated with debt financing and are reported as assets upon the original issuance of the related debt. Amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders are presented as debt discount. Debt issuance costs on term debt are amortized using the effective interest method while those related to revolving debt are amortized using a straight line basis over the term of the related debt.

F-32


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, debt issuance costs were $289,942 and $375,933, respectively, while amounts paid to or on behalf of lenders presented as debt discounts were $656,789 and $871,250, respectively. Amortization expense has been recognized as a component of interest expense which includes both debt issuance and debt discounts in the amount of $313,853, $160,304, and $111,984 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and the 2013 Predecessor period, respectively.

Investments  — Investments in entities in which the Company has less than a 20 percent interest or is not able to exercise significant influence are carried at cost. Cost basis investments acquired as part of a business combination are recorded at estimated fair value at the time of the business combination. Dividends received are included in income, except for those dividends received in excess of the Company’s proportionate share of accumulated earnings, which are applied as a reduction of the cost of the investment. Impairment losses due to a decline in the value of the investment that is other than temporary are recognized when incurred. Dividend income of $21,164, $21,164, and $0 was recognized for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and the 2013 Predecessor period, respectively. There were no impairment charges recognized during 2014 or 2013.

Accounts Payable  — Under the Company’s cash management system, checks issued but not yet presented to the Company’s bank frequently result in overdraft balances for accounting purposes and are classified as accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheet. Accounts payable included $1,811,757 and $1,429,051 of checks issued in excess of available cash balances at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively.

Stock based Compensation  — The Company accounts for its stock based compensation using the fair value of the award estimated at the grant date of the award. The Company estimates the fair value of awards, consisting of stock options, using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Compensation expense is recognized in earnings using the straight line method over the vesting period, which represents the requisite service period.

Revenue Recognition  — Revenue is recognized by the Company upon shipment to customers when the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sale price is fixed and determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded.

Shipping and Handling  — Shipping and handling costs are included in costs of sales as they are incurred.

Income Taxes  — A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the period. Deferred tax liabilities or assets are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary differences between financial reporting and tax accounting measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The Company also evaluates the need for valuation allowances to reduce the deferred tax assets to realizable amounts. Management evaluates all positive and negative evidence and uses judgment regarding past and future events, including operating results, to help determine when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. When appropriate, a valuation allowance is recorded against deferred tax assets to reserve for future tax benefits that may not be realized.

The Company recognizes the benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more likely than not threshold, the amount recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority. The Company assesses all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remain open. The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits as of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013. The Company files income tax

F-33


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

returns in the United States and Mexico as well as various state and local jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2011 in the United States and before 2007 in Mexico. The Company recognizes any penalties and interest when necessary as income tax expense. There were no penalties or interest recorded during 2014 or 2013.

Foreign Currency Adjustments  — The Company’s functional currency for all operations worldwide is the United States dollar. Nonmonetary assets and liabilities of foreign operations are translated at historical rates and monetary assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the end of the fiscal year. Income statement accounts are translated at average exchange rates for the year. Gains and losses from translation of foreign currency financial statements into United States dollars are classified in operating income in the consolidated statements of operations.

Concentration Risks  — The Company is exposed to various significant concentration risks as follows:

Customer and Credit  — During 2014 and 2013, the Company’s net sales were derived from customers principally engaged in the North American automotive industry. Company sales directly and indirectly through Tier 1 suppliers to General Motors Company (GM), Chrysler Group, LLC (Chrysler), and Ford Motor Company (Ford) were 18, 18, and 14 percent, respectively during the 2014 Successor Period, 25, 22, and 21 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Successor Period, and 24, 25, and 20 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Predecessor Period of the Company’s total sales. Company sales and trade receivables are primarily directly to Tier 1 suppliers, of which Johnson Controls accounted for, 14 percent of sales during the 2013 Successor Period, and 15 percent during the 2013 Predecessor Period of the Company’s total net sales. Johnson Controls accounted for 14 percent of trade receivables at year ended December 29, 2013. No customers accounted for as much as 10% of the Company’s total net sales during 2014 Successor Period or trade receivables at year ended January 4, 2015.

Labor Markets  — At January 4, 2015, of the Company’s hourly plant employees working in the United States manufacturing facilities, 38 percent are covered under a collective bargaining agreement which expires in August 2016 while another 6 percent are covered under a separate agreement that expires in January 2017.

Foreign Currency Exchange  — The expression of assets and liabilities in a currency other than the functional currency gives rise to exchange gains and losses when such obligations are paid in another currency. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments (i.e., differences between amounts recorded and actual amounts owed or paid) are reported in the statement of operations as the foreign currency fluctuations occur. Foreign currency exchange rate adjustments are reported in the statement of cash flows using the exchange rates in effect at the time of the cash flows. At January 4, 2015, the Company’s exposure to assets and liabilities denominated in another currency was not significant. To the extent there is a fluctuation in the exchange rates, the amount of local currency to be paid or received to satisfy foreign currency obligations in 2015 may increase or decrease.

International Operations  — The Company manufactures and sells products outside of the United States principally in Mexico. Foreign operations are subject to various political, economic and other risks and uncertainties inherent in foreign countries. Among other risks, the Company’s operations are subject to the risks of restrictions on: transfers of funds; export duties, quotas, and embargoes; domestic and international customs and tariffs; changing taxation policies; foreign exchange restrictions; political conditions; and governmental regulations. During the 2014 Successor Period, 2013 Successor Period and 2013 Predecessor Period, 11, 13, and 14 percent, respectively, of the Company’s production occurred in Mexico. Sales derived from customers located in Mexico, Canada, and other foreign countries were 13, 5, and 1 percent, respectively during the 2014 Successor period, 14, 6, and 2 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Successor period, and 14, 6, and 2 percent, respectively, during the 2013 Predecessor Period of the Company’s total net sales.

F-34


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Derivative financial instruments  — All derivative instruments are required to be reported on the balance sheet at fair value unless the transactions qualify and are designated as normal purchases or sales. Changes in fair value are reported currently through earnings unless they meet hedge accounting criteria.

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2 — Business Combinations

2013

On March 17, 2013, UFI acquired 100 percent of the outstanding preferred shares, common shares and warrants of Unique Fabricating for cash consideration of $30,057,551, after all adjustments described below. All shares and warrants purchased were then cancelled in return for a single common share. The cash consideration consisted of $41.5 million plus Unique Fabricating’s available cash less the assumed debt, incentive compensation, and selling expenses. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing as well as certain income tax benefits from the pre-acquisition period that would be received after closing. On July 12, 2013, the sellers paid UFI $515,239 for the working capital adjustment. UFI estimated that it owed the sellers $1,109,582 in income tax benefits, of which $168,633 was paid during 2014. The remainder is expected to be paid during 2015, and is included as accrued liabilities. UFI incurred costs of $519,079 related to the acquisition of Unique Fabricating which were expensed as incurred in selling, general and administrative expenses.

The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 
Cash   $ 249,583  
Accounts receivable     13,833,597  
Inventory     6,380,672  
Deferred tax assets     755,894  
Other current assets     1,519,197  
Property, plant, and equipment     7,615,112  
Other long-term assets     1,109,568  
Intangible assets     16,359,000  
Accounts payable     (7,416,740 )  
Accrued liabilities     (4,614,773 )  
Debt     (10,351,062 )  
Deferred tax liabilities     (7,750,148 )  
Total identifiable net assets     17,689,900  
Goodwill     12,367,651  
Total   $ 30,057,551  

On December 18, 2013, UFI, through a newly created subsidiary, Unique Prescotech, Inc. (Prescotech), acquired substantially all of the assets of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. (PTI) for total cash consideration of $16,363,154, after all adjustments described below. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. On February 4, 2014, PTI paid UFI $173,740 for the net working

F-35


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 — Business Combinations  – (continued)

capital adjustment which is included as another receivable by UFI at December 29, 2013. UFI incurred costs of approximately $375,726 related to the acquisition of PTI which were expensed as incurred in selling, general and administrative expenses. The consolidated statement of operations includes the operating results of PTI from the date of the acquisition. The acquisition allows UFI to further strengthen its automotive business while also diversifying into the appliance, water heater and HVAC markets, where PTI had a large presence.

The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed:

 
Cash   $ 126,773  
Accounts receivable     2,897,621  
Inventory     2,440,111  
Deferred tax assets     93,994  
Other current assets     162,179  
Property, plant, and equipment     6,855,050  
Identifiable intangible assets     3,336,515  
Accounts payable     (972,572 )  
Accrued liabilities     (593,000 )  
Total identifiable net assets     14,346,671  
Goodwill     2,016,483  
Total   $ 16,363,154  

The fair value of accounts receivable from the acquisitions includes gross amounts due of $17,130,478 of which as of January 4, 2015, $399,260 is expected to be uncollectible.

The goodwill of $14,384,134 arising from the acquisitions consists largely of the acquirees’ respective reputations, trained employees, management teams and other unique features that cannot be associated with a specific identifiable asset. Of the total amount of goodwill recognized, $6,237,096 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

The amounts of PrescoTech’s revenue and earnings included in the accompanying statements of operations for the period ended December 29, 2013, totaled $428,472 and $(139,316), respectively, from the date of acquisition. The following unaudited pro forma supplementary data for the 2013 Successor and Predecessor periods gives effect to the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI as if they had occurred on January 2, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2012 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the Unique Fabricating and PTI acquisitions been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

   
  Successor   Predecessor
     March 18,
2013 through
December 29,
2013
  December 31,
2012 through
March 17,
2013
Net sales   $ 85,007,561     $ 22,089,955  
Net income   $ 2,006,297     $ 290,115  
Net income per common share – basic (1)   $ 0.30     $ 4.04  
Net income per common share – diluted (1)   $ 0.30     $ 3.23  

(1) Calculation includes the impact of preferred dividends in the Predecessor period as further explained in the Earnings Per Share Table in Note 17.

F-36


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 — Business Combinations  – (continued)

On February 6, 2014, the Company, through a newly created subsidiary, Unique-Chardan, Inc., acquired substantially all of the assets of Chardan, Corp. (Chardan) for total consideration of $2,816,911, after all adjustments described below. The consideration was in the form of $2,316,911 of cash and a $500,000 note payable to the former owner. The note is due in a lump sum on February 6, 2019, with interest payable monthly at an annual rate of six percent and is subordinated to both the senior credit facility and the subordinated debt. The purchase agreement included a potential purchase price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital acquired on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. During June 2014, the Company paid Chardan $116,911 for the working capital adjustment. This acquisition was financed through existing debt facilities without the need for further revisions to any debt or equity agreements. The Company incurred costs of approximately $236,537 related to the acquisition of Chardan. The Company represented a significant majority of Chardan Corporation’s revenue prior to the acquisition so the acquisition allows the Company to reduce its costs through supply chain integration as well as strengthen its thermo forming capabilities.

In connection with the business combination, Chardan terminated the lease it had with an affiliated entity for its operating facility and the Company entered into a new lease for the same facility. The terms of the Company’s lease provide for monthly rental payments of $11,000 for five years beginning on February 6, 2014.

The following table summarizes the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Chardan transaction.

 
Accounts receivable   $ 585,914  
Inventory     250,472  
Deferred tax assets     34,350  
Other current assets     1,597  
Property, plant, and equipment     417,305  
Identifiable intangible assets     965,478  
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     (146,676 )  
Deferred tax liabilities     (90,811 )  
Total identifiable net assets     2,017,629  
Goodwill     799,282  
Total   $ 2,816,911  

The fair value of accounts receivable from the acquisition includes $497,075 that was previously due from the Company and the remaining balance is expected to be collectible in full.

The goodwill arising from the acquisition consists largely of the Chardan’s reputation, trained employees, and other unique features that cannot be associated with a specific identifiable asset. Of the total amount of goodwill recognized, $866,647 is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

F-37


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 2 — Business Combinations  – (continued)

The amounts of Chardan’s revenue and earnings included in the accompanying statement of operations for the year ended January 4, 2015, totaled $4,175,300 and $439,931 respectively, from the date of acquisition, of which $2,767,173 in revenue was derived from intercompany sales to Unique Fabricating which were eliminated in consolidation.

The following pro forma supplementary data for the 2014 Successor period gives effect to the acquisition of Chardan as if it had occurred on December 31, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2013 fiscal year) and the effects of the Unique Fabricating and PTI acquisitions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2012 (the first day of the Company’s 2013 fiscal year). The pro forma supplementary data is provided for informational purposes only and should not be construed to be indicative of the Company’s results of operations had the acquisitions been consummated on the date assumed and does not project the Company’s results of operations for any future date.

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     Year ended
January 4,
2015
  March 18, 2013
through December 29,
2013
  December 31, 2012
through March 17,
2013
Net sales   $ 126,636,612     $ 86,171,922     $ 22,277,922  
Net income   $ 4,766,394     $ 2,027,352     $ 393,352  
Net income per common share – basic (1)   $ 0.71     $ 1.20     $ 6.69  
Net income per common share – diluted (1)   $ 0.69     $ 1.20     $ 6.69  

(1) Calculation includes the impact of preferred dividends in the Predecessor period as further explained in the Earnings Per Share Table in Note 17.

Note 3 — Inventory

Inventory consists of the following:

   
  Successor   Successor
     January 4,
2015
  December 29,
2013
Raw materials   $ 6,013,045     $ 4,950,217  
Work in progress     499,241       398,735  
Finished goods     3,975,765       3,090,577  
Total inventory   $ 10,488,051     $ 8,439,529  

Included in inventory are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $1,788,902 at January 4, 2015 and $1,242,398 at December 29, 2013.

The inventory acquired in the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI included adjustments of $1,076,902 in order to increase the historical FIFO basis to fair value while the 2014 acquisition of Chardan included a fair value adjustment of $54,975 for a total of $1,131,877 for all acquisitions. At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, $0 and $328,995, respectively, of this fair value adjustment remained in inventory while $383,970 and $747,907 was included in cost of goods sold during the 2014 and 2013 Successor periods, respectively.

F-38


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 4 — Property, Plant, and Equipment

Property, plant, and equipment consists of the following:

     
  Successor   Successor
     January 4,
2015
  December 29,
2013
  Depreciable
Life – Years
Land   $ 1,663,153     $ 1,663,153           
Buildings     5,435,026       5,407,937       23 – 40  
Shop equipment     8,467,946       6,867,117       7 – 10  
Leasehold improvements     642,762       624,880       3 – 10  
Office equipment     539,098       419,133       3 – 7  
Mobile equipment     105,550       174,130       3  
Construction in progress     2,754,411       193,464        
Total cost     19,607,946       15,349,814           
Accumulated depreciation     1,687,873       534,936        
Net property, plant, and equipment   $ 17,920,073     $ 14,814,878        

Depreciation expense was $1,154,275, $534,936, and $118,078 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and the 2013 Predecessor Period, respectively.

Included in Property, plant, and equipment are assets located in Mexico with a carrying amount of $628,570 and $576,934 at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively.

Note 5 — Intangible Assets

Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at January 4, 2015:

     
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Weighted
Average
Life – Years
Customer contracts   $ 15,614,881     $ 3,127,128       8.30  
Trade names     4,465,322       377,079       20.00  
Non-compete agreements     580,790       408,320       1.62  
Total   $ 20,660,993     $ 3,912,527        

Intangible assets of the Company consist of the following at December 29, 2013:

     
  Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
  Weighted
Average
Life – Years
Customer contracts   $ 14,649,403     $ 1,214,939       8.32  
Trade names     4,465,322       150,143       20.00  
Non-compete agreements     580,790       177,051       1.62  
Total   $ 19,695,515     $ 1,542,133        

The weighted average amortization period for all intangible assets is 10.64 years. Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $2,370,394 for the 2014 Successor period and $1,542,133 for the 2013 Successor period.

There were no intangible assets or intangible asset amortization expense during the 2013 Predecessor period.

F-39


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 5 — Intangible Assets  – (continued)

Estimated amortization expense for future fiscal years is as follows:

 
2015   $ 2,283,885  
2016     2,111,416  
2017     2,111,416  
2018     2,111,416  
2019     2,123,016  
Thereafter     6,007,317  
Total   $ 16,748,466  

Note 6 — Long-term Debt

The Successor has a senior credit facility with a bank initially entered into on March 18, 2013 and subsequently amended. The facility was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for a $12.5 million revolving line of credit (“Revolver”) and an $11.0 million term loan facility (Term Loan). On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Successor entered into an amendment with its bank under the senior credit facility. The amendment increased the Revolver to $15.0 million and the Term Loan to $20.0 million. In October, 2014 an additional amendment increased the Revolver to $19.5 million which we plan to use the additional increase to fund the construction and equipment of a new facility across the street from our existing facility in LaFayette, Georgia. Construction was substantially completed in April 2015. The total construction costs are expected to be $4.5 million of which $4.0 million has already been committed to by the Company as of January 4, 2015. The Company has incurred $2.6 million in costs related to the construction at January 4, 2015 which has been included in construction in progress and has been funded by the revolver.

As of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, $8,952,865 and $7,736,456, respectively was outstanding on the Revolver. Borrowings under the Revolver are subject to a borrowing base, bear interest at the 30 day LIBOR plus a margin that ranges from 2.75 percent to 3.25 percent (an effective rate of 3.1655 percent and 3.4168 percent at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively), and are secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. At January 4, 2015, maximum additional available borrowings under the Revolver were $10,447,135 due to the amount outstanding and a $100,000 letter of credit related to rental payments to the landlord of one of the Company’s facilities. The Revolver matures on December 18, 2017.

The Successor also has a subordinated note payable with a private lender initially issued on March 18, 2013, and amended. The holder of the subordinated note payable also holds equity interests of the Successor, and therefore, is a related party. The subordinated note payable was originally entered into in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating and provided for $11.5 million. On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company entered into an amendment with the private lender which increased the note payable to $13.1 million and provided for warrants to purchase common stock which is described further in Note 8.

F-40


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 — Long-term Debt  – (continued)

Long term debt consists of the following:

   
  Successor   Successor
     January 4,
2015
  December 29,
2013
Term Loan, payable to a bank in quarterly installments of $500,000 through December 31, 2015, $625,000 through December 31, 2016, $750,000 through September 30, 2017, with a lump sum due at maturity. Interest is paid on a quarterly basis at an annual rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 3.00 percent to 3.50 percent (an effective rate of 3.495 percent and 3.7032 percent at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, respectively). The Term Loan was originally due on March 15, 2018, but was subsequently amended to be due December 18, 2017, and is secured by substantially all of the Company’s assets. At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the balance of the Term Loan is presented net of a debt discount of $211,402 and $326,525, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender.   $ 17,788,598     $ 19,673,474  
Subordinated note payable to a private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 16 percent of which 12 percent must be paid quarterly in cash and 4 percent can be paid in kind at the Company’s discretion. The subordinated note payable is due in full on March 16, 2018, and is subordinated to the Revolver and Term Loan. At January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the balance of the note payable includes accumulated paid in kind interest of $132,887 and is presented net of a debt discount of $445,387 and $544,725, respectively, from costs paid to or on behalf of the lender.     12,687,500       12,588,162  
Note payable to the seller of Chardan which is unsecured and subordinated to the senior credit facility and the subordinated note to the private lender. Interest accrues monthly at an annual rate of 6 percent. The note payable is due in full on February 6, 2019.     500,000        
Other debt     42,647       65,247  
Total debt     31,018,745       32,326,883  
Less current maturities     2,018,133       2,022,600  
Long-term debt – Less current maturities   $ 29,000,612     $ 30,304,283  

The senior credit facility and the senior subordinated note contain customary negative covenants and require that the Company comply with various financial covenants including a senior leverage ratio, total leverage ratio, debt service coverage ratio, interest coverage ratio, and capital expenditure covenant, as defined. Also, the senior credit facility restricts dividends being paid to UFI from its subsidiaries and the senior subordinated note precludes dividends being paid by UFI to its shareholders. As of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the Company was in compliance with these covenants. Additionally, the Term Loan contains a clause, effective December 31, 2014, that requires an excess cash flow payment to be made if the Company’s cash flow exceeds certain thresholds as defined by the senior credit facility and certain performance thresholds are not met.

F-41


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 6 — Long-term Debt  – (continued)

Maturities on the Successor’s Revolver and other long term debt obligations are as follows at January 4, 2015:

 
2015   $ 2,018,133  
2016     2,518,989  
2017     22,458,392  
2018     13,132,885  
2019     500,000  
Total     40,628,399  
Discounts     (656,789 )  
Total debt – Net   $ 39,971,610  

Prior to its acquisition by UFI on March 18, 2013, Unique Fabricating, Inc. had $10,351,062 in outstanding debt, including various term and revolving loans. Contemporaneously with the acquisition, $10,269,315 of this outstanding debt was repaid.

Note 7 — Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company holds a derivative financial instrument, as required by its senior lending facility, for the purpose of hedging certain identifiable transactions in order to mitigate risks relating to the variability of future earnings and cash flows caused by interest rate fluctuations. The derivative financial instrument is in the form of an interest rate swap which the Company has elected not to apply hedge accounting for financial reporting purposes. The interest rate swap is recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at its fair value. Monthly settlement payments due on the interest rate swap and changes in its fair value are recognized currently in income as interest expense.

Effective April 26, 2013, the Company entered into an interest rate swap which required the Company to pay a fixed rate of 0.83 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning on March 3, 2014. The notional amount begins at $4,714,286 and decreases by $196,429 each quarter until it expires on March 1, 2016. At December 29, 2013, the fair value of this interest rate swap was ($30,726) and was recorded in other accrued liabilities with the change in fair value during the 2013 Successor period of $30,726 included in interest expense.

Effective January 17, 2014, in connection with the refinancing of the senior credit facility during December 2013, the Company terminated the swap described above and entered into a new interest rate swap which requires the Company to pay a fixed rate of 1.27 percent while receiving a variable rate based on the one month LIBOR for a net monthly settlement based on the notional amount beginning immediately. The notional amount begins at $10,000,000 and decreases by $250,000 each quarter until March 31, 2016, when it begins decreasing by $312,500 per quarter until it expires on January 31, 2017. At January 4, 2015 the fair value of this interest rate swap was ($86,511) which is included in other long-term liabilities and the Company paid $103,722 in net monthly settlements during the 2014 Successor period. Both the change in fair value and the monthly settlements are included in interest expense.

Note 8 — Equity

Common Stock

As of January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013, the Successor’s common stock consists of 15,000,000 authorized shares of $0.001 par value stock with 6,739,998 shares of common stock issued and outstanding with 495,000 unissued shares reserved for the Successor’s stock incentive plan.

F-42


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 8 — Equity  – (continued)

On January 14, 2013, (the date of formation of the Successor), the Company sold 999,999 shares of common stock for $0.167 per share to a group of founding stockholders. An agreement requires the Company to redeem these shares at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share.

On March 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of Unique Fabricating, the Company issued shares of common stock to its subordinated lender and a private placement group. Additionally, all of the stockholders entered into agreements which provide for certain restrictions on the transferability of the shares and provides certain stockholders further restrictions, requirements or benefits. The subordinated lender purchased 1,050,000 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. An agreement provides the subordinated lender the option to have its shares redeemed by the Company for their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. The private placement group purchased 2,949,999 shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $745,012 for net total proceeds of $12,588,318.

On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued 1,740,000 additional shares of common stock for $3.33 per share. 365,400 shares were purchased by the subordinated lender under the same provisions as described above while the remaining 1,374,600 were purchased by other investors in a private placement. The Company incurred expenses for the issuance of these common shares of $344,128 for net total proceeds of $5,455,872.

Warrants

On December 18, 2013, in conjunction with the acquisition of PTI, the Company issued warrants to purchase 139,200 common shares for $3.33 per share. The warrants were valued at $50,534 upon issuance. The warrants can be exercised at any time ten years from the issuance date. 29,232 warrants are held by the subordinated lender and the remainder are held by stockholders in the founders group. The common shares received when the warrants are exercised will not contain any of the redemption features described above for any stockholders.

The fair value of each warrant award was estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The final valuation after using the assumptions in the table below also calculated a further weighted average to value the warrants and was based on 80% weighting given to a public sale and 20% to a private sale of the Company. Finally, that value was further discounted by 15% to account for the fact that warrants are only transferrable to institutional and accredited investors. The expected volatility was based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for warrants adjusted for the Company’s size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the warrants was based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below for a public sale followed by a private sale of the Company).

 
Expected volatility     32.00%/50.00 %  
Dividend yield     0.00%/0.00 %  
Expected term (in years)     2/6  
Risk-free rate     0.31%/1.91 %  

F-43


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 9 — Redeemable Common Stock

As described in Note 8, the 1,415,400 shares issued to the subordinated lender include features for the shares to be redeemed at their fair value on the sixth or seventh anniversary of the purchase or when the founders group no longer owns 75 percent of the shares originally purchased. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Company’s control. These shares have been recorded initially using their net proceeds and will be adjusted to their redemption value each period using a ratable allocation based on the Company’s estimate of the redemption date and fair value of the shares. The Company will accrete the redemption value of these shares over the estimated redemption period to the earliest known redemption date with any changes in estimates being accounted for prospectively. However, reductions in the redemption value will only be recorded to the extent of previously recorded increases. As of January 4, 2015, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $11,195,814 which is more than the initial proceeds. As a result, $1,852,840 of accretion was recorded. As of December 29, 2013, the redemption value of the shares was estimated to be $4,048,044 which is less than the initial net proceeds so no accretion was recorded.

The redemption value for both periods was calculated by an outside party, using a discounted cash flow method. The discounted cash flow method used several assumptions, the most significant of which include: projections of net sales, operating expenses, profit margins, income taxes to capital expenditures, working capital requirements, interest rates, investment returns, and discount rate.

As described in Note 8, the Company’s 999,999 shares issued to the founder group are redeemable at $0.167 per share if the Company is sold, liquidated or completes an initial public offering for less than $4 per share. These shares are accounted for as redeemable common stock due to the redemption feature being outside of the Company’s control. These shares have been recorded initially using their proceeds of $0.167 per share and there will not be any accretion of these shares from this initial value because they are already recorded at their redemption value. The redemption value of the shares is $166,667.

Note 10 — Stock Incentive Plans

Predecessor Executive Incentive Compensation Plan

The Predecessor maintained an executive incentive compensation plan organized as a phantom stock plan covering only specific executives. The plan was able to issue 10 units with expired units being available to re grant and exercised units permanently retired. Participants became fully vested upon a change of control of the Predecessor, and participants forfeited their unvested portion upon termination or forfeited their units in full upon termination for cause. The Successor’s acquisition of the Predecessor during 2013 resulted in a change of control which caused all unvested units to vest in full. This resulted in a charge of $1,739,567 during the 2013 Predecessor period which was included in sales, general, and administrative expenses.

2013 Stock Incentive Plan

The Company’s board of directors approved a stock incentive plan (the “Plan”) in 2013. The Plan permits the Company to grant 495,000 non statutory or incentive stock options to the employees, directors and consultants of the Company. 495,000 shares of unissued common stock are required to be reserved for the Plan. The board of directors has the authority to determine the participants to whom stock options shall be awarded as well as any restrictions to be placed upon the awards. The exercise price cannot be less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the time the stock options are issued and the maximum length of an award is ten years.

On July 17, 2013 and January 1, 2014, the board of directors approved the issuance of 375,000 and 120,000 non statutory stock option awards, respectively to employees of the Company with an exercise price of $3.33 with a weighted average grant date fair value of $86,450 and $42,000 respectively. These awards vest 20 percent on the grant date and an additional 20 percent on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries thereafter. Vested awards can only be exercised while the participants are employed by the

F-44


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 10 — Stock Incentive Plans  – (continued)

Company. Upon termination, the Company may repurchase the vested awards at their fair value (or their exercise price if terminated for cause) prior to their exercise.

The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using a Black Scholes option valuation model that uses the weighted average assumptions noted in the following table. The expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of comparable companies. The Company estimated zero employee terminations based on the options granted being limited to a small pool of senior employees of which the Company has no historical turnover experience. The expected term of the awards was estimated based on findings from academic studies investigating the average holding period for options for adjusted for the Company’s size and risk factors. The risk free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the United States Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. (disclosed below as January 1, 2014 followed by July 17, 2013).

 
Expected volatility     34.00 %  
Dividend yield     0.00 %  
Expected term (in years)     4  
Risk-free rate     1.27%/0.96 %  

F-45


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 10 — Stock Incentive Plans  – (continued)

A summary of option activity under the Plan is presented below:

       
  Successor
     Number of
Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)
Outstanding at December 29, 2013     375,000     $ 3.33       9.55           
Granted     120,000     $ 3.33       10.00           
Exercised                           
Forfeited or expired                        
Outstanding at January 4, 2015     495,000     $ 3.33       8.65     $ 1,678,050  
Vested and exercisable at January 4, 2015     198,000     $ 3.33       8.65     $ 671,220  

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value above is obtained by subtracting the weighted average exercise price from the estimated fair value of the underlying shares as of January 4, 2015 and multiplying this result by the related number of options outstanding and exercisable at January 4, 2015. The value was calculated by an outside party, using a discounted cash flow method. The discounted cash flow method used several assumptions, the most significant of which include: projections of net sales, operating expenses, profit margins, income taxes, capital expenditures, working capital requirements, interest rates, investment returns, and discount rate.

The Company recorded expenses of $34,331 in its consolidated statement of operations during the 2014 Successor period, as a component of sales, general and administrative expenses.

As of January 4, 2015, there was $68,923 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock option awards under the Plan. That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.65 years.

2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan

In 2014 the Company has adopted the Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan, or the 2014 Plan. The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of cash awards, stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, shares of restricted stock and restricted stock units, or RSUs, performance shares and performance units. The 2014 Plan authorizes the grant of awards relating to 250,000 shares of our common stock. In the event of any transaction that causes a change in capitalization, the Compensation Committee or such other committee administering the 2014 Plan will make such adjustments to the number of shares of common stock delivered, and the number and/or price of shares of common stock subject to outstanding awards granted under the 2014 Plan, as it deems appropriate and equitable to prevent dilution or enlargement of participants’ rights.

F-46


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11 — Income Taxes

Income before income taxes for U.S. and Non-U.S. operations are as follows:

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     Year ended
January 4, 2015
  March 18, 2013 through
December 29, 2013
  December 31, 2012 through
March 17, 2013
U.S. income     5,624,830       276,549       (1,794,694 )  
Non-U.S. income     913,834       261,446       185,087  
Income before income taxes     6,538,664       537,995       (1,609,607 )  

The components of the income tax provision included in the statements of operations are all attributable to continuing operations and are detailed as follows:

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     Year Ended
January 4,
2015
  March 18,
2013 through
December 29,
2013
  December 31,
2012 through
March 17,
2013
Current federal income taxes   $ 2,778,151     $ 699,982     $ (511,309 )  
Current state income taxes     261,995       40,540       (25,005 )  
Current foreign income taxes     207,073       120,030       68,429  
Deferred income taxes     (1,173,395 )       (574,711 )       18,276  
Total income tax expense (benefit)   $ 2,073,824     $ 285,841     $ (449,609 )  

Significant components of current and noncurrent deferred taxes are as follows:

   
  Successor   Successor
     As of
January 4,
2015
  As of
December 29,
2013
Current deferred tax assets (liabilities):
                 
Allowance for doubtful accounts   $ 246,744     $ 187,560  
Inventories     121,575       11,399  
Accrued payroll and benefits     907,174       773,980  
Other     13,211       (60,663 )  
Net current deferred tax asset     1,288,704       912,276  
Noncurrent deferred tax assets (liabilities):
                 
Property, plant, and equipment     (3,329,790 )       (3,399,285 )  
Goodwill and intangible assets     (3,220,663 )       (3,859,231 )  
Other     53,123       20,691  
Net noncurrent deferred tax liability     (6,497,330 )       (7,237,825 )  
Net total deferred tax liability   $ (5,208,626 )     $ (6,325,549 )  

The Company believes that it is more likely than not that all deferred tax assets will be realized and thus, believes that a valuation allowance is not required as of January 4, 2015 or December 29, 2013.

F-47


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 11 — Income Taxes  – (continued)

A reconciliation of taxes on income from continuing operations based on the statutory federal income tax rate to the provision for income taxes is as follows:

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     Year Ended
January 4,
2015
  March 18,
2013 through
December 29,
2013
  December 31,
2012 through
March 17,
2013
Income tax expense, computed at 34% of pretax income   $ 2,223,146     $ 183,010     $ (547,266 )  
State income taxes, net of federal benefit     111,468       (18,977 )       (46,126 )  
Effect of foreign income taxes     (128,319 )       20,147       5,499  
Effect of permanent differences     (152,606 )       101,661       164,422  
Other     20,135             (26,138 )  
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes   $ 2,073,824     $ 285,841     $ (449,609 )  

Note 12 — Operating Leases

The Company leases office space, production facilities and equipment under operating leases with various expiration dates through the year 2020. The leases require the Company to pay taxes, insurance, utilities and maintenance costs. One of the leases provides for escalating rents over the life of the lease and rent expense is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight line basis, with the difference between lease payments and rent expense recorded as deferred rent in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet. Total rent expense charged to operations was approximately $1,342,470, $942,382 and $253,798 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods and 2013 Predecessor period, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year are as follows at January 4, 2015:

 
2015     1,280,887  
2016     1,122,887  
2017     1,069,901  
2018     1,014,514  
2019     879,682  
Thereafter     481,250  
Total   $ 5,849,121  

Note 13 — Retirement Plans

The Company maintains a defined contribution plan covering certain full time salaried employees. Employees can make elective contributions to the plan. The Company contributes 100 percent of an employee’s contribution up to the first 3 percent of each employee’s total compensation and 50 percent for the next 2 percent of each employee’s total compensation. In addition, the Company, at the discretion of the board of directors, may make additional contributions to the plan on behalf of the plan participants. The Company contributed $241,880, $131,815 and $49,572 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor periods and the 2013 Predecessor period, respectively.

F-48


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 14 — Related Party Transactions

Stockholders of both the Successor and Predecessor provided subordinated debt financing which is discussed further in Note 6. Interest charges were recognized in the amounts of $2,101,262, $1,479,033 and $90,288 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor periods and 2013 Predecessor period, respectively, related to the subordinated debt financing. Accrued interest of $0 and $167,285 was due to these subordinated lenders at January 4, 2015 and December 29, 2013.

Effective March 18, 2013, the Company is under a five year management agreement with a firm related to several stockholders. The agreement requires annual management fees of $300,000 and additional fees for assistance provided with acquisitions. The Successor incurred management fees of $300,000 and $225,000 for the 2014 and 2013 Successor Periods, respectively. During 2014 Successor Period, the Successor incurred additional fees under the agreement related to the acquisition of Chardan of $110,000. The Successor allocates these fees to the services provided based on their relative fair values. The fees paid during the 2014 Successor period were all allocated to an expensed as transaction costs. During the 2013 Successor Period, the Successor incurred fees related to the acquisitions of Unique Fabricating and PTI of $1,769,955 of which $39,955 represents the value of warrants provided in exchange for services. The Successor allocates these fees to the services provided based on their relative fair values. Therefore, $621,786 of the fees were included as debt issuance costs and $965,000 were considered expenses of issuing common stock while the remainder were expensed as transaction costs. This agreement and the related charges are subordinated to both the senior credit facility and the subordinated debt.

Note 15 — Fair Value Measurements

Financial instruments consist of cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and debt. The carrying amount of all significant financial instruments approximates fair value due to either the short maturity or the existence of variable interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

Accounting standards require certain other items be reported at fair value in the financial statements and provides a framework for establishing that fair value. The framework for determining fair value is based on a hierarchy that prioritizes the valuation techniques and inputs used to measure fair value.

Fair values determined by Level 1 inputs use quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.

Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs use other inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs may include quoted prices for similar items in active markets, and other inputs such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.

Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs, including inputs that are available in situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the related item. Level 3 fair value measurements are based primarily on management’s own estimates using inputs such as pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques taking into account the characteristics of the item.

In instances whereby inputs used to measure fair value fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy, fair value measurements in their entirety are categorized based on the lowest level input that is significant to the valuation. The Company’s assessment of the significance of particular inputs to these fair value measurements requires judgment and considers factors specific to each item.

The Successor measures its interest rate swap at fair value on a recurring basis based primarily on Level 2 inputs using an income model based on disparity between variance and fixed interest rates, the scheduled balance of principal outstanding, yield curves and other information readily available in the market.

F-49


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 16 — Contingencies

The Company is engaged from time to time in legal matters and proceedings arising out of its normal course of business. The Company establishes a liability related to its legal proceedings and claims when it has determined that it is probable that the Company has incurred a liability and the related amount can be reasonably estimated. If the Company determines that an obligation is reasonably possible, the Company will, if material, disclose the nature of the loss contingency and the estimated range of possible loss, or include a statement that no estimate of loss can be made. While uncertainties are inherent in the final outcome of such matters, the Company believes that there are no pending proceedings in which the Company is currently involved that will have a material effect on its financial position, results of operations or cash flow.

Note 17 — Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed giving effect to all potentially weighted average dilutive shares including options and warrants. The dilutive effect of outstanding awards, if any, is reflected in diluted earnings per share by application of the treasury stock method.

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share.

     
  Successor   Successor   Predecessor
     Year Ended
January 4,
2015
  March 18,
2013 through
December 29,
2013
  December 31,
2012 through
March 17,
2013
Basic earnings per share calculation:
                          
Net income (loss)   $ 4,464,840     $ 252,154     $ (1,159,998 )  
Preferred stock dividends                 (132,574 )  
Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders   $ 4,464,840     $ 252,154     $ (1,292,572 )  
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,739,998       5,066,922       39,000  
Net income (loss) per share-basic   $ 0.66     $ 0.05     $ (33.14 )  
Diluted earnings per share calculation:
                          
Net income (loss)   $ 4,464,840     $ 252,154     $ (1,292,572 )  
Weighted average shares outstanding     6,739,998       5,066,922       39,000  
Effect of dilutive securities:
                          
Stock options (1) (2)     86,250              
Warrants (1) (3)     37,371              
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding     6,863,619       5,066,922       39,000  
Net income (loss) per share-diluted   $ 0.65     $ 0.05     $ (33.14 )  

(1) Options to purchase 495,000 shares of common stock and warrants to purchase 139,200 shares of common stock during the 2014 Successor period were considered in the computation of diluted earnings per share using the treasury stock method.
(2) Options to purchase 375,000 shares of common stock during the 2013 Successor period were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been anti-dilutive as a result of the securities being “out of the money” with a strike price greater than the average fair market value during the period presented.
(3) Warrants to purchase 9,751 shares of common stock during the 2013 Predecessor period were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share given the net loss for the 2013 Predecessor period.

F-50


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 18 — Subsequent Event

Potential Acquisition

The Company has entered into a non-binding letter of intent and is engaged in discussions with respect to a proposed acquisition of the business and assets of a corporation engaged in the manufacture of components from molded polyurethane, including components for automotive applications, industrial equipment, off-road vehicles, office furniture, medical applications and packaging. The Company believes that the acquisition would augment its existing product offerings and potentially enable it to access new customers and increase sales to certain of its existing customers.

The proposed purchase price is $12 million, subject to certain adjustments, which would be payable in cash at closing, except for a portion which would be held in escrow and available to fund indemnification claims by the Company, if any. The Company currently intends to finance the acquisition with additional borrowings from its senior bank lender. Based solely upon preliminary unaudited information provided to the Company by the prospective seller, which it has not independently verified, the business the Company is considering acquiring had revenues of approximately $9.9 million, net income of approximately $1.3 million and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) of approximately $2.2 million (adjusted to add back approximately $260,000 for shareholder-related payroll costs and expenses) in 2014.

The completion of the proposed acquisition is subject to numerous conditions and contingencies, including the completion to the Company’s satisfaction of due diligence, the negotiation and execution of definitive agreements, the satisfaction of closing conditions and the Company obtaining the commitment of its senior lender to provide financing necessary to fund the purchase price. There cannot be any assurance that: (1) the Company will complete the proposed acquisition or as to the date by which the transaction will close; (2) the terms of the transaction will not differ, and perhaps materially, from those described here; (3) the Company will be able to obtain financing to fund the acquisition; or (4) if the Company completes the acquisition, it will be able to successfully integrate the acquired operations into its business or the acquired operations will result in increased revenue, profitability or cash flow.

F-51


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Independent Auditor’s Report

To the Board of Directors
Chardan Corp.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Chardan Corp. and its affiliate, which comprise the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statement of operations, statement of equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditor’s Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chardan, Corp. and its affiliate as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Emphasis of Matter

On February 6, 2014, Chardan, Corp. sold substantially all of its assets for a combination of cash and a note receivable. Due to the sale, Chardan, Corp. repaid its line of credit and long term debt in full and Chardan Properties, LLC terminated its lease with Chardan, Corp. and entered into a new lease with the acquirer. See Note 8 for additional information.

/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC
 
Auburn Hills, MI
August 13, 2014

F-52


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Consolidated Balance Sheet

   
  December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
Assets
                 
Current Assets
                 
Cash   $ 209,940     $ 88,083  
Accounts receivable     597,513       424,791  
Inventory (Note 2)     258,296       141,677  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     1,297        
Total current assets     1,067,046       654,551  
Property and Equipment (Note 3)     535,079       601,222  
Other Assets:
                 
Loans and advances to stockholder     10,000       10,000  
Deposits     897       897  
Debt issuance costs     2,362       3,029  
Total assets   $ 1,615,384     $ 1,269,699  
Liabilities and Equity
                 
Current Liabilities
                 
Trade accounts payable   $ 78,188     $ 93,850  
Bank line of credit (Note 4)           73,420  
Current portion of long-term debt (Note 4)     78,510       89,638  
Billings in excess of pre-production costs           44,877  
Accrued and other current liabilities:
                 
Taxes payable           823  
Accrued compensation     85,525       64,439  
Other accrued liabilities     11,395       5,279  
Total current liabilities     253,618       372,326  
Long-term Debt (Note 4)     375,082       448,423  
Equity     986,684       448,950  
Total liabilities and equity   $ 1,615,384     $ 1,269,699  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-53


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Consolidated Statement of Operations

   
  Year Ended
     December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
Net Sales   $ 3,943,508     $ 3,016,489  
Cost of Sales     2,669,322       2,239,824  
Gross Profit     1,274,186       776,665  
Operating Expenses     528,333       448,484  
Operating Income     745,853       328,181  
Non-operating Income (Expense)
                 
Interest income           596  
Interest expense     (22,524 )       (27,469 )  
Total non-operating expense     (22,524 )       (26,873 )  
Income – Before income taxes     732,329       301,308  
Income Tax Expense     13,723       5,655  
Net Income   $ 709,606     $ 295,653  
Amounts Attributable to Non-controlling Interest and Chardan, Corp. Stockholder
                 
Net Income   $ 709,606     $ 295,653  
Less Net Income Attributable to the Non-controlling Interest     83,124       67,515  
Net Income Attributable to Chardan, Corp.   $ 626,482     $ 228,138  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-54


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Equity

         
  Chardan, Corp. Stockholder   Noncontrolling
Interest
  Total
Equity
  Common
Stock
  Retained
Earnings
  Total
Balance – January 1, 2012   $ 100     $ 82,974     $ 83,074     $ 154,892     $ 237,966  
Net income           228,138       228,138       67,515       295,653  
Dividends declared           (26,385 )       (26,385 )       (58,284 )       (84,669 )  
Balance – December 31, 2012     100       284,727       284,827       164,123       448,950  
Net income           626,482       626,482       83,124       709,606  
Dividends declared           (143,922 )       (143,922 )       (27,950 )       (171,872 )  
Balance – December 31, 2013   $ 100     $ 767,287     $ 767,387     $ 219,297     $ 986,684  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-55


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

   
  Year Ended
     December 31,
2013
  December 31,
2012
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
                 
Net income   $ 709,606     $ 295,653  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash from operating activities:
                 
Depreciation     66,143       66,208  
Amortization of debt issuance costs     667       531  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities which (used) provided cash:
                 
Accounts receivable     (172,722 )       (222,157 )  
Inventory     (116,619 )       100,657  
Pre-production costs     (44,877 )       (5,245 )  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (1,297 )        
Accounts payable     (15,662 )       35,220  
Accrued and other liabilities     26,379       831  
Net cash provided by operating activities     451,618       271,698  
Cash Flows from Investing Activities – Repayment of stockholder and affiliate advances           18,289  
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
                 
Proceeds from debt           150,000  
Payments on debt     (84,469 )       (103,069 )  
Payments on line of credit     (73,420 )       (111,400 )  
Payments on shareholder loan           (72,946 )  
Payments of deferred financing costs           (3,138 )  
Dividends paid     (171,872 )       (84,669 )  
Net cash used in financing activities     (329,761 )       (225,222 )  
Net Increase in Cash     121,857       64,765  
Cash – Beginning of year     88,083       23,318  
Cash – End of year   $ 209,940     $ 88,083  
Supplemental Cash Flow Information – Cash paid for
                 
Interest   $ 21,857     $ 26,938  
Income taxes   $ 15,843     $ 7,932  

 
 
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-56


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies

Chardan, Corp. (the “Company”) is engaged in the manufacturing of die cut and customer molded cellular products from its headquarters and manufacturing facility in Bryan, Ohio.

Principles of Consolidation  — The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its variable interest entities (VIE), Chardan Properties, LLC (“Chardan Properties”), for which the Company is the primary beneficiary (collectively, the “Companies”). The equity attributable to the VIE is reported as a noncontrolling interest in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. All material intercompany accounts and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. For purposes of consolidation, the effects of eliminations of revenue and expenses due to intercompany transactions between the Company and Chardan Properties are attributed to the Company. See Note 7 for additional information regarding the VIE.

Credit Risk and Major Customers  — Sales are predominately to companies in the automotive and medical supply industries located principally in the United States. The Company extends trade credit to its customers on terms that are generally practiced in the industry. One major customer, Unique Fabricating, Inc. and its subsidiaries (“Unique Fabricating”), is in the automotive industry and accounted for approximately 72 percent and 83 percent of accounts receivable; and, 68 percent and 65 percent of sales as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. A second major customer in the medical device industry accounted for approximately 22 percent and 9 percent of accounts receivable; and, 19 percent and 14 percent of sales as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. On February 6, 2014, the Company sold substantially all of its assets to Unique-Chardan, Inc. (Unique), a wholly owned subsidiary of Unique Fabricating, Inc. formed for the purposes of acquiring the assets of the Company.

Accounts Receivable  — Accounts receivable are stated at net invoice amounts. An allowance for doubtful accounts is established based on a specific assessment of all invoices that remain unpaid following normal customer payment periods. In addition, a general valuation allowance is established for other accounts receivable based on historical loss experience. All amounts deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts in the period that determination is made. Management considers all accounts receivable collectible and, therefore, an allowance for doubtful accounts has not been recorded at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

Inventory  — Inventory is stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined on the first in, first out (FIFO) method.

Pre-production Costs  — The Company incurs pre-production design, development, and tooling costs in connection with long term supply arrangements. All pre-production tooling costs are contractually reimbursable.

Property and Equipment  — Property and equipment are recorded at cost. The straight line method is used for computing depreciation. Assets are depreciated over their estimated useful lives, including leasehold improvements since the lease is with a related party. Costs of maintenance and repairs are charged to expense when incurred.

Debt Issuance Costs  — Debt issuance costs represent legal, consulting, and financial costs associated with debt financing and are reported net of accumulated amortization as other assets. Such charges are being amortized over the respective terms of the debt agreements. Amortization costs totaling $667 and $531 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, related to debt issuance costs are included in interest expense.

F-57


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 1 — Nature of Business and Significant Accounting Policies  – (continued)

Revenue Recognition  — Revenue is recognized by the Company upon shipment to customers when the customer takes ownership and assumes the risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, and the sale price is fixed and determinable. Provisions for discounts and rebates to customers, estimated returns and allowances, and other adjustments are provided for in the same period the related sales are recorded. In instances where products are configured to customer requirements, revenue is recorded upon the successful completion of the Company’s final test procedures and the customer’s acceptance.

Shipping and Handling Costs  — Shipping and handling costs are recorded as costs of sales as they are incurred.

Income Taxes  — The Company has elected to be taxed as an S Corporation, pursuant to provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, while Chardan Properties is treated as a partnership for income tax purposes. Generally, the income of an S Corporation or partnership is not subject to federal or state of Ohio income taxes at the entity level but rather the stockholders or members are required to include a pro rata share of the entity’s taxable income or loss in their personal income tax returns, irrespective of whether dividends have been paid. Accordingly, no provision for federal or state of Ohio income taxes has been made in the accompanying financial statements.

The Companies are subject to city of Bryan, Ohio income taxes. A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes payable or refundable on tax returns for the year.

The Company classifies interest and penalties associated with tax liabilities as income taxes in the accompanying financial statements.

Use of Estimates  — The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Subsequent Events  — The financial statements and related disclosures include evaluation of events up through and including August 13, 2014, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Note 2 — Inventory

Inventory consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

   
  2013   2012
Raw materials   $ 85,882     $ 49,952  
Work in progress     58,450       50,433  
Finished goods     113,964       41,292  
Total inventory   $ 258,296     $ 141,677  

F-58


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 3 — Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

     
  2013   2012   Depreciable
Life – Years
Land   $ 54,500     $ 54,500           
Buildings     555,500       555,500       39  
Building improvements     18,307       18,307       39  
Machinery and equipment     585,543       585,543       5 – 10  
Furniture and fixtures     13,313       13,313       5 – 10  
Computer equipment and software     23,803       23,803       5  
Total cost     1,250,966       1,250,966           
Accumulated depreciation     715,887       649,744        
Net property and equipment   $ 535,079     $ 601,222        

Depreciation expense was $66,143 in 2013 and $66,208 in 2012.

Note 4 — Line of Credit and Long-Term Debt

Under a line of credit agreement with a bank, the Company had available borrowings of $275,000 which is due on demand. Interest was payable monthly at a rate of 0.50 percent above the prime rate with a floor of 4.00 percent beginning in August 2012 (an effective rate of 4.00 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012). The line of credit was still available at December 31, 2013, even though no balance was outstanding.

Long-term debt consists of the following at December 31, 2013 and 2012:

   
  2013   2012
Note payable to a bank by the Company in monthly installments of $3,827 including interest at 0.50 percent above the prime rate (an effective rate of 3.75 percent at December 31, 2012) with a final payment due on January 12, 2013.   $     $ 4,405  
Note payable to the city of Bryan, Ohio by the Company in monthly installments of $1,069 including interest at a fixed rate of 5.25 percent through September 1, 2014. This note was provided in order to acquire equipment. This note was collateralized by the equipment and required the equipment and the related business operations to be maintained within the city of Bryan.     9,427       21,415  
Note payable to a bank by the Company in monthly installments of $460 including interest at 0.50 percent above the prime rate (an effective rate of 3.75 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012) through November 10, 2016.     15,254       20,098  
Note payable to a bank by the Company in monthly installments of $2,871 including interest at a fixed rate of 5.50 percent through August 8, 2017. The note included a prepayment penalty if more than 10 percent of the principal was paid in advance prior to the fifth anniversary of the loan. The penalty was five percent prior to the first anniversary of the loan and was reduced one percent per year until the fifth anniversary.     113,941       141,208  

F-59


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 4 — Line of Credit and Long-Term Debt  – (continued)

   
  2013   2012
Note payable to the bank by Chardan Properties in monthly installments of $2,267 including interest at 0.75 percent above the prime rate (an effective rate of 4.00 percent at December 31, 2013 and 2012) through January 27, 2019 at which point the remaining balance will be due.     225,212       245,072  
Note payable to the city of Bryan, Ohio by Chardan Properties in monthly installments of $1,588 including interest at a fixed rate of 3.00 percent through February 1, 2019. This note was provided in order to building. This note was collateralized by the building and requires the business operations to be maintained within the city of Bryan.     89,758       105,863  
Total     453,592       538,061  
Less current portion     78,510       89,638  
Long-term portion   $ 375,082     $ 448,423  

The balance of the above debt matures as follows:

 
2014   $ 78,510  
2015     72,117  
2016     74,880  
2017     61,250  
2018     40,419  
Thereafter     126,416  
Total   $ 453,592  

The Companies’ debt obligations with the bank were cross-collateralized by essentially all assets of the Companies and a personal guarantee from the sole shareholder.

Note 5 — Capital Stock

Common stock consists of 100 authorized shares of no par value stock. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were 100 shares issued and outstanding which were initially issued for $1 per share.

Note 6 — Related Party Transaction

The Company had an unsecured borrowing from its sole shareholder without a stated interest rate or due date. Outstanding borrowings of $72,946 were paid in full during 2012 and no new borrowings have been made. No interest expense was recognized on this balance during 2012.

Chardan Properties made a $10,000 unsecured loan to its owner without a stated interest rate or due date. No interest income was recognized on this balance during 2013 or 2012.

Note 7 — Information About Variable Interest Entities

The Company leases its operating facility from Chardan Properties, an entity whose members are the sole shareholder of the Company and his spouse. The entity was formed for the purpose of holding the building leased to the Company. The lease requires the Company to make monthly rent payments as well as pay any taxes, insurance, utilities, and maintenance costs. Chardan Properties generated $112,500 and $96,000 of rental revenue in 2013 and 2012, respectively, all of which was from the Company and was eliminated in consolidation.

F-60


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chardan Corp.
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Note 7 — Information About Variable Interest Entities  – (continued)

Chardan Properties is considered to be a variable interest entity because its sole property is leased to an entity under common control and the lease with the Company is the primary source of resources to service Chardan Properties’ obligations.

The Company determined that it is the primary beneficiary of Chardan Properties because the lease agreement and debt guarantee provide it with (1) the power to direct the activities of Chardan Properties that most significantly impact its economic performance and (2) the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant Chardan Properties. As a result, Chardan Properties has been included in the financial statements as a consolidated variable interest entity.

Included in the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 are the following amounts related to Chardan Properties:

   
  2013   2012
Current assets   $ 57,864     $ 23,197  
Property and equipment     468,158       482,401  
Other assets     10,000       10,000  
Total assets   $ 536,022     $ 515,598  
Current liabilities   $ 1,755     $ 540  
Current portion of long-term debt     35,100       33,561  
Long-term debt – net of current portion     279,870       317,374  
Total liabilities   $ 316,725     $ 351,475  
Equity – Noncontrolling interest   $ 219,297     $ 164,123  

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, Chardan Properties had bank debt obligations totaling $314,970 and $350,935, respectively. Chardan Properties’ land and building serve as collateral for its debt obligations and the debt obligations are cross-collateralized with those of the Company. The cross-collateralization creates a risk of loss to the Company because it may be required to service the debt in the event Chardan Properties is unable to do so. Apart from the cross-collateralization, the creditors and beneficial interest holders of Chardan Properties have no recourse against the assets or general credit of the Company.

Note 8 — Subsequent Event

On February 6, 2014, the Company sold substantially all of its assets to Unique-Chardan, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Unique Fabricating formed for the purpose of acquiring the assets of the Company. The Company received cash of $2,200,000 and a $500,000 note receivable. The note is due in a lump sum on February 6, 2019, with interest payable monthly at an annual rate of 6.0 percent. The sale agreement includes a potential sale price adjustment provision based on the actual working capital sold on the day of closing as compared to what was originally estimated at closing. Any difference between these two amounts will become an adjustment to the cash consideration. Shortly after the acquisition, Unique Fabricating paid an additional $116,911 as a result the working capital adjustment.

All of the debt obligations of the Company were paid in full during 2014 as a part of the sale.

The assets of Chardan Properties were not included in the sale transaction. Therefore, Chardan Properties terminated its lease with the Company and entered into a new lease with Unique Fabricating. The new lease requires monthly rental payments of $11,000 for five years beginning on February 6, 2014.

F-61


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
 
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. All of the amounts are estimated except for the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory (“FINRA”) filing fee, the NYSE MKT listing fee, and Blue Sky fees.

 
SEC registration fee   $ 2,829  
FINRA filing fee   $ 3,411  
NYSE MKT listing fee   $ 50,000  
Accountants fees and expenses   $ 318,092
Legal fees and expenses   $ 580,620
Printing and engraving expenses   $ 73,500
Blue Sky fees and expenses   $ 5,000  
Transfer Agent fees and expenses   $ 162
Miscellaneous   $ 278,375
Total   $ 1,311,989  

* Amounts represent estimates.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Delaware General Corporation Law

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit, or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue, or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

II-1


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145 of the DGCL. Such expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that we will indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit, or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was one of our directors or officers or, while serving as one of our directors or officers, is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation or of another entity, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) reasonably incurred by such person, subject to limited exceptions relating to indemnity in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will further provide for the advancement of expenses to each of our officers and directors.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon completion of this offering will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may be amended from time to time, our directors shall not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Under Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty can be limited or eliminated except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (relating to unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption); or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance

We also currently have and intend to maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our Company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

II-2


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Indemnification Agreements

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into an indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements will require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements will also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding.

In the underwriting agreement that we will enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby to be filed as Exhibit 1.1, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us, within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Securities.

Since its inception in January 2013, the Company has issued the following shares for the following consideration.

 —  999,999 shares sold in January 2013 at a price of $0.167 per share
 —  3,999,999 shares sold through March 18, 2013 at a price of $3.33 per share
 —  1,740,000 shares sold in December 2013 at a price of $3.33 per share

The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. These transactions qualified for exemption from registration because among other things, the transactions did not involve a public offering, each investor was an accredited investor, each investor had access to information about our Company and their investment, each investor took the securities for investment and not resale, there was no general solicitation or advertising in connection with the placement and we took appropriate measures to restrict the transfer of the securities.

There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.

II-3


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

The following exhibits are filed as part of this registration statement. Exhibit numbers correspond to the exhibit requirements of Regulation S-K.

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
 1.1     Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**   Certificate of Incorporation
    3.1.1**   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed September 29, 2014
    3.1.2**   Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation, filed November 18, 2014
 3.2     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3.3**   Bylaws
 3.4     Amended and Restated Bylaws
 4.1     Stock Certificate
 5.1     Opinion of Sills Cummis & Gross P.C.
10.1**   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 19, 2013, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., UFI Merger Sub, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated and American Capital, Ltd., as Representative of the Holders
10.2**   Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of March 15, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and American Capital, Ltd., as Representative of the Holders
10.3**   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, by and among Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Unique-Prescotech, Inc., Prescotech Holdings, Inc., Prescotech Industries, Inc., Prescotech Real Estate Holdings, LLC and the Stockholders of Prescotech Holdings, Inc.
10.4**   Asset Purchase Agreement, dated February 6, 2014, by and among Unique-Chardan, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Chardan, Corp. and the Sole Stockholder of Chardan, Corp.
10.5**   First Amendment to Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, by and among Unique-Chardan, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Chardan, Corp. and the Sole Stockholder of Chardan, Corp.
10.6**   Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A.
10.7**   First Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A.
10.8**   Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A.
10.9**   Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A.
   10.9.1**   Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2014, between Unique Fabricating Inc. and Citizens Bank, National Association (formerly RBS Citizens, N.A.)
   10.9.2**   Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, between Unique Fabricating NA, Inc. (formerly known as Unique Fabricating Incorporated) and Citizens Bank, National Association (formerly known as RBS Citizens, N.A.)
   10.9.3     Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2015 between Unique Fabricating, Inc. and Citizens Bank, National Association.
 10.10**   Revolving Note, dated March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A.
 10.11**   Term Note, dated March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and RBS Citizens, N.A.

II-4


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Exhibit
No.
  Description
 10.12**   Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., UFI Merger Sub, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
 10.13**   First Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Unique Fabricating Realty, LLC, Unique Fabricating South, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
10.14**   Second Amendment to Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, by and among UFI Acquisition, Inc., Unique Fabricating Incorporated, Unique Fabricating Realty, LLC, Unique Fabricating South, Inc., Unique-Prescotech, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
10.15**   Pledge and Security Agreement and Irrevocable Proxy, dated as of March 18, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
10.16**   Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, among UFI Acquisition, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein
10.17**   Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
10.18**   First Amendment to Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2013, between UFI Acquisition, Inc. and The Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
10.19**   Lease Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2014, between Chardan Properties, LLC and Unique Fabricating Incorporated
10.20**   Real Estate Lease, dated as of February 16, 2011, between Joslyn-Collier I LLC and Unique Fabricating Inc.
10.21**   UFI Acquisition, Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan
10.22#      Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan
 10.23**#   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and Thomas Tekiele
 10.24**#   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, between Unique Fabricating Incorporated and John Weinhardt
10.25**   Management Services Agreement, dated March 18, 2013, between Taglich Private Equity, LLC and UFI Acquisition, Inc.
10.26      Amendment 1 to Management Services Agreement between Taglich Private Equity, LLC and UFI Acquisition, Inc.
10.27#    Form of Indemnification Agreement
10.28**   Termination and Registrations Rights Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, among Unique Fabricating, Inc. and Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
10.29**   Director Nomination Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2015, by and among Unique Fabricating, Inc. and Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
10.30      Amendment to Termination and Registration Rights Agreement, dated June 24, 2015
10.31      Amendment dated June 15, 2015 to Stockholders Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, among UFI Acquisition Inc. and the Stockholders named therein
21**     List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant
23.1      Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
23.2      Consent of Plante & Moran, PLLC
23.4      Consent of Sills Cummis & Gross P.C. (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24**     Power of Attorney (included on page II- 7 of the Registration Statement)

II-5


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

* To be filed by amendment.
** Previously filed.
# Indicates management contract or compensatory plan, contract or agreement.

Item 17. Undertakings.

(a) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(c) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6


 
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 4 to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Auburn Hills, State of Michigan, on June 29, 2015.

 
  UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
Dated: June 29, 2015  

By:

/s/ John Weinhardt

Name: John Weinhardt
Title:  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

By:

/s/ John Weinhardt

Name: John Weinhardt
Title:  Chief Executive Officer, President and       Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

By:

*

Name: Richard L Baum
Title:  Chairman of the Board

Dated:

June 29, 2015

 

Dated:

June 29, 2015

By:

/s/ Thomas Tekiele

Name: Thomas Tekiele
Title:  Chief Financial Officer
      (Principal Financial and Accounting       Officer)

 

By:

*

Name: Paul Frascoia
Title:  Director

Dated:

June 29, 2015

 

Dated:

June 29, 2015

By:

  

Name: Kimberly Korth
Title:  Director

 

By:

*

Name: William Cooke
Title:  Director

Dated:

June 29, 2015

 

Dated:

June 29, 2015

By:

*

Name: James Illikman
Title:  Director

 

By:

*

Name: Donn Viola
Title:  Director

Dated:

June 29, 2015

 

Dated:

June 29, 2015

*By:

/s/ John Weinhardt

Name: John Weinhardt
Title:  Attorney-In-Fact

Dated:

June 29, 2015

    

II-7


 

Exhibit 1.1

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[_______] Shares of Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

Dated: June , 2015

 

 
 

 

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

(a Delaware corporation)

 

[_______] Shares of Common Stock

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

June , 2015

Roth Capital Partners
888 San Clemente Drive

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

and

 

Taglich Brothers, Inc.

275 Madison Avenue, Suite 1618

New York, New York 10016

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), confirms its agreement with Roth Capital Partners (“Roth”) and Taglich Brothers, Inc. (“Taglich” and together with Roth, the “Underwriters”) as representatives of the underwriters named in Schedule A hereto, with respect to (i) the sale by the Company and the purchase by the Underwriters of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (“Common Stock”) set forth in Schedule A hereto and (B) the number of Underwriter Warrants, as defined below, set forth in Schedule A hereto, and (ii) the grant by the Company to the Underwriters of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [_______] additional shares of Common Stock. The aforesaid [_______] shares of Common Stock (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters, all or any part of the [_______] shares of Common Stock subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”; together with the Initial Securities, the “Underwritten Securities”), the Underwriter Warrants and the Warrant Shares, as defined below, are herein called, collectively, the “Securities.”

 

Roth hereby further confirms its agreement with the Company to serve as the “qualified independent underwriter” within the meaning of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”) with respect to the offering and sale of the Underwritten Securities. Roth will not receive any additional compensation for its services as the qualified independent underwriter.

 

The Company understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Underwritten Securities as soon as the Underwriters deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

 

The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (No. 333-200072 ), as amended, including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, covering the registration of the sale of the Underwritten Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company will prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the “1933 Act Regulations”) and Rule 424(b) (“Rule 424(b)”) of the 1933 Act Regulations. The information included in such prospectus that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective pursuant to Rule 430A(b) is herein called the “Rule 430A Information.” Such registration statement, including the pre-effective amendments thereto and all post-effective amendments filed before the execution of this Agreement, the exhibits thereto and any schedules thereto, at the time it became effective, and including the Rule 430A Information, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations is herein called the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement” and, after such filing, the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. Each prospectus included in the Registration Statement (and any amendment thereto) before it becomes effective, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the 1933 Act, each prospectus used prior to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and each prospectus that omitted the Rule 430A Information that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” The final prospectus, in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities, is herein called the “Prospectus.” For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system or any successor system (“EDGAR”).

 

 
 

 

As used in this Agreement:

 

“Applicable Time” means [P./A.M.], New York City time, on , 2015 or such other time as agreed by the Company and the Underwriters.

 

“General Disclosure Package” means any Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectuses issued at or prior to the Applicable Time, the most recent preliminary prospectus that is distributed to investors prior to the Applicable Time and the information included on Schedule B-1 hereto, all considered together.

 

“Issuer Free Writing Prospectus” means any “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 433”), including without limitation any “free writing prospectus” (as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 405”)) relating to the Underwritten Securities that is (i) required to be filed with the Commission by the Company, (ii) a “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i), whether or not required to be filed with the Commission, or (iii) exempt from filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 433(d)(5)(i) because it contains a description of the Underwritten Securities or of the offering that does not reflect the final terms, in each case in the form filed or required to be filed with the Commission or, if not required to be filed, in the form retained in the Company’s records pursuant to Rule 433(g).

 

“Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors (other than a “ bona fide electronic road show,” as defined in Rule 433(h)(5) (the “Bona Fide Electronic Road Show”)), as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule B-2 hereto.

 

“Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus” means any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer General Use Free Writing Prospectus.

 

“Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any oral or written communication with potential investors undertaken in reliance on Section 5(d) of the 1933 Act.

 

“Written Testing-the-Waters Communication” means any Testing-the-Waters Communication that is a written communication within the meaning of Rule 405 under the 1933 Act.

 

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties .

 

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Company . The Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the date hereof, the Applicable Time, the Closing Time (as defined below) and any Date of Delivery (as defined below), and agrees with the Underwriters, as follows:

 

(i) Registration Statement and Prospectuses . The Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act. No stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened by the Commission. The Company has complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. The Registration Statement, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, at the time each was filed with the Commission, complied in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations. Each preliminary prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering and the Prospectus was or will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

2
 

 

(ii) Accurate Disclosure . The Registration Statement at each effective time thereof, at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. As of the Applicable Time, none of (A) the General Disclosure Package, (B) any individual Issuer Limited Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, and (C) any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto (including any prospectus wrapper), as of its issue date, at the time of any filing with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b), at the Closing Time or at any Date of Delivery, included, includes or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted, omits or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of any Date of Delivery, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No statement of material fact included in the Prospectus has been omitted from the General Disclosure Package and no statement of material fact included in the General Disclosure Package that is required to be included in the Prospectus has been omitted therefrom. When taken together with the preliminary prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of any Date of Delivery, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. Any individual Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, when taken together with the General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of Date of Delivery, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The representations and warranties in this subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters expressly for use therein. For purposes of this Agreement, the only information so furnished shall be the information in the first paragraph under the heading “Underwriting–Commissions and Discounts,” the information in the first, second and third paragraphs under the heading “Underwriting–Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids”, the information under the heading “Underwriting–Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares”, the information set forth under the subheading “Conflicts of Interest” in the Prospectus Summary, and the information under the heading “Conflicts of Interest”, in each case contained in such Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package or Prospectus (collectively, the “Underwriter Information”).

 

(iii) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . No Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, as of its issue date and at all times through the completion of the public offer and sale of the Underwritten Securities, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package, and any preliminary or other prospectus deemed to be a part thereof that has not been superseded or modified, provided that the foregoing representations and warranties in this paragraph (iii) shall not apply to information contained in or omitted from each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with, written information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters expressly for use therein, which information the parties agree is limited to the Underwriter Information. Each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the 1933 Act and has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the 1933 Act (to the extent required thereby), and the Company has complied with any other applicable requirements of Rule 433 including legending and record keeping requirements. The Company has made available a Bona Fide Electronic Road Show in compliance with Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) such that no filing of any “road show” (as defined in Rule 433(h)) is required in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities.

 

3
 

 

(iv) Testing-the-Waters Materials . The Company (A) has not engaged in any Testing-the-Waters Communication other than Testing-the-Waters Communications with the consent of the Underwriters with entities that are qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the 1933 Act or institutions that are accredited investors within the meaning of Rule 501 under the 1933 Act and (B) has not authorized anyone other than the Underwriters to engage in Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company reconfirms that the Underwriters have been authorized to act on its behalf in undertaking Testing-the-Waters Communications. The Company has not distributed any Written Testing-the-Waters Communications other than those listed on Schedule B-3 hereto. No Written Testing-the-Waters Communication conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or the General Disclosure Package.

 

(v) Company Not Ineligible Issuer . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto and at the date hereof, the Company was not and currently is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405.

 

(vi) Emerging Growth Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission (or, if earlier, the first date on which the Company engaged directly or through any Person authorized to act on its behalf in any Testing-the-Waters Communication) through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the 1933 Act (an “Emerging Growth Company”).

 

(vii) Smaller Reporting Company Status. From the time of the initial confidential submission of the Registration Statement to the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is a “smaller reporting company,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the rules and regulations of the Commission (the “1934 Act Regulations”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”).

 

(viii) Independent Accountants . The accountants who certified the financial statements and supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the rules and regulations of the Public Accounting Oversight Board.

 

(ix) Financial Statements . The financial statements of the Company included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries at the dates indicated and the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except in the case of unaudited, interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the exclusion of certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission. The supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement, if any, present fairly, in all material respects, in accordance with GAAP the information required to be stated therein. The selected financial data and the summary financial information included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein as at the respective dates and for the respective periods specified and are derived from the Company’s consolidated financial statements set forth in the Registration Statement and other financial information. To the Company’s knowledge, the financial statements of Prescotech Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries (together, “PTI”) included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of PTI at the dates indicated and the statement of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of PTI for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except in the case of unaudited, interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the exclusion of certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission. To the Company’s knowledge, the financial statements of Chardan, Corp. (“Chardan”) included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, together with the related schedules and notes, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Chardan at the dates indicated and the consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Chardan for the periods specified; said financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except in the case of unaudited, interim financial statements, subject to normal year-end adjustments and the exclusion of certain footnotes as permitted by the applicable rules of the Commission. The pro forma financial statements and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly, in all material respects, the information shown therein, have been prepared in accordance with the Commission’s rules and guidelines with respect to pro forma financial statements and the assumptions used in the preparation thereof are reasonable and the adjustments used therein are appropriate to give effect to the transactions and circumstances referred to therein. Except as included therein, no historical or pro forma financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus under the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations. All disclosures contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus regarding “non-GAAP financial measures” (as such term is defined by the rules and regulations of the Commission) comply, in all material respects with Regulation G of the Exchange Act, and Item 10 of Regulation S-K of the 1933 Act, to the extent applicable.

 

4
 

 

(x) No Material Adverse Change in Business . Except as otherwise stated therein, since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Company or its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

 

(xi) Good Standing of the Company . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has been duly organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and each of the Company and its subsidiaries is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xii) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus in the column entitled “Actual” under the caption “Capitalization” (except for subsequent issuances, if any, pursuant to this Agreement, pursuant to reservations, agreements or employee benefit plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or pursuant to the exercise of convertible securities or options referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), and all of the authorized equity capital of each of the Company’s subsidiaries is owned by the Company, directly or indirectly. The outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable. None of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company were issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company. Except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, preemptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in the Company, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of the Company, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options, and no Company subsidiary has issued any outstanding securities convertible into or exchangeable for, or outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase or subscribe for, any equity capital or other securities of such Company subsidiary. With respect to the stock options (the “Stock Options”) granted pursuant to the stock-based compensation plans of the Company (the “Company Stock Plans”), (i) to the Company’s knowledge, each Stock Option intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) so qualifies, (ii) each grant of a Stock Option was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Stock Option was by its terms to be effective (the “Grant Date”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors of the Company (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents, and the award agreement governing such grant (if any), to the Company’s knowledge, was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (iii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Company Stock Plans, the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and all other applicable laws and regulatory rules or requirements, and (iv) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the Company. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no policy or practice of the Company of granting, Stock Options prior to, or otherwise coordinating the grant of Stock Options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its results of operations or prospects.

 

5
 

 

(xiii) Authorization of Agreement . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company.

 

(xiv) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Underwritten Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Company have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable; and the issuance of the Underwritten Securities is not subject to the statutory or contractual preemptive rights, resale rights, rights of first refusal or restrictions upon voting and transfer (except for applicable transfer restrictions under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities laws) of any securityholder of the Company, except for such rights that have been waived in accordance with their terms and all applicable laws. The Company’s capital stock conforms, in all material respects, to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and such description conforms, in all material respects, to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same. No holder of Securities will be subject to personal liability pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law by reason of being such a holder. The Company has the corporate power and authority to issue the Underwriter Warrants and to perform its obligations thereunder. The Underwriter Warrants have been duly authorized and constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms except (A) as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance or transfer, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws of general applicability affecting the rights of creditors generally, and (B) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws or regulations promulgated thereunder in the United States or the policies underlying such laws or regulations. The shares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of the Underwriter Warrants (the “Warrant Shares”) have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance, and when issued to the holder(s) of the Underwriter Warrants in accordance with the terms of the Underwriter Warrants against payment therefor, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and the issuance of such Common Stock is free of statutory and contractual preemptive rights, resale rights, rights of first refusal and restrictions upon voting and transfer (except for applicable transfer restrictions under the 1933 Act and any applicable state securities laws). Based upon representations of the Underwriters, the offering and issuance of the Underwriter Warrants are pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act.

 

(xv) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered for sale pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered for sale or sold by the Company under the 1933 Act pursuant to this Agreement, other than those rights that have been disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

(xvi) Absence of Violations, Defaults and Conflicts . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries is not (A) in violation of its charter, by-laws or similar organizational document, (B) in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which such entity is a party or by which it or any of them may be bound or to which any of the properties or assets of such entity is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”), except for such defaults that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or (C) in violation of any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any arbitrator, court, governmental body, regulatory body, administrative agency or other authority, body or agency having jurisdiction over such entity or any of its properties, assets or operations (each, a “Governmental Entity”), except for such violations that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and compliance by the Company with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on behalf of the Company and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any properties or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches, defaults or Repayment Events or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of (i) the provisions of the charter, by-laws or similar organizational document of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (ii) any law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any Governmental Entity, except with respect to clause (ii) such violations as would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

6
 

 

(xvii) Absence of Labor Dispute . No labor dispute with the employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent, and, to the Company’s knowledge, there are no existing or imminent labor disturbance by the employees of any of the principal suppliers, manufacturers, customers or contractors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which, in either case, would not reasonably be expected to, singly or in aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii) Absence of Proceedings . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any Governmental Entity now pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which would reasonably be expected to, singly or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect its properties or assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder; and the aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or of which any of its properties or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xix) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no contracts or documents to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party which are required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(xx) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any Governmental Entity or any stockholder of the Company or any other party to any Agreements or Instruments is necessary or required for the performance by the Company of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act, the 1934 Act Regulations, the rules of the NYSE MKT LLC, state securities or blue sky laws or regulations or the rules of FINRA.

 

(xxi) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Company and each of its subsidiaries holds, and is in compliance with, all franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents, certificates and orders (“Permits”) of any governmental or self-regulatory agency, authority or body required for the conduct of its business, and all such Permits are in full force and effect, in each case except where the failure to hold, or comply with, any of them or where such Permit not being in full force and effect is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxii) Title to Property . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has title to all property (whether real or personal) owned by it (excluding for the purpose of this Section 1(a)(xxii), Intellectual Property (as defined below), in each case, free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, liens, security interests, claims, restrictions or encumbrances of any kind, except such as (A) are described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or (B) do not, singly or in the aggregate, materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and all of the leases and subleases under which each of the Company and its subsidiaries holds properties (whether real or personal) described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, are in full force and effect, and the Company has no notice of any material claim of any sort that has been asserted by anyone adverse to the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries under any of the leases or subleases mentioned above, or affecting or questioning the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries to the continued possession of the leased or subleased premises under any such lease or sublease, except to the extent that any claim or adverse effect on the rights thereto of the Company or any of its subsidiaries would not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7
 

 

(xxiii) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Company and each of its subsidiaries owns or possesses or has valid right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses, inventions, trade secrets and similar rights (“Intellectual Property”) necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as currently carried on and as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. To the knowledge of the Company, no action or use by the Company or any of its subsidiaries will involve or give rise to any infringement of, or license or similar fees for, any Intellectual Property of others, except where such action, use, license or fee is not reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any written notice alleging any such infringement or fee.

 

(xxiv) Environmental Laws . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or would not, singly or in the aggregate, result in a Material Adverse Effect, (A) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of any applicable federal, state, local or foreign statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, policy or rule of common law or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent, decree or judgment, relating to pollution or protection of human health, the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata) or wildlife, including, without limitation, laws and regulations relating to the release or threatened release of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, hazardous substances, petroleum or petroleum products, asbestos-containing materials or mold (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) or to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials (collectively, “Environmental Laws”), (B) each of the Company and its subsidiaries has all permits, authorizations and approvals required for its operations under any applicable Environmental Laws and are each in compliance with their requirements, (C) there are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened administrative, regulatory or judicial actions, suits, demands, demand letters, claims, liens, notices of noncompliance or violation, investigation or proceedings relating to any Environmental Law against the Company or any of its subsidiaries and (D) to the knowledge of the Company, there are no events or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to form the basis of an order for clean-up or remediation, or an action, suit or proceeding by any private party or Governmental Entity, against or affecting the Company or any of its subsidiaries relating to Hazardous Materials or any Environmental Laws.

 

(xxv) Accounting Controls . The Company has taken all necessary actions to ensure that, in the time period required, the Company will comply, to the extent applicable to the Company, with Rule 13-a15 and 15d-15 under the 1934 Act Regulations. The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated) and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, it being understood and that this subsection shall not require the Company to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as of an earlier date than it would otherwise be required to so comply under applicable law.

 

8
 

 

(xxvi) Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act . The Company has taken all reasonable necessary actions to ensure that, upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, it will be in compliance in all material respects with all provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder or implementing the provisions thereof (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) that are then in effect and with which the Company is required to comply as of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, and is actively taking all reasonable steps to ensure that it will be in compliance with other provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act not currently in effect upon the Company, which will become applicable to the Company at all times after the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

(xxvii) Payment of Taxes . All United States federal income tax returns of the Company and each of its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been filed and all taxes shown by such returns or otherwise assessed, which are due and payable, have been paid, except assessments, if any, that are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been provided. The United States federal income tax returns of the Company and each of its subsidiaries through the most recent completed fiscal year have been filed and no assessment in connection therewith has been made against the Company or any of its subsidiaries. Each of the Company and its subsidiaries has filed all other tax returns that are required to have been filed by them through the date hereof or have timely requested extensions thereof pursuant to applicable foreign, state, local or other law except insofar as the failure to file such returns would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and has paid all taxes due pursuant to such returns or all taxes due and payable pursuant to any assessment received by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, except for such taxes, if any, as are being contested in good faith and as to which adequate reserves have been established by the Company. The charges, accruals and reserves on the books of the Company in respect of any income and corporation tax liability for any years not finally determined are adequate to meet any assessments or reassessments for additional income tax for any years not finally determined, except to the extent of any inadequacy that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xxviii) Insurance . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries carries or is entitled to the benefits of insurance, with reputable insurers, in such amounts and covering such risks as is adequate for the conduct of its business and the value of its properties and assets, and all such insurance is in full force and effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has reason to believe that it will not be able (A) to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such policies expire or (B) to obtain comparable coverage from similar institutions as may be necessary or appropriate to conduct its business as now conducted and at a cost that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has been denied any insurance coverage which it has sought or for which it has applied.

 

(xxix) Investment Company Act . The Company is not required, and upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not be required, to register as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”).

 

(xxx) Absence of Manipulation . Neither the Company nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any affiliate of the Company has taken, nor will the Company take, directly or indirectly, any action which is designed, or would reasonably be expected, to cause or result in, or which constitutes, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Underwritten Securities or to result in a violation of Regulation M under the 1934 Act; provided, however, the Company makes no such representation or warranty with respect to the actions of any Underwriter or any affiliates or agent of any Underwriter acting on such Underwriter’s behalf.

 

(xxxi) Foreign Corrupt Practices Act . None of the Company, its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any of its subsidiaries has taken any action, directly or indirectly, that would result in a violation by such persons of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “FCPA”), including, without limitation, making use of the mails or any means or instrumentality of interstate commerce corruptly in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay or authorization of the payment of any money, or other property, gift, promise to give, or authorization of the giving of anything of value to any “foreign official” (as such term is defined in the FCPA) or any foreign political party or official thereof or any candidate for foreign political office, in violation of the FCPA and the Company, each of its subsidiaries and, to the knowledge of the Company, each of their affiliates have conducted their businesses in compliance with the FCPA and have instituted and maintain policies and procedures designed to ensure, and which are reasonably expected to continue to ensure, continued compliance therewith.

 

9
 

 

(xxxii) Money Laundering Laws . The operations of the Company and each of its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any Governmental Entity (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”); and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any Governmental Entity involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened.

 

(xxxiii) OFAC . None of the Company, its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, agent, employee, affiliate or representative of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is an individual or entity (“Person”) currently the subject or target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the United States Government, including, without limitation, the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), the United Nations Security Council (“UNSC”), the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury (“HMT”), or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “Sanctions”), nor is the Company or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject of Sanctions; and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the sale of the Securities, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiaries, joint venture partners or other Person, to fund any activities of or business with any Person, or in any country or territory, that, at the time of such funding, is the subject of Sanctions or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any Person (including any Person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.

 

(xxxiv) Lending Relationship . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries (i) has any material lending or other relationship with any bank or lending affiliate of any Underwriter and (ii) intends to use any of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities to repay any outstanding debt owed to any affiliate of any Underwriter.

 

(xxxv) Statistical and Market-Related Data . Any statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company believes, after reasonable inquiry, to be reliable and accurate and, to the extent required, the Company has obtained the written consent to the use of such data from such sources.

 

(xxxvi) Maintenance of Rating . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has debt securities or preferred stock that is rated by any “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” (as that term is defined by the Commission for purposes of Rule 436(g)(2) under the 1933 Act).

 

(xxxvii) Integration . Except as described in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, the Company has not sold, issued or distributed any shares of Common Stock during the six-month period preceding the date hereof, including any sales pursuant to Rule 144A under, or Regulation D or S of, the 1933 Act, other than shares issued pursuant to employee benefit plans, qualified stock option plans or other employee compensation plans or pursuant to outstanding options, rights, warrants or other convertible securities.

 

(xxxviii) ERISA Compliance . Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has established, maintained, or contributed to any “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”)) that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 or 430 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) or Section 302 or 303 of ERISA. Each employee benefit plan of the Company and each of its subsidiaries that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS to the effect that the plan satisfied the requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code or is based on a current prototype plan or volume submitted specimen which has received a favorable opinion letter, and to the Company’s knowledge, nothing has occurred, whether by action or failure to act, which would cause the loss of such qualification, except in each case, as would not reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or any of its subsidiaries. There is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor or any other governmental agency or any foreign regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries that could reasonably be expected to result in material liability to the Company or any of its subsidiaries.

 

(xxxix) Related-Party Transactions . There are no business relationships or related-party transactions involving the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any other person required to be described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that have not been described as required.

 

10
 

 

(xl) Forward-Looking Statements . The Company had a reasonable basis for, and made in good faith, each “forward-looking statement” (within the meaning of Section 27A of the 1933 Act or Section 21E of the 1934 Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus.

 

(b) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company delivered to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to the Underwriters; Closing .

 

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company agrees to sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company, at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A.

 

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, in the event and to the extent that the Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Option Securities as provided below, the Company agrees to issue and sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company at the purchase price per share set forth in Schedule A, that portion of the number of Option Securities as to which such election shall have been exercised (to be adjusted by the Underwriters so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying such number of Option Securities by a fraction, the numerator of which is the maximum number of Option Securities which such Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule A and the denominator of which is the maximum number of Option Securities that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase hereunder.

 

The Company hereby grants to the Underwriters the right to purchase at their election up to an aggregate of [_______] Option Securities at the price per share set forth in Schedule A, less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted may be exercised for 30 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part at any time from time to time upon notice by the Underwriters to the Company setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Underwriters, but any Date of Delivery occurring after the Closing Time shall not be later than one full business day after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time.

 

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Polsinelli PC, 161 North Clark Street, Suite 4200, Chicago, IL 60601 or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company, at 9:00 A.M. (New York City time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (New York City time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof, or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”). Delivery of the Initial Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company unless the Underwriters shall otherwise instruct.

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Underwriters and the Company, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Underwriters to the Company. Delivery of the Option Securities at the Closing Time shall be made through the facilities of The Depositary Trust Company unless the Underwriters shall otherwise instruct.

 

Payment shall be made to the Company by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Company against delivery to each Underwriter of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter.

 

11
 

 

SECTION 3. Covenants of the Company . The Company covenants with the Underwriters as follows:

 

(a) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . The Company, subject to Section 3(b), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A, and will notify the Underwriters as soon as practicable, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Underwritten Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes or of any examination pursuant to Section 8(d) or 8(e) of the 1933 Act concerning the Registration Statement and (v) if the Company becomes the subject of a proceeding under Section 8A of the 1933 Act in connection with the offering of the Underwritten Securities. The Company will effect all filings required under Rule 424(b), in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 424(b) (without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8)), and will take such steps as it deems reasonably necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 424(b) was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Company will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, prevention or suspension and, if any such order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof as soon as practicable.

 

(b) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . The Company will comply with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations so as to permit the completion of the distribution of the Underwritten Securities as contemplated in this Agreement and in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. If at any time when a prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172 of the 1933 Act Regulations (“Rule 172”), would be) required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Underwritten Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Company, to (i) amend the Registration Statement in order that the Registration Statement will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, (ii) amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order that the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, will not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser or (iii) amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, as the case may be, in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company will promptly (A) give the Underwriters notice of such event, (B) prepare any amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus comply with such requirements and, a reasonable amount of time prior to any proposed filing or use, furnish the Underwriters with copies of any such amendment or supplement and (C) file with the Commission any such amendment or supplement; provided that the Company shall not file or use any such amendment or supplement to which the Underwriters or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object. The Company will furnish to each Underwriter such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as such Underwriter may reasonably request.

 

(c) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Company has furnished or will deliver to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith) and signed copies of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver to the Underwriters, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for the Underwriters. The copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

12
 

 

(d) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Company has delivered to the Underwriters, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as the Underwriters reasonably requested, and the Company hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Company will furnish to the Underwriters, without charge, during the period when a prospectus relating to the Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as the Underwriters may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(e) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions (domestic or foreign) as the Underwriters may reasonably designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect so long as required to complete the distribution of the Securities; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign corporation or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject.

 

(f) Rule 158 . The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the 1934 Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its securityholders as soon as practicable an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide to the Underwriters the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act and Rule 158 of the 1933 Regulations.

 

(g) Use of Proceeds . The Company will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Underwritten Securities in the manner specified in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds.”

 

(h) Listing . The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to effect and maintain the listing of the Common Stock (including the Underwritten Securities) on the NYSE MKT.

 

(i) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Company will not, without the prior written consent of the Underwriters, (i) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (ii) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Stock, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (A) the Securities to be sold hereunder, (B) any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon the exercise of an option or warrant, the vesting of a restricted stock unit or the conversion or exchange of a security outstanding on the date hereof and referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (C) any shares of Common Stock or restricted common stock issued or restricted stock units or options to purchase Common Stock granted pursuant to existing Company Stock Plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (D) any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to any non-employee director stock plan or dividend reinvestment plan referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (E) shares of Common Stock or other securities issued by the Company in connection with joint ventures, commercial relationships or other strategic transactions provided that (x) the aggregate number of shares issued pursuant to this clause (E) shall not exceed 5% of the total number of outstanding shares of Common Stock immediately following the issuance and sale of the Underwritten Securities at the Closing Time pursuant hereto and (y) any such shares of Common Stock and other securities issued pursuant to this clause (E) during the 180-day restricted period described above shall be subject to the restrictions described above for the remainder of such restricted period and the recipient of any such shares Common Stock or other securities shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto, or (F) the filing by the Company of a registration statement on Form S-8 covering the registration of securities issued under existing Company Stock Plans referred to in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

13
 

 

(j) Lock-Up Release Publicity . The Company shall not release or waive the restrictions set forth in the lock-up provisions of the Company’s Stockholders’ Agreement or any other lock-up agreement without the prior consent of Roth. If Roth, in its sole discretion, agrees to release or waive the restrictions set forth in the lock-up provisions of the Company’s Stockholders’ Agreement for an officer or director of the Company and provides the Company with notice of the impending release or waiver at least three business days before the effective date of the release or waiver, the Company agrees to announce the impending release or waiver by a press release substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto through a major news service at least two business days before the effective date of the release or waiver.

 

(k) Reporting Requirements . The Company, during the period when a Prospectus relating to the Underwritten Securities is (or, but for the exception afforded by Rule 172, would be) required to be delivered under the 1933 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1934 Act and 1934 Act Regulations. Additionally, the Company shall report the use of proceeds from the issuance of the Underwritten Securities as may be required under Rule 463 under the 1933 Act.

 

(l) Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses . The Company agrees that, unless it obtains the prior written consent of the Underwriters, it will not make any offer relating to the Underwritten Securities that would constitute an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or that would otherwise constitute a “free writing prospectus,” or a portion thereof, required to be filed by the Company with the Commission or retained by the Company under Rule 433; provided that the Underwriters will be deemed to have consented to the Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses listed on Schedule B-2 hereto and any “road show that is a written communication” within the meaning of Rule 433(d)(8)(i) that has been reviewed by the Underwriters. The Company represents that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each such free writing prospectus consented to, or deemed consented to, by the Underwriters as an “issuer free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 433, and that it has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 with respect thereto, including timely filing with the Commission where required, legending and record keeping. If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission.

 

(m) Testing-the-Waters Materials . If at any time following the distribution of any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will promptly amend or supplement, at its own expense, such Written Testing-the-Waters Communication to eliminate or correct such untrue statement or omission.

 

(n) Emerging Growth Company Status . The Company will promptly notify the Underwriters if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of the Underwritten Securities within the meaning of the 1933 Act and (ii) completion of the 180-day restricted period referred to in Section 3(i).

 

(o) Underwriter Warrants . At the Closing Time, the Company shall execute and deliver to each Underwriter a warrant in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Underwriter Warrants”), in the names and in the denominations set forth on Schedule A hereto, evidencing the right to purchase Common Stock in the aggregate equal to 112,500 shares or 6% of the Initial Securities issued in the offering of the Underwritten Securities. The Underwriter Warrants will have an exercise price equal to 125% of the offering price of the Underwritten Securities sold in the offering of the Underwritten Securities. The Underwriter Warrants will be exercisable commencing one year after the effective date of the Registration Statement, and will be exercisable for four years thereafter. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i), the Underwriter Warrant shall not be exercisable more than five years after the effective date of the Registration Statement.

 

14
 

 

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses .

 

(a) Expenses . The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, will pay or cause to be paid (A) all expenses (including transfer taxes allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the delivery to the Underwriters of the Underwritten Securities, (B) all expenses and fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company’s counsel) in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and exhibits thereto), the Underwritten Securities, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus and any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, (C) all reasonable filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of the Underwriters’ counsel incurred in connection with the qualification of the Underwritten Securities for offering and sale by the Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of the states and other jurisdictions that the Underwriters shall designate, (D) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar, (E) the reasonable filing fees and reasonable fees and disbursements of Underwriters’ counsel incident to any required review and approval by FINRA of the terms of the sale of the Underwritten Securities (the “F Review), (F) listing fees, if any, and (G) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder that are not otherwise specifically provided for herein. In addition to the foregoing, the Company will reimburse the Underwriters for their reasonable, documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Underwritten Securities contemplated hereby (the “Underwriter’s Expenses”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum amount payable by the Company for fees and disbursements of the Underwriters, the Underwriters’ counsel pursuant to this Section 4(a) shall be (i) $140,000 with respect to any fees, expenses or disbursements of the Underwriters’ counsel (excluding fees and expenses relating to the FINRA Review or “blue sky” filings), (ii) $5,000 for all actual fees and disbursements relating to “blue sky” filings, (iii) up to $15,000 of the Underwriters’ actual accountable road show expenses for the offering, and (iv) up to 0.5% of the gross proceeds from the offering for the Underwriters’ non-accountable expenses, which will include a payment of up to $75,000 to National Securities Corporation for consulting services rendered in connection with the offering.

 

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Underwriters in accordance with the provisions of Section 5, Section 9(a)(i) or (iii) hereof, the Company shall reimburse each of the Underwriters for all of its reasonably documented out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations . The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein or in certificates of any officer of the Company delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Company of its covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement; Rule 430A Information . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, shall have become effective and, at the Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto shall have been issued under the 1933 Act, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus shall have been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes shall have been instituted or are pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, contemplated; and the Company shall have complied with each request (if any) from the Commission for additional information. A prospectus containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in the manner and within the time frame required by Rule 424(b) without reliance on Rule 424(b)(8) or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed with, and declared effective by, the Commission in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A.

 

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Company . At the Closing Time, the Underwriters shall have received the opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Time, of Sills Cummis & Gross P.C., counsel for the Company, each in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for the Underwriters, substantially in the form heretofore agreed by the parties and attached hereto as Exhibit D. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.

 

15
 

 

(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At the Closing Time, the Underwriters shall have received the opinion and negative assurance letter, dated the Closing Time, of Polsinelli PC, counsel for the Underwriters, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as it may reasonably request to enable it to pass on such matters. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the federal securities laws of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Underwriters. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers and other representatives of the Company and certificates of public officials.

 

(d) Officers’ Certificate . At the Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Underwriters shall have received a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer or the President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company, dated the Closing Time, to the effect that to their knowledge after reasonable investigation, as of the Closing Date, (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties of the Company in this Agreement are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Time, (iii) the Company has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Time, and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement under the 1933 Act has been issued, no order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for any of those purposes have been instituted or are pending or, to their knowledge, contemplated.

 

(e) Accountants’ Comfort Letters . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Underwriters shall have received from Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP (“Baker Tilly”), a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, (i) confirming that it is an independent registered accounting firm with respect to the Company within the meaning of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and PCAOB and (ii) containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Underwriters shall have received from Plante & Moran, PLLC (“Plante & Moran”), a letter, dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters, (i) confirming that it is an independent registered accounting firm with respect to Chardan within the meaning of the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and PCAOB and (ii) confirming that the consolidated financial statements of Chardan audited by Plante & Moran and included in the Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the 1933 Act and the related rules and regulations adopted by the Commission.

 

(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At the Closing Time, the Underwriters shall have received from Baker Tilly, a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

At the Closing Time, the Underwriters shall have received from Plante & Moran, a letter, dated as of the Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to the Closing Time.

 

(g) Approval of Listing . At the Closing Time, the Underwritten Securities and the Warrant Shares shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE MKT, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

16
 

 

(h) No Objection . FINRA shall have confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements relating to the offering of the Underwritten Securities.

 

(i) Chief Financial Officer's Certificate. The Underwriters shall have received from the Company on and as of the date of this Agreement and on and as of the Closing Date and the Date of Delivery of Option Securities, as the case may be, a certificate from the chief financial officer of the Company substantially in the form set forth as Exhibit E.

 

(j) Underwriter Warrants . At the Closing Time, there shall have been issued to the Underwriters the Underwriter Warrants.

 

(k) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Company hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Underwriters shall have received:

 

(i) Officers’ Certificate . A certificate, dated such Date of Delivery, of the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Company and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Company confirming that the certificate delivered at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii) Opinion of Counsel for Company . If requested by the Underwriters, the opinion of Sills Cummis & Gross, P.C., counsel for the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . If requested by the Underwriters, the opinion of Polsinelli PC, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

(v) Bring-down Comfort Letter . If requested by the Underwriters, a letter from Baker Tilly, in form and substance satisfactory to the Underwriters and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Underwriters pursuant to Section 5(e) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than three business days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(l) Additional Documents . At the Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery (if any) counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such further documents and opinions as it may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling it to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company in connection with the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(m) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Underwriters by notice to the Company at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 13, 14 and 15 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. Indemnification .

 

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates (as such term is defined in Rule 501(b) under the 1933 Act (each, an “Affiliate”)), its selling agents and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act as follows:

 

17
 

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included (A) in any preliminary prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or (B) in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Underwritten Securities (“Marketing Materials”), including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically), or the omission or alleged omission in any preliminary prospectus, Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the 1933 Act, any Written Testing-the-Waters Communication, Prospectus or in any Marketing Materials of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(c) below) any such settlement is effected with the written consent of the Company; and

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by the Underwriter), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(b) Indemnification of Company, Directors and Officers . Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its directors, each of its officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in reliance upon and in conformity with the Underwriter Information.

 

(c) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Underwriters, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Company. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

18
 

 

(d) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

SECTION 7. Contribution . If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other hand, from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and of the Underwriters on the other hand, in connection with the statements or omissions, which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other hand, in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Company, on the one hand, and the total underwriting discounts received by the Underwriters plus the costs, fees and expenses incurred by the Underwriters and paid or reimbursed by Company, in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus.

 

The relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purposes) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting commissions plus the costs, fees and expenses incurred by such Underwriter and paid or reimbursed by the Company received by such Underwriter in connection with the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations in this Section 7 to contribute are several in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

 

19
 

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act and such Underwriter’s Affiliates and selling agents shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each director of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company.

 

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive . All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Company submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or its Affiliates or selling agents, any person controlling any Underwriter, its officers or directors or any person controlling the Company and (ii) delivery of and payment for the Securities.

 

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement .

 

(a) Termination . The Underwriters may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Company, at any time at or prior to the Closing Time (i) if there has been, in the reasonable judgment of the Underwriters, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus, (except as disclosed therein) any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or material escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Underwriters, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the offering or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Underwritten Securities, or (iii) if trading in any securities of the Company has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE MKT, or (iv) if trading generally on the NYSE MKT or the New York Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq Stock Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by order of the Commission, FINRA or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, or (v) a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (vi) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14 and 15 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to Roth Capital Partners at 888 San Clemente Drive, Newport Beach, CA 92660, attention of Paul Zaffaroni, and to Taglich Brothers, Inc. at 275 Madison Avenue, Suite 1618, New York, New York 10016, attention of Robert Schroeder, with a copy to Polsinelli PC at 161 North Clark Street, Suite 4200, Chicago, IL 60601, attention of Donald E. Figliulo, Esq.; notices to the Company shall be directed to it at Unique Fabricating, Inc., 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, MI 48326, attention to Chief Financial Officer, with a copy to Sills Cummis & Gross, P.C., One Riverfront Plaza, Newark, NJ 07102, attention to Ira A. Rosenberg, Esq.

 

20
 

 

SECTION 11. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . The Company acknowledges and agrees that (a) the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement, including the determination of the initial public offering price of the Securities and any related discounts and commissions, is an arm’s-length commercial transaction between the Company, on the one hand, and the several Underwriters, on the other hand, (b) in connection with the offering of the Securities and the process leading thereto, each Underwriter is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary of the Company, or its stockholders, creditors, employees or any other party, (c) no Underwriter has assumed or will assume an advisory or fiduciary responsibility in favor of the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities or the process leading thereto (irrespective of whether such Underwriter has advised or is currently advising the Company on other matters) and no Underwriter has an obligation to the Company with respect to the offering of the Securities except the obligations expressly set forth in this Agreement, (d) each Underwriter and its affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and (e) no Underwriter has provided any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to the offering of the Securities and the Company has consulted its own respective legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it deemed appropriate.

 

SECTION 12. Parties . This Agreement shall each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Company and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and directors referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters and the Company and their respective successors, and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 13. Trial by Jury . The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and each Underwriter each hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, CONTROVERSY OR DISPUTE ARISING UNDER OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF, THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CHOICE OF LAW PROVISIONS.

 

SECTION 15. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Immunity . Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted in (i) the federal courts of the United States of America located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan or (ii) the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York, Borough of Manhattan (collectively, the “Specified Courts”), and each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction (except for proceedings instituted in regard to the enforcement of a judgment of any such court, as to which such jurisdiction is non-exclusive) of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. Service of any process, summons, notice or document by mail to such party’s address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court. The parties irrevocably and unconditionally waive any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or other proceeding in the Specified Courts and irrevocably and unconditionally waive and agree not to plead or claim in any such court that any such suit, action or other proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

SECTION 16. TIME . TIME SHALL BE OF THE ESSENCE OF THIS AGREEMENT. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH HEREIN, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 17. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 18. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

(Signature page follows.)

 

21
 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
     
  By  
    Name:
    Title:

 

Confirmed and accepted:  
   
Roth Capital Partners  
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
Taglich Brothers, Inc.  
     
By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

22
 

 

SCHEDULE A

 

The initial public offering price per share for the Underwritten Securities shall be $ .

 

The purchase price per share for the Underwritten Securities to be paid by the Underwriter shall be $ , being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $ per share, subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 2(b) for dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Name of Underwriter   Number of 
Initial 
Securities
  Number of 
Option 
Securities
  Number of 
Shares 
Warrant 
Shares
             
Roth Capital Partners            
Taglich Brothers, Inc.            
National Securities Corporation            
             
Total            

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE B-1

 

Pricing Terms

 

1. The Company is selling [_______] shares of Common Stock.

 

2. The Company has granted an option to the Underwriters to purchase up to an additional [_______] shares of Common Stock.

 

3. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities shall be $ .

 

4. [Insert selling concession and reallowance]

 

 
 

 

SCHEDULE B-2

 

Free Writing Prospectuses

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of § 242 and § 245 of the
General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

Unique Fabricating, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), does hereby certify that:

 

FIRST: The present name of the corporation is Unique Fabricating, Inc. (the “Corporation”). The Corporation was incorporated on January 14, 2013 under the name UFI Acquisition, Inc., pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“ Delaware Law ”).

 

SECOND: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board of Directors ”) and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of §§ 228, 242 and 245 of Delaware Law, and prompt written notice will be duly given pursuant to §228 of Delaware Law.

 

THIRD: The Amended and Restated Certificate shall become effective upon filing with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

FOURTH: The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall, at the effective time, read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

NAME

 

The name of the corporation is Unique Fabricating, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE AND AGENT

 

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

 

 
 

 

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE AND POWERS

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (“ Delaware Law ”).

 

ARTICLE IV

CAPITAL STOCK

 

(1) Authorized Shares.

 

The total number of shares of stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is fifteen million (15,000,000), all of which shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

(2) Voting Rights.

 

Each holder of Common Stock, as such, shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held of record by such holder on all matters on which stockholders generally are entitled to vote.

 

ARTICLE V

BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors shall have the power to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws of the Corporation (the “ bylaws ”) solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board (as defined below).

 

The stockholders may adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws only with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE VI

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

(1) The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of a Board of Directors consisting of not less than three directors nor more than nine, with the exact number of directors to be determined from time to time solely by resolution adopted by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. For purposes of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the term “Whole Board” shall mean the total number of authorized directors whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.

 

2
 

 

(2) The directors shall be divided into three classes, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. Each class shall consist of the number of directors that the Board of Directions may determine in its discretion. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting of stockholders next following the annual meeting at which such director was elected, provided that directors initially designated as Class I directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the first annual meeting following the closing date of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Effective Date ”), directors initially designated as Class II directors shall serve for a term ending on the second annual meeting following the Effective Date, and directors initially designated as Class III directors shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the Effective Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each director shall hold office until such director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. In the event of any change in the number of directors, the Board of Directors shall apportion any newly created directorships among, or reduce the number of directorships in, such class or classes as the Board of Directors may determine in its discretion. In no event will a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director. A majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors and, except as otherwise expressly required by law or by this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

(3) There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of directors. Election of directors need not be by written ballot unless the bylaws so provide.

 

(4) Vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or otherwise and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, except as otherwise provided by law, be filled solely by a majority of the directors then in office (although less than a quorum) or by the sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the term of the Class to which such director shall have been elected.

 

(5) No director may be removed from office by the stockholders except for cause with the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding securities of the Corporation then entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

ARTICLE VII

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

 

(1) An annual meeting of stockholders for the election of directors to succeed those whose terms expire and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

(2) Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, or upon the written request of the holders of at least 15% of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting, and may not be called by any other person or persons.

 

3
 

 

(3) Any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken only upon the vote of stockholders at an annual or special meeting duly noticed and called in accordance with Delaware Law, as amended from time to time, and this Article VII and may not be taken by written consent of stockholders without a meeting.

 

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION

 

(1) A director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law.

 

(2) (a) Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VIII shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware Law. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article VIII shall be a contract right.

 

(b) The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware Law.

 

(3) The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under Delaware Law.

 

(4) The rights and authority conferred in this Article VIII shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.

 

(5) Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article VIII, nor the adoption of any provision of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or the bylaws, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware Law, any modification of law, shall adversely affect any right or protection of any person granted pursuant hereto existing at, or arising out of or related to any event, act or omission that occurred prior to, the time of such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification (regardless of when any proceeding (or part thereof) relating to such event, act or omission arises or is first threatened, commenced or completed).

 

4
 

 

ARTICLE IX

FORUM SELECTION

 

The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of Delaware Law, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article IX.

 

ARTICLE X

COMPROMISE OR ARRANGEMENTS

 

Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between this Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between this Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of this Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for this Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of Title 8 of the Delaware Code, order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths (3/4) in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of this Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of this Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders, of this Corporation, as the case may be, and also on this Corporation.

 

ARTICLE XI

AMENDMENTS

 

The Corporation reserves the right to amend this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in any manner permitted by Delaware Law and all rights and powers conferred upon stockholders, directors and officers herein are granted subject to this reservation.

 

[signature page follows]

 

5
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, said Corporation has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by its duly authorized officers on [●] day of [●], 2015.

 

  UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.
   
  By:  
    Name:
    Title:

 

 

 

  

Exhibit 3.4

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED 

 

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

 
 

  

Table of Contents

 

    Page
     
Article I Offices 1
     
Section 1.01 Offices 1
     
Section 1.02 Books and Records 1
     
Article II Meetings of the Stockholders 1
     
Section 2.01 Place of Meetings 1
     
Section 2.02 Annual Meeting 1
     
Section 2.03 Special Meetings 1
     
Section 2.04 Adjournments 1
     
Section 2.05 Notice of Meetings 1
     
Section 2.06 Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals 2
     
Section 2.07 List of Stockholders 4
     
Section 2.08 Quorum 5
     
Section 2.09 Conduct of Meetings 5
     
Section 2.10 Voting; Proxies 5
     
Section 2.11 Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders 5
     
Section 2.12 No Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting 6
     
Section 2.13 Fixing the Record Date 6
     
Article III Board of Directors 7
     
Section 3.01 General Powers 7
     
Section 3.02 Number; Classes; Term of Office 7
     
Section 3.03 Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies 7
     
Section 3.04 Removal 7
     
Section 3.05 Resignation 7
     
Section 3.06 Regular Meetings 7
     

 

i
 

  

Section 3.07 Special Meetings 7
     
Section 3.08 Telephone Meetings 8
     
Section 3.09 Adjourned Meetings 8
     
Section 3.10 Notices 8
     
Section 3.11 Waiver of Notice 8
     
Section 3.12 Organization 8
     
Section 3.13 Quorum of Directors 8
     
Section 3.14 Action By Majority Vote 8
     
Section 3.15 Action Without Meeting 8
     
Section 3.16 Committees of the Board of Directors 8
     
Article IV Officers 9
     
Section 4.01 Positions and Election 9
     
Section 4.02 Term 9
     
Section 4.03 The President 9
     
Section 4.04 Vice Presidents 9
     
Section 4.05 The Secretary 9
     
Section 4.06 The Chief Financial Officer 9
     
Section 4.07 Duties of Officers May Be Delegated 10
     
Article V Stock Certificates and Their Transfer 10
     
Section 5.01 Certificates Representing Shares 10
     
Section 5.02 Transfers of Stock 10
     
Section 5.03 Restrictions on Transfer 10
     
Section 5.04 Transfer Agents and Registrars 10
     
Section 5.05 Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates 10
     
Article VI General Provisions 11
     
Section 6.01 Seal 11

 

ii
 

  

Section 6.02 Fiscal Year 11
     
Section 6.03 Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc. 11
     
Section 6.04 Dividends 11
     
Section 6.05 Conflict With Applicable Law or Certificate of Incorporation 11
     
Article VII Indemnification 11
     
Section 7.01 Right to Indemnification 11
     
Section 7.02 Right to Advancement of Expenses 11
     
Section 7.03 Right of Indemnitees to Bring Suit 12
     
Section 7.04 Non-Exclusivity of Rights 12
     
Section 7.05 Insurance 12
     
Section 7.06 Indemnity Agreements 12
     
Section 7.07 Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation 13
     
Section 7.08 Nature of Rights 13
     
Section 7.09 Severability 13
     
Article VIII Amendments 13

 

iii
 

  

BYLAWS

 

OF

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

Article I

Offices

 

Section 1.01         Offices . The address of the registered office of Unique Fabricating, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”) in the State of Delaware shall be at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19808. The Corporation may have other offices, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) from time to time shall determine or the business of the Corporation may require.

 

Section 1.02         Books and Records. Any records maintained by the Corporation in the regular course of its business, including its stock ledger, books of account and minute books, may be maintained on any information storage device or method; provided that the records so kept can be converted into clearly legible paper form within a reasonable time. The Corporation shall so convert any records so kept upon the request of any person entitled to inspect such records pursuant to applicable law.

 

Article II

Meetings of the Stockholders

 

Section 2.01         Place of Meetings. All meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, if any, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of meeting.

 

Section 2.02         Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the stockholders for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at such date, time and place, if any, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting.

 

Section 2.03         Special Meetings. Special meetings of stockholders for any purpose or purposes shall be called at any time pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors or upon the written request of the holders of at least 15% of the voting power of the outstanding capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter or matters to be brought before the proposed special meeting, and may not be called by any other person or persons. The only business which may be conducted at a special meeting shall be the matter or matters set forth in the notice of such meeting.

 

Section 2.04         Adjournments. Any meeting of the stockholders, annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the Corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting. If after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for notice of the adjourned meeting and shall give notice of the adjourned meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting as of the record date fixed for notice of the adjourned meeting.

 

 
 

  

Section 2.05         Notice of Meetings. Notice of the place, if any, date, hour, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and means of remote communication, if any, of every meeting of stockholders shall be given by the Corporation not less than ten days nor more than 60 days before the meeting (unless a different time is specified by law) to every stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting. Notices of special meetings shall also specify the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Except as otherwise provided herein or permitted by applicable law, notice to stockholders shall be in writing and delivered personally or mailed to the stockholders at their address appearing on the books of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given effectively to stockholders, notice of meetings may be given to stockholders by means of electronic transmission in accordance with applicable law. Notice of any meeting need not be given to any stockholder who either before or after the meeting, shall submit a waiver of notice or who shall attend such meeting, except when the stockholder attends for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of the meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of the meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

Section 2.06         Advance Notice of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.

 

(a)                Definitions. For purposes of this Section 2.06 :

 

(i)                 “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(ii)               “ Public Disclosure ” means a disclosure made in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Services, The Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

(b)               Timely Notice. At a meeting of the stockholders, only such nominations of persons for the election of directors and such other business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, nominations or such other business must be: (i) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee thereof; (ii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof; or (iii) otherwise properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder who is a stockholder of record of the Corporation at the time of giving of the notice provided for in Section 2.06(c) and at the time notice of meeting is delivered, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.06 . In addition, any proposal of business (other than the nomination of persons for election to the board of directors) must be a proper matter for stockholder action. For business (including, but not limited to, director nominations) to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder or stockholders of record intending to propose the business (the “ Proposing Stockholder ”) must have given timely notice thereof pursuant to this Section 2.06 in writing to the secretary of the Corporation even if such matter is already the subject of any notice to the stockholders or Public Disclosure from the board of directors. To be timely, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation: (x) not later than the close of business on the 90th day, nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting if such meeting is to be held on a day which is not more than 30 days in advance of the anniversary of the previous year’s annual meeting and (y) with respect to any other annual meeting of stockholders, the close of business on the tenth day following the date of Public Disclosure of the date of such meeting. In no event shall the adjournment or postponement or Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new notice time period (or extend any notice time period) for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

 

2
 

  

(c)                Stockholder Nominations. For the nomination of any person or persons for election to the board of directors, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth: (i) the name, age, business address, and residence address of each nominee proposed in such notice; (ii) the principal occupation or employment of each such nominee; (iii) (A) the number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned of record and beneficially by each such nominee and any affiliates or associates of such person (if any), (B) the name of each nominee holder of shares of all capital stock of the Corporation owned beneficially but not of record by such person or any affiliates or associates of such person and the number of such shares of stock of the corporation held by each such nominee holder, (C) whether and the extent to which any derivative instrument, swap, option, warrant, short interest, hedge or profit interest or other transaction has been entered into by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation and (D) whether and the extent to which any other transaction, agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short position or any borrowing or lending of shares of stock of the Corporation) has been made by or on behalf of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, the effect or intent of any of the foregoing being to mitigate loss to, or to manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, or to increase or decrease the voting power or pecuniary or economic interest of such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person, with respect to stock of the Corporation; (iv) such person’s written representation and agreement that such person (A) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such person, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question, (B) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been disclosed to the Corporation in such representation and agreement and (C) in such person’s individual capacity, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with, all applicable publicly disclosed confidentiality, corporate governance, conflict of interest, Regulation FD, code of conduct and ethics, and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation; (v) such other information concerning each such nominee as would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement soliciting proxies for the election of such nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved) or that is otherwise required to be disclosed, under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (vi) the consent of the nominee to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected and (vii) as to the Proposing Stockholder: (A) the name and address of the Proposing Stockholder as they appear on the Corporation’s books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made; (B) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned by the Proposing Stockholder and any affiliates or associates hereof (beneficially and of record) and owned by the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is being made, as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of such shares owned of record and beneficially as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed; (C) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with respect to such nomination between or among the Proposing Stockholder and any of its affiliates or associates, and any others (including their names) acting in concert with any of the foregoing, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement, or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed and any material interest of any such person, or any affiliates or associates of such person in the nomination, including any anticipated benefit therefrom to such person or any affiliates or associates of such person; (D) a description of any agreement, arrangement, or understanding (including any derivative or short positions, profit interests, options, hedging transactions, and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into as of the date of the Proposing Stockholder’s notice by, or on behalf of, the Proposing Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of the Proposing Stockholder or any of its affiliates or associates with respect to shares of stock of the Corporation, and a representation that the Proposing Stockholder will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement, or understanding in effect as of the record date for the meeting promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed; (E) a representation that the Proposing Stockholder is a holder of record of shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or persons specified in the notice; and (F) a representation whether the Proposing Stockholder intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the Corporation’s outstanding capital stock required to approve the nomination and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of the nomination. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as it may reasonably require to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as an independent director of the Corporation or that could be material to a reasonable stockholder’s understanding of the independence, or lack thereof, of such nominee.

 

(d)               Other Stockholder Proposals. For all business other than director nominations, a Proposing Stockholder’s notice to the secretary of the Corporation shall set forth as to each matter the Proposing Stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the proposed text of any proposal regarding such business (including the text of any resolution proposed for consideration and, if such business includes a proposal to amend these bylaws or the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (“ Certificate of Incorporation ”), the text of the proposed amendment) and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) any other information relating to such stockholder and beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is being made, required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for the proposal and pursuant to and in accordance with Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (iii) the information required by Section 2.06(c)(vii) above.

 

3
 

  

(e)                Proxy Rules. The foregoing notice requirements of Section 2.06(d) shall be deemed satisfied by a stockholder with respect to business other than a nomination if the stockholder has notified the Corporation of his, her, or its intention to present a proposal at an annual meeting in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act and such stockholder’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Corporation to solicit proxies for such annual meeting.

 

(f)                Special Meetings of Stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation’s notice of meeting (x) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof or (y) provided that the board of directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time the notice provided for in this Section 2.06 is delivered to the secretary of the Corporation, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and upon such election and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 2.06 . In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the board of directors, any such stockholder entitled to vote in such election of directors may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by this Section 2.06 shall be delivered to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to such special meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the later of the 120th day prior to such special meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the date of Public Disclosure of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the board of directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the Public Disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of a special meeting commence a new time period (or extend any notice time period).

 

(g)                Effect of Noncompliance. Notwithstanding anything in these bylaws to the contrary: (i) no nominations shall be made or business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.06 ; and (ii) unless otherwise required by law, if a Proposing Stockholder intending to propose business or make nominations at an annual meeting pursuant to this Section 2.06 does not provide the information required under this Section 2.06 to the Corporation promptly following the later of the record date or the date notice of the record date is first publicly disclosed, or the Proposing Stockholder (or a qualified representative of the Proposing Stockholder) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed business or nominations, such business or nominations shall not be considered, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such business or nominations may have been received by the Corporation. The requirements of this Section 2.06 shall apply to any business or nominations to be brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder whether such business or nominations are to be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act (or any successor provision of law) or presented to stockholders by means of an independently financed proxy solicitation. The requirements of the Section 2.06 are included to provide the Corporation notice of a stockholder’s intention to bring business or nominations before an annual meeting and shall in no event be construed as imposing upon any stockholder the requirement to seek approval from the Corporation as a condition precedent to bringing any such business or make such nominations before an annual meeting.

 

Section 2.07         List of Stockholders. The officer of the Corporation who has charge of the stock ledger shall prepare a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders ( provided , however , if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares of each class of capital stock of the Corporation registered in the name of each stockholder at least ten days before any meeting of the stockholders. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network if the information required to gain access to such list was provided with the notice of the meeting or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation for a period of at least ten days before the meeting. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall also be open for inspection by any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting as provided by applicable law. Except as provided by applicable law, the stock ledger of the Corporation shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger and the list of stockholders or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.

 

4
 

  

Section 2.08         Quorum.

 

(a)                Unless otherwise required by law, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, at each meeting of the stockholders, a majority in voting power of the shares of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum. If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, in the manner provided in Section 2.04 , until a quorum shall be present or represented. A quorum, once established, shall not be broken by the subsequent withdrawal of enough votes to leave less than a quorum. At any such adjourned meeting at which there is a quorum, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the meeting originally called.

 

(b)               Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter and, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares of such class or series or classes or series present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series.

 

Section 2.09         Conduct of Meetings. The Board of Directors of the Corporation may adopt by resolution such rules and regulations for the conduct of the meeting of the stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. At every meeting of the stockholders, the president, or in his or her absence or inability to act, the chief financial officer, or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the president shall appoint, shall act as chairman of, and preside at, the meeting. The secretary or, in his or her absence or inability to act, the person whom the chairman of the meeting shall appoint secretary of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes thereof. Except to the extent inconsistent with such rules and regulations as adopted by the Board of Directors, the chairman of any meeting of the stockholders shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are appropriate for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations, or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or prescribed by the chairman of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda or order of business for the meeting; (b) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (c) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present; (d) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies, or such other persons as the chairman of the meeting shall determine; (e) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; and (f) limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants.

 

Section 2.10         Voting; Proxies. Unless otherwise required by law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the election of directors shall be decided by a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting of the stockholders by the holders of stock entitled to vote in the election. Unless otherwise required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any matter, other than the election of directors, brought before any meeting of stockholders shall be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter. Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy, but no such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by delivering to the secretary of the Corporation a revocation of the proxy or a new proxy bearing a later date. Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot.

 

5
 

  

Section 2.11         Inspectors at Meetings of Stockholders. The Board of Directors, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, may, and shall if required by law, appoint one or more inspectors, who may be employees of the Corporation, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting, the person presiding at the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall (a) ascertain the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each, (b) determine the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the validity of proxies and ballots, (c) count all votes and ballots, (d) determine and retain for a reasonable period a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the inspectors, and (e) certify their determination of the number of shares represented at the meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of their duties. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at the meeting. No ballot, proxies, votes, or any revocation thereof or change thereto, shall be accepted by the inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon application by a stockholder shall determine otherwise. In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots cast at any meeting of stockholders, the inspectors may consider such information as is permitted by applicable law. No person who is a candidate for office at an election may serve as an inspector at such election.

 

Section 2.12         No Written Consent of Stockholders Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the stockholders of the Corporation must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of the Corporation and the ability of stockholders to consent in writing to the taking of action is hereby specifically denied .

 

Section 2.13         Fixing the Record Date.

 

(a)                In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than 60 nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote therewith at the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)               In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting: (i) when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery (by hand, or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested) to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded; and (ii) if prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

6
 

  

(c)                In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion, or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

Article III

Board of Directors

 

Section 3.01         General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may adopt such rules and procedures, not inconsistent with the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws, or applicable law, as it may deem proper for the conduct of its meetings and the management of the Corporation.

 

Section 3.02         Number; Classes; Term of Office. The total number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors of the Corporation shall not be less than three nor more than nine, with the then-authorized number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall be and is divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, designated: Class I, Class II and Class III. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director. Each director shall serve for a term ending on the date of the third annual meeting following the annual meeting at which such director was elected; provided, that each director initially appointed to Class I shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation’s first annual meeting of stockholders following the closing date of the initial sale of shares of common stock in the Corporation’s initial public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Action of 1933, as amended (the “ Effective Date ”); each director initially appointed to Class II shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation’s second annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date; and each director initially appointed to Class III shall serve for an initial term expiring at the Corporation’s third annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date; provided further, that the term of each director shall continue until the election and qualification of a successor and be subject to such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal.

 

Section 3.03         Newly Created Directorships and Vacancies. Vacancies on the Board of Directors by reason of death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office, or otherwise, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors shall be solely filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director and shall not be filled by the stockholders. A director elected to fill a vacancy or a newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen, subject to the election and qualification of a successor and to such director’s earlier death, resignation, or removal. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

Section 3.04         Removal. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the total voting power of the outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote in any annual election of directors or class of directors, voting together as a single class.

 

Section 3.05         Resignation. Any director may resign from the Board of Directors or any committee thereof at any time by notice given in writing or by electronic transmission to the Chairman of the Board, if there is one, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such resignation shall take effect at the time as is therein specified or if no time is specified immediately and the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

 

Section 3.06         Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at such times and at such places as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors or its chairman.

 

7
 

  

Section 3.07         Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such times and at such places as may be determined by the chairman or the president on at least 24 hours’ notice to each director given by one of the means specified in Section 3.10 hereof other than by mail or on at least three days’ notice if given by mail. Special meetings shall be called by the chairman or the president in like manner and on like notice on the written request of any two or more directors.

 

Section 3.08         Telephone Meetings . Board of Directors or Board of Directors committee meetings may be held by means of telephone conference or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and be heard. Participation by a director in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.08 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

Section 3.09         Adjourned Meetings. A majority of the directors present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, including an adjourned meeting, whether or not a quorum is present, may adjourn and reconvene such meeting to another time and place. At least 24 hours’ notice of any adjourned meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director whether or not present at the time of the adjournment, if such notice shall be given by one of the means specified in Section 3.10 hereof other than by mail, or at least three days’ notice if by mail. Any business may be transacted at an adjourned meeting that might have been transacted at the meeting as originally called.

 

Section 3.10         Notices. Subject to Section 3.07 , Section 3.09 , and Section 3.11 hereof, whenever notice is required to be given to any director by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, such notice shall be deemed given effectively if given in person or by telephone, mail addressed to such director at such director’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, facsimile, e-mail, or by other means of electronic transmission.

 

Section 3.11         Waiver of Notice. Whenever the giving of any notice to directors is required by applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, or these bylaws, a waiver thereof, given by the director entitled to the notice, whether before or after such notice is required, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance by a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting except when the director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business on the ground that the meeting was not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special Board of Directors or committee meeting need be specified in any waiver of notice.

 

Section 3.12         Organization. At each meeting of the Board of Directors, the chairman or, in his or her absence, another director selected by the Board of Directors shall preside. The secretary shall act as secretary at each meeting of the Board of Directors. If the secretary is absent from any meeting of the Board of Directors, an assistant secretary shall perform the duties of secretary at such meeting; and in the absence from any such meeting of the secretary and all assistant secretaries, the person presiding at the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.

 

Section 3.13         Quorum of Directors. The presence of a majority of the Board of Directors shall be necessary and sufficient to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.14         Action By Majority Vote . Except as otherwise expressly required by these bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation or by applicable law, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 3.15         Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all directors or members of such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writings or electronic transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee in accordance with applicable law.

 

8
 

  

Section 3.16         Committees of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors may designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of one or more of the directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. If a member of a committee shall be absent from any meeting, or disqualified from voting thereat, the remaining member or members present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not such member or members constitute a quorum, may, by a unanimous vote, appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by applicable law, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it to the extent so authorized by the Board of Directors. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, at all meetings of such committee, a majority of the then authorized members of the committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the vote of a majority of the members of the committee present at any meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the committee. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings. Unless the Board of Directors provides otherwise, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter, and repeal rules and procedures for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules and procedures each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to this Article III .

 

Article IV

Officers

 

Section 4.01         Positions and Election. The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and shall include a president, a chief financial officer, and a secretary. The Board of Directors, in its discretion, may also elect a chairman (who must be a director), one or more vice chairmen (who must be directors), and one or more vice presidents, assistant treasurers, assistant Secretaries, or other officers. Any individual may be elected to, and may hold, more than one office of the Corporation. In addition to the powers and duties set forth in this Article IV , the officers of the Corporation shall have the powers and shall discharge the duties customarily and usually held and performed by like officers of corporations similar in organization and business purposes to the Corporation subject to the control of the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.02         Term. Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor is elected and qualified or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed by the Board of Directors at any time with or without cause by the majority vote of the members of the Board of Directors then in office. The removal of an officer shall be without prejudice to his or her contract rights, if any. The election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contract rights. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his or her resignation to the president or the secretary. Any such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective shall not be specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. Unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Should any vacancy occur among the officers, the position shall be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by appointment made by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 4.03         The President. The president shall have general supervision over the business of the Corporation and other duties incident to the office of president, and any other duties as may be from time to time assigned to the president by the Board of Directors and subject to the control of the Board of Directors in each case.

 

Section 4.04         Vice Presidents. Each vice president shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be assigned to him or her from time to time by the chairman of the Board of Directors or the president.

 

Section 4.05         The Secretary. The secretary shall attend all sessions of the Board of Directors and all meetings of the stockholders and record all votes and the minutes of all proceedings in a book to be kept for that purpose, and shall perform like duties for committees when required. He or she shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or the president. The secretary shall keep in safe custody the seal of the Corporation and have authority to affix the seal to all documents requiring it and attest to the same.

 

Section 4.06         The Chief Financial Officer. The chief financial officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities, except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The chief financial officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the president and the directors, at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may require it, an account of all his or her transactions as chief financial officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.

 

9
 

 

Section 4.07         Duties of Officers May Be Delegated. In case any officer is absent, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the president or the Board of Directors may delegate for the time being the powers or duties of such officer to any other officer or to any director.

 

Article V

Stock Certificates and Their Transfer

 

Section 5.01         Certificates Representing Shares. The shares of stock of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates; provided that the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any class or series shall be uncertificated shares that may be evidenced by a book-entry system maintained by the registrar of such stock. If shares are represented by certificates, such certificates shall be in the form, other than bearer form, approved by the Board of Directors. The certificates representing shares of stock of each class shall be signed by, or in the name of, the Corporation by the chairman, any vice chairman, the president, or any vice president, and by the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, or any assistant treasurer. Any or all such signatures may be facsimiles. Although any officer, transfer agent, or registrar whose manual or facsimile signature is affixed to such a certificate ceases to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate has been issued, it may nevertheless be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such officer, transfer agent, or registrar were still such at the date of its issue.

 

Section 5.02         Transfers of Stock. Subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, s tock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the holder of record thereof, by such person’s attorney lawfully constituted in writing and, in the case of certificated shares, upon the surrender of the certificate thereof, properly endorsed for transfer and accompanied by payment or evidence of payment of all necessary transfer taxes, which shall be cancelled before a new certificate or uncertificated shares shall be issued. No transfer of stock shall be valid as against the Corporation for any purpose until it shall have been entered in the stock records of the Corporation by an entry showing from and to whom transferred. To the extent designated by the president or any vice president or the treasurer of the Corporation, the Corporation may recognize the transfer of fractional uncertificated shares, but shall not otherwise be required to recognize the transfer of fractional shares.

 

Section 5.03         Restrictions on Transfer. Any certificate representing shares of stock that are subject to any restriction on transfer, whether pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, these bylaws or any agreement to which the Corporation is a party, shall have the fact of the restriction noted conspicuously on the certificate and shall also set forth on the face or back of such certificate either the full text of the restriction or a statement that the Corporation will furnish a copy of the full text of the restriction to the holder of such certificate upon written request and without charge. In the case of uncertificated shares of stock that are subject to any restriction on transfer, the Corporation shall take all such actions as are prescribed by law and shall send to the registered owner thereof any written notice prescribed by applicable law within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of any such uncertificated shares.

 

Section 5.04         Transfer Agents and Registrars. The Board of Directors may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars.

 

Section 5.05         Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates. The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or uncertificated shares to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the owner of the allegedly lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or uncertificated shares, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of the lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate, or the owner’s legal representative, to give the Corporation a bond sufficient to indemnify it against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed or the issuance of such new certificate or uncertificated shares.

 

10
 

  

Article VI

General Provisions

 

Section 6.01         Seal. The seal of the Corporation shall be in such form as shall be approved by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise, as may be prescribed by law or custom or by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.02         Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as determined by the Board of Directors.

 

Section 6.03          Checks, Notes, Drafts, Etc . All checks, notes, drafts or other orders for the payment of money of the Corporation shall be signed, endorsed or accepted in the name of the Corporation by such officer, officers, person or persons as from time to time may be designated by the Board of Directors or by an officer or officers authorized by the Board of Directors to make such designation.

 

Section 6.04         Dividends. Subject to applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation, dividends upon the shares of capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property or in shares or securities of the Corporation, unless otherwise provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 6.05         Conflict With Applicable Law or Certificate of Incorporation. These bylaws are adopted subject to any applicable law and the Certificate of Incorporation. Whenever these bylaws may conflict with any applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, such conflict shall be resolved in favor of such law or the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Article VII

Indemnification

 

Section 7.01         Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved (including, without limitation, as a witness) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or an officer of the Corporation (whether or not such person continues to serve in such capacity at the time indemnification or payment of expenses pursuant hereto is sought or at the time any proceeding relating thereto exists or is brought) or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, trustee, member or manager of another corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan (hereinafter referred to as an “Indemnitee”), whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, manager, member, partner or trustee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or trustee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights to such Indemnitee than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such Indemnitee in connection therewith; provided, however , that, except as provided in Section 7.03 of this Article with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification or as otherwise required by law, the Corporation shall not be required to indemnify or advance expenses to any such Indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such Indemnitee unless such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.02         Right to Advancement of Expenses . In addition to the right to indemnification conferred in Section 7.01 of this Article, an Indemnitee also shall have the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however , that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by an Indemnitee in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such Indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such Indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 7.02 or otherwise.

 

11
 

  

Section 7.03          Right of Indemnitees to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 7.01 or 7.02 of this Article is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. To the fullest extent permitted by law, if successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting or defending such suit. In (i) any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) in any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the Indemnitee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its directors who are not parties to such action, a committee of such directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the Indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the Indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article or otherwise shall be on the Corporation. The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 7.03 that the procedures of this bylaw are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all provisions of this bylaw.

 

For the purposes hereof, “independent legal counsel” means attorneys or firm of that is experienced in matters of corporation law and who has not performed any services (other than services similar to those contemplated to be performed by independent counsel hereunder) for the Company or any subsidiaries or for the Indemnitee within the preceding three years.

 

Section 7.04         The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any law, statute, the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation as amended from time to time, these Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of the stockholders or resolution of disinterested directors or otherwise.

 

Section 7.05         Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such director or officer, and each such agent or employee to which rights or indemnification have been granted as provided in this Article, shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such director, officer, employee or agent.

 

Section 7.06         Indemnity Agreements . The Corporation may enter into indemnity agreements with the persons who are members of its Board of Directors from time to time, and with such officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and with such officers, directors, members, managers, partners, employees and agents of any direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Corporation as the Board of Directors may designate, such indemnity agreements to provide in substance that the Corporation will indemnify such persons as contemplated by this Article, and to include any other substantive or procedural provisions regarding indemnification as are not inconsistent with Delaware law. The provisions of such indemnity agreements shall prevail to the extent that they limit or condition or differ from the provisions of this Article.

 

12
 

  

Section 7.07          Indemnification of Employees and Agents of the Corporation . The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses to any employee or agent of the Corporation to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

 

Section 7.08         Nature of Rights . The rights conferred upon Indemnitees in this Article shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, member, manager, employee, agent or trustee and shall inure to the benefit of such Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of this Article that adversely affects any right of an Indemnitee or its successors shall be prospective only and shall not limit, eliminate, or impair any such right with respect to any proceeding involving any occurrence or alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that took place prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal.

 

Section 7.09         Severability . If any word, clause, provision or provisions of this Article shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Article containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article (including, without limitation, each such portion of any Section of this Article containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

 

Article VIII

Amendments

 

These bylaws may be amended, altered, changed, adopted and repealed or new or additional bylaws adopted upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 51% of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a class, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the entire Board of Directors.

 

13

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

 

NUMBER Unique Fabricating, Inc. SHARES INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE $0.001 PAR VALUE COMMON STOCK CUSIP 90915J103 COMMON STOCK THIS CERTIFIES THAT * SPECIMEN * Is The Owner of FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK OF Unique Fabricating, Inc. Transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this Certificate properly endorsed. This Certificate is not valid until countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. Dated: ****** COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: VSTOCK TRANSFER, LLC Transfer Agent and Registrar CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND TREASURER By: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

 

SILLS CUMMIS & GROSS, P.C.
One Riverfront Plaza
Newark, New Jersey 07102

 

 

 

June 29, 2015

 

 

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

800 Standard Parkway

Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326

 

Re: Unique Fabricating, Inc.
Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration No: 333-200072

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of the above-captioned Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), with respect to the proposed offering of 2,156,250 shares of Common Stock of the Company, par value $.001 per share, including 281,250 shares which are subject to an over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters (the “Shares”).

 

In rendering this opinion, we, as your counsel, have examined such documents and such matters of fact and law that we have deemed necessary for the purpose of rendering the opinion expressed herein.

 

Based on the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1.                   The Company is duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

2.                   The Shares, when issued and delivered upon payment therefor in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Underwriting Agreement, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

We are members of the Bar of the State of New Jersey and do not hold ourselves out as experts concerning, or qualified to render opinions with respect to, any laws other than the laws of the State of New Jersey, the federal laws of the United States and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (including the statutory provisions, the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing).

 

 
 

 

We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement, and to the reference therein to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus which forms part of the Registration Statement. In giving the foregoing consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder.

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

/s/ Sills Cummis & Gross, P.C.

 

Exhibit 10.9.3

 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement (this " Amendment ") is made as of June 29, 2015, between UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC. (formerly known as Unique Fabricating Incorporated) a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as RBS CITIZENS, N.A. ) , a national banking association (the "Bank").

 

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

 

WHEREAS, Borrower and Bank entered into a Loan and Security Agreement dated March 18, 2013 as amended by a certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated June 19, 2013, a Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated December 18, 2013, a Third Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated February 6, 2014, a Fourth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated October 22, 2014 and a Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated May 15, 2015(collectively, the " Agreement "), providing terms and conditions governing Borrower's obligation with respect to the Obligations (as defined therein) including, without limitation, the Revolving Loans and Term Loan (each as defined therein);

 

Borrower has requested an amendment to the Agreement and Borrower and Bank have agreed to amend the terms of the Agreement as provided in this Amendment.

 

AGREEMENT

 

Accordingly, Borrower and Bank agree as follows:

 

1. Defined Terms . In this Amendment, capitalized terms used without separate definition shall have the meanings give them in the Agreement.

 

2. Amendments .

 

2.1 Amended and Restated Definitions. The following defined term appearing in Section 1 of the Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entirety as follows:

 

"Partial IPO" means a partial initial public offering undertavken by the Borrower and closed on or before August 31, 2015, pursuant to which no more than 30% of the equity of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted post-issuance basis) is sold.

 

3. Representations and Warranties . Borrower represents, warrants, and agrees that:

 

(a) Except as expressly modified in this Amendment, the representations, warranties, and covenants set forth in the Agreement and in each other Loan Document remain true and correct, continue to be satisfied in all respects, and are legal, valid and binding obligations with the same force and effect as if entirely restated in this Amendment.

 

(b) When executed, this Amendment will be a duly authorized, legal, valid, and binding obligation of Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms and Borrower reaffirms that all resolutions, articles of incorporation and bylaws previously delivered to Bank remain in full force and effect and may continue to be relied upon by Bank. The Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, is ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

 

(c) There is no Default or Event of Default existing and continuing under the Agreement.

 

 
 

 

4. Conditions . This Amendment will not be effective until satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

4.1 Execution of Amendment Documents. Bank shall have received an executed copy of this Amendment and an executed copy of the Acknowledgement and Consent of the Guarantors in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

4.2 Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have reimbursed Bank for all of Bank's fees and expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by Bank in connection with this Amendment.

 

5. No Other Changes . Except as specifically provided in this Amendment, this Amendment does not amend, modify or constitute a waiver or forgiveness of any provision of the Agreement or Loan Documents and shall not impair the rights, remedies, and security given in and by the Loan Documents.

 

6. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

7. Other Modification . This Amendment may be altered or modified only by written instrument duly executed by Borrower and Bank. In executing this Amendment, Borrower is not relying on any promise or commitment of Bank that is not in writing signed by Bank.

 

8. Governing Law . The parties agree that the terms and provisions of this Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Michigan, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

9. Ratification . Except for the modifications under this Agreement, the parties ratify and confirm the Agreement and the other Loan Documents and agree that they remain in full force and effect.

 

10. Confirmation of Borrower Charter Documents . Borrower confirms and certifies to the Bank that the copy of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Borrower originally delivered in conjunction with the execution and delivery of the Agreement (i) were true, complete and accurate copies of such documents; (ii) remain in full force and effect; (iii) have not been amended, repealed or rescinded in any respect; and (iv) may continue to be relied upon by Bank until and unless written notice to the contrary is delivered to Bank.

 

 

2
 

 

This Fifth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement is executed and delivered as of the date first entered above.

  

  UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC.
 

a Delaware corporation

     
     
  By:  
    John Weinhardt
  Title: President/CEO
     
     
  CITIZENS BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION ,
  a national banking association
     
     
  By:  
     
  Title:    

   

3
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND CONSENT OF GUARANTOR

 

 

The undersigned have guaranteed the payment and performance of all the obligations of UNIQUE FABRICATING NA, INC.(formerly known as Unique Fabricating Incorporated), as Borrower from RBS CITIZENS, N.A. ("Bank"), pursuant to Guaranty Agreements dated March 18, 2013. The undersigned each hereby (a) acknowledge and consent to the execution, delivery and performance of that certain Sixth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank as of even date herewith and (b) agree and confirm that that their respective guaranties remain in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed and delivered this Acknowledgement and Consent as of June 29, 2015.

 

  GUARANTORS:
     
  UNIQUE FABRICATING SOUTH, INC. ,
  a Delaware corporation
     
     
  By:  
    John Weinhardt
  Title: President/CEO
     
  UNIQUE FABRICATING REALTY, LLC ,
  a Michigan limited liability company
  By: Unique Fabricating Incorporated
  Its: Sole Member
     
     
  By:  
    John Weinhardt
  Title: President/CEO
     
  UNIQUE-PRESCOTECH, INC. ,
  a Delaware corporation
     
     
  By:  
    John Weinhardt
  Title: President
     
  UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC. (formerly known as UFI ACQUISITION, INC.) ,
  a Delaware corporation
     
     
  By:  
    Richard L. Baum, Jr.
  Title: President
     
  UNIQUE-CHARDAN, INC. ,
  a Delaware corporation
     
     
  By:  
    John Weinhardt
  Title:  President

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.22

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “ Corporation ”), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the “ Unique Fabricating, Inc. 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan ” (hereinafter referred to as the “ Plan ”), as set forth in this document. The Plan permits the grant of Cash Incentives, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, shares of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units and Performance Shares.

 

The Plan shall become effective on October 14, 2014. However, it shall be rendered null and void and have no effect, and all Plan Awards granted hereunder shall be canceled, if the Plan is not approved by a majority vote of the Corporation’s stockholders within 12 months of the date the Plan is adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Corporation by linking the personal interests of Participants to those of the Corporation’s stockholders by providing Participants with an incentive for outstanding performance. The Plan is further intended to assist the Corporation in its ability to motivate, and retain the services of, Participants upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of its and its subsidiaries’ operations is largely dependent.

 

The Plan also provides pay systems that support the Corporation’s business strategy and emphasizes pay-for-performance by tying reward opportunities to carefully determined and articulated performance goals at corporate, operating unit, business unit and/or individual levels.

 

 
 

 

I
DEFINITIONS

 

For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as follows unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

 

(a)          “ Affiliate ” shall mean, as it relates to any limitations or requirements with respect to Incentive Stock Options, any Subsidiary or Parent of the Corporation. Affiliate otherwise means any entity that is part of a controlled group of corporations or limited liability entities or is under common control with the Corporation within the meaning of Code Sections 1563(a), 414(b) or 414(c), except that, in making any such determination, fifty percent (50%) shall be substituted for eighty percent (80%) under such Code Sections and the related regulations.

 

(b)          “ Applicable Law ” shall mean the applicable provisions of the Code, the Securities Act, the Exchange Act and any other federal, state or foreign corporate, securities or tax or other laws, rules, requirements or regulations, the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed, quoted or traded and any other applicable law.

 

(c)          “ Award Agreement ” shall mean the written agreement, executed by an appropriate officer of the Corporation, pursuant to which a Plan Award is granted.

 

(d)          “ Board of Directors ” or “ Board ” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

 

(e)          “ Cash Incentives ” shall mean a Plan Award granting to the Participant the right to receive a certain amount of cash in the future subject to the satisfaction of certain time-vesting requirements and/or the attainment of one or more annual or multi-year performance goals and targets, all as described in Article IX below.

 

(f)          “ Cause ” shall, with respect to a Participant (i) have the same meaning as “cause” or “for cause” set forth in an employment contract entered into by and between the Participant and the Corporation or any Affiliate or, in the absence of any such contract or defined terms, (ii) mean (A) the Participant’s willful or gross misconduct or willful or gross negligence in the performance of his duties for the Corporation or for any Affiliate after prior written notice of such misconduct or negligence and the continuance thereof for a period of 30 days after receipt by such Participant of such notice, (B) the Participant’s intentional or habitual neglect of his duties for the Corporation or for any Affiliate after prior written notice of such neglect, (C) the Participant’s theft or misappropriation of funds or other property of the Corporation or of any Affiliate, fraud, criminal misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty or dishonesty in the performance of his duties on behalf of the Corporation or any Affiliate or commission of a felony, or crime of moral turpitude or any other conduct reflecting adversely upon the Corporation or any Affiliate, (D) the Participant’s violation of any covenant not to compete or not to disclose confidential information with respect to the Corporation or any Affiliate or (E) the direct or indirect breach by the Participant of the terms of any employment or consulting contract with the Corporation or any Affiliate.

 

2
 

 

(g)          “ Change in Control of the Corporation ” As used herein, a “Change in Control of the Corporation” shall be deemed to have occurred if any person (including any individual, firm, partnership or other entity) together with all “Affiliates” and “Associates” (as defined under Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act) of such person (but excluding (i) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation, (ii) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Corporation in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Corporation, (iii) the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation or (iv) a Participant, together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Participant) who is not a stockholder or an Affiliate or Associate of a stockholder of the Corporation on the date of stockholder approval of the Plan is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Corporation representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to Plan Awards constituting “non-qualified deferred compensation” pursuant to the provisions of Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the term “Change in Control of the Corporation” shall have the meanings of the relevant terms defined under forth Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) . In no instance shall an initial public offering of the Corporation’s Common Stock be deemed to constitute a Change in Control of the Corporation.

 

(h)          “ Code ” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(i)          “ Committee ” shall, subject to the provisions of Section II(a) hereof, mean the Compensation Committee of the Board or such other Committee as the Board may appoint from time to time to administer the Plan, or the Board itself if no Compensation Committee or other appointed Committee exists.

 

(j)          “ Common Stock ” shall mean the common stock of the Corporation, .001 par value per share, as authorized from time to time. At all times, the Common Stock made available for grants hereunder shall be “Service Recipient Stock” as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iii)(A) and the terms of this Plan and of any Award Agreement shall be deemed to be modified to the degree necessary to comply with this requirement.

 

(k)          “ Consultant ” shall mean an individual who is in a Consulting Relationship with the Corporation or any Affiliate.

 

(l)          “ Consulting Relationship ” shall mean the relationship that exists between an individual and the Corporation (or any Affiliate) if (i) such individual or (ii) any entity of which such individual is an executive officer or owns a substantial equity interest has entered into a written consulting contract with the Corporation or any Affiliate and if, pursuant to such written consulting agreement, such individual or entity qualifies as a consultant under the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission for registration of shares on a Form S-8 Registration Statement.

 

(m)          “ Corporation ” shall mean Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

3
 

 

(n)          “ Disability ” or “ Disabled ” shall have the same meaning as the term “permanent and total disability” under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

 

(o)          “ DRO ” shall mean a domestic relations order as defined by the Code or Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

(p)          “ Employee ” shall mean an employee (as determined in accordance with Section 3401(c) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) of the Corporation or of any Affiliate.

 

(q)          “ Exchange Act ” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(r)          “ Executive ” means an employee of the Corporation or of any Affiliate whose compensation is subject to the deduction limitations set forth under Code Section 162(m).

 

(s)          “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean:

 

(i)          In the event the Corporation’s Common Stock is publicly traded, the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock on a Trading Day shall mean the last reported sale price for Common Stock or, in case no such reported sale takes place on such Trading Day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for the Common Stock for such Trading Day, in either case on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading, or if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, but is traded in the over the counter market, the closing sale price of the Common Stock or, if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked quotations for the Common Stock, as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated Quotation System (“ NASDAQ ”) or any comparable system or, if the Common Stock is not quoted on NASDAQ or a comparable system, the closing sale price of the Common Stock or, if no sale is publicly reported, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as furnished by two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. who make a market in the Common Stock selected from time to time by the Corporation for that purpose. In addition, for purposes of this definition, a “Trading Day” shall mean, if the Common Stock is listed on any national securities exchange, a business day during which such exchange was open for trading and at least one trade of Common Stock was effected on such exchange on such business day, or, if the Common Stock is not listed on any national securities exchange but is traded in the over the counter market, a business day during which the over the counter market was open for trading and at least one “eligible dealer” quoted both a bid and asked price for the Common Stock. An “eligible dealer” for any day shall include any broker dealer who quoted both a bid and asked price for such day, but shall not include any broker dealer who quoted only a bid or only an asked price for such day.

 

4
 

 

(ii)         In the event the Corporation’s Common Stock is not publicly traded, the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock shall be determined by the Committee in good faith pursuant to the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(iv)(B). The Committee shall determine the Fair Market Value of such Common Stock by reference to the most recent valuation performed by an appraiser or appraisers selected by the Corporation. If the most recent valuation performed by an appraiser or appraisers selected by the Corporation is more than twelve (12) months old, then the Committee shall select an appraiser or appraisers to perform an updated valuation. The appraiser or appraisers shall be independent of the Corporation and the Participant (or selling Stockholder as the case may be) and shall have at least 10 years’ experience in appraising businesses reasonably determined by such appraiser to be providing services in the industry in which the Corporation is engaged. The selection of the appraiser or appraisers by the Committee shall be final and binding on the parties. The Corporation shall pay the fees and expenses of the appraiser or appraisers.

 

(t)           “ Freestanding SAR ” shall mean an SAR that is granted independently of any Option.

 

(u)          “ Good Reason ” shall, with respect to a Participant (i) have the same meaning as “good reason” or similar term set forth in an employment contract entered into by and between the Participant and the Corporation or any Affiliate (but only to the extent such meaning or meanings satisfy the requirements for “good reason” as set forth under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(n)(2)(ii)) or, (ii) in the absence of any such contract or defined term, have the “safe-harbor” meaning set forth in such regulation section.

 

(v)          “ Incentive Stock Option ” shall mean a stock option satisfying the requirements for tax-favored treatment under Section 422 of the Code and which is intended by the Committee to be treated as an incentive stock option under Code Section 422.

 

(w)          “ Non-Employee Director ” shall mean a Director of the Corporation who is not an Employee.

 

(x)           “ Non-Qualified Option ” shall mean a stock option which does not satisfy the requirements for, or which is not intended to be eligible for, tax-favored treatment under Section 422 of the Code.

 

(y)          “ Option ” shall mean a right to purchase shares of Common Stock at a specified exercise price that is granted under Article V. An Option shall be either a Non-Qualified Option or an Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that Options granted to Non-Employee Directors and Consultants shall only be Non-Qualified Options.

 

(z)           “ Optionee ” shall mean a Participant who is granted an Option under the terms of the Plan.

 

(aa)         “ Outside Directors ” shall mean members of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who are classified as “outside directors” under Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(bb)         “ Parent ” shall mean a parent corporation of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 424(e) of the Code. However, a corporation that otherwise qualifies as a Parent will not be so defined if the Plan Award it grants with Common Stock will render the Common Stock not to be Service Recipient Stock (as defined in Section I(j) hereof).

 

(cc)         “ Participant ” shall mean any Employee or other person granted a Plan Award under the Plan.

 

5
 

 

(dd)         “ Performance Share ” shall mean a Plan Award granted pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof, which is similar to Restricted Stock, and which Award is based upon any performance factor established by the Committee, as set forth under such Section.

 

(ee)         “ Performance Unit ” shall mean a Plan Award granted pursuant to the provisions of Article VIII hereof, which is similar to a Restricted Stock Unit, and which Award is based upon any performance factor established by the Committee, as set forth under such Section.

 

(ff)          “ Permitted Transferee ” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, any “family member” of the Participant, as defined under the instructions to use the Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act, or any other transferee specifically approved by the Committee after taking into account Applicable Law.

 

(gg)         “ Plan Award ” shall mean an Option, Performance Share, Performance Unit, share of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Cash Incentive or Stock Appreciation Right granted pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

 

(hh)         “ Restricted Stock ” shall mean a grant of one or more shares of Common Stock subject to certain restrictions as provided under Article VII hereof.

 

(ii)           “ Restricted Stock Unit ” shall mean a right to receive one share of Common Stock at a date, and subject to any and all restrictions, set forth in the related Award Agreement, as provided in Article VIII hereof.

 

(jj)           “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

(kk)         “ Service ” shall mean personal service performed for the Corporation or an Affiliate as an Employee, member of the Board or as a Consultant, as appropriate.

 

(ll)           “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” shall mean a right, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, to receive a payment on the day the right is exercised, pursuant to the terms of Article VI hereof. Each SAR shall be denominated in terms of one share of Common Stock.

 

(mm)        “ Substitute Award ” shall mean a Plan Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards previously granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation or acquisition of property or stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.

 

(nn)         “ Subsidiary ” shall mean a subsidiary corporation of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. However, a corporation that otherwise qualifies as a Subsidiary will not be so defined if the Plan Award it grants with Common Stock will render the Common Stock not to be Service Recipient Stock (as defined in Section I(j) hereof).

 

6
 

 

(oo)         “ Tandem SAR ” shall mean an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a share of Common Stock under the related Option (and when a share of Common Stock is purchased under such Option, the Tandem SAR being similarly canceled).

 

(pp)         “ Termination of Consulting Relationship ” shall mean the cessation, abridgment or termination of a Consultant’s Consulting Relationship with the Corporation or any Affiliate as a result of (i) the Consultant’s death or Disability or resignation, (ii) the cancellation, annulment, expiration, termination or breach of the written consulting contract between the Corporation (or any Affiliate) and the Consultant (or any other entity) giving rise to the Consulting Relationship or (iii) if the written consulting contract is not directly between the Corporation (or any Affiliate) and the Consultant, the Consultant’s termination of service with, or sale of all or substantially all of his equity interest in, the entity which has entered into the written consulting contract with the Corporation or Affiliate.

 

(qq)         “ Termination of Service ” shall mean the termination of a person’s Service as a member of the Board, as an Employee or, in the case of a Consultant, his Termination of Consulting Relationship.

 

7
 

 

II
ADMINISTRATION

 

(a)            Committee . The Committee (or another committee or a subcommittee of the Board assuming the functions of the Committee under the Plan) shall administer the Plan (except as otherwise permitted herein) and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors appointed by and holding office at the pleasure of the Board, each of whom is intended to qualify as both a “non-employee director” as defined by Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor rule, an Outside Director, and an “independent director” under the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed, quoted or traded; provided that any action taken by the Committee shall be valid and effective, whether or not members of the Committee at the time of such action are later determined not to have satisfied the requirements for membership set forth in this Section II(a) or otherwise provided in any charter of the Committee. Except as may otherwise be provided in any charter of the Committee, appointment of Committee members shall be effective upon acceptance of appointment. Committee members may resign at any time by delivering written or electronic notice to the Board. Vacancies in the Committee may only be filled by the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the full Board, acting by a majority of its members in office, shall conduct the general administration of the Plan with respect to Plan Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors (and, if the Committee does not consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, Plan Awards granted to individuals subject to the provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act) and, with respect to such Plan Awards, the term “Committee” as used in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to the Board and (ii) the Board or Committee may delegate its authority hereunder to the extent permitted by Section II(f).

 

(b)           Duties and Powers of Committee . It shall be the duty of the Committee to conduct the general administration of the Plan in accordance with its provisions. The Committee shall have the power to interpret the Plan and the Award Agreements, and to adopt such rules for the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan as are not inconsistent therewith, to interpret, amend or revoke any such rules and to amend any Award Agreement; provided that the rights or obligations of the Participant that is the subject of any such Award Agreement are not affected adversely by such amendment, unless the consent of the Participant is obtained or such amendment is otherwise explicitly permitted under the Plan. Any such Plan Award made under the Plan need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Any such interpretations and rules with respect to Incentive Stock Options shall be consistent with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code. In its sole discretion, the Board may at any time and from time to time exercise any and all rights and duties of the Committee under the Plan except with respect to matters which under Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or any successor rule, or Section 162(m) of the Code, or any regulations or rules issued thereunder, or the rules of any national securities exchange or automated quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed, quoted or traded are required to be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

(c)           Action by the Committee . Unless otherwise established by the Board or in any charter of the Committee, a majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum and the acts of a majority of the members present at any meeting at which a quorum is present, and acts approved in writing by all members of the Committee in lieu of a meeting, shall be deemed the acts of the Committee. Each member of the Committee is entitled, in good faith, to rely or act upon any report or other information furnished to that member by any officer or other employee of the Corporation or any Affiliate, the Corporation’s independent registered public accountants, or any executive compensation consultant or other professional retained by the Corporation to assist in the administration of the Plan.

 

8
 

 

(d)           Authority of Committee . Subject to the Corporation’s By-Laws, the Committee’s charter and any provision set forth hereunder, the Committee has the exclusive power, authority and sole discretion to:

 

(i)          Designate Participants to receive Plan Awards;

 

(ii)         Determine the type or types of Plan Awards to be granted to Participants;

 

(iii)        Determine the number of Plan Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Common Stock to which a Plan Award will relate;

 

(iv)        Determine the terms and conditions of any Plan Award granted pursuant to the Plan, including, but not limited to, the exercise price, grant price, or purchase price, any performance criteria, any restrictions or limitations on the Plan Award, any schedule for vesting, lapse of forfeiture restrictions or restrictions on the exercisability of a Plan Award, and accelerations or waivers thereof, and any provisions related to non-competition and recapture of gain on a Plan Award, based in each case on such considerations as the Committee in its sole discretion determines;

 

(v)         Determine whether, to what extent, and pursuant to what circumstances a Plan Award may be settled in, or the exercise price of a Plan Award may be paid in cash, of shares of Common Stock, other Plan Awards, or other property, or a Plan Award may be canceled, forfeited, or surrendered;

 

(vi)        Adjust performance factors to take into account changes in law and accounting or tax rules as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships provided that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to persons whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code;

 

(vii)       Prescribe the form of each Award Agreement, which need not be identical for each Participant;

 

(viii)      Determine the Fair Market Value of Common Stock in good faith, if necessary;

 

(ix)        Grant waivers of Plan or Plan Award conditions;

 

(x)         Correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in this Plan, any Plan Award or any Award Agreement;

 

(xi)        Determine whether a Plan Award has been earned;

 

9
 

 

(xii)        Decide all other matters that must be determined in connection with a Plan Award;

 

(xiii)       Establish, adopt, or revise any rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable to administer the Plan;

 

(xiv)       Interpret the terms of, and any matter arising pursuant to, the Plan or any Award Agreement;

 

(xv)        Make all other decisions and determinations that may be required pursuant to the Plan or as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to administer the Plan; and

 

(xvi)       Accelerate wholly or partially the vesting or lapse of restrictions of any Plan Award or portion thereof at any time after the grant of a Plan Award, subject to the terms and conditions set forth under Article X.

 

(e)           Decisions Binding . The Committee’s interpretation of the Plan, any Plan Awards granted pursuant to the Plan and any Award Agreement and all decisions and determinations by the Committee with respect to the Plan are final, binding, and conclusive on all persons. Any dispute regarding the interpretation of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be submitted by the Participant or Corporation to the Committee for review. Subject to the provisions of Section XI(m) and Article XVII, the resolution of such a dispute by the Committee shall be final and binding on the Corporation and the Participant.

 

(f)           Delegation of Authority . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Board or Committee may from time to time delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board or one or more officers of the Corporation or any Affiliate the authority to grant or amend Plan Awards or to take other administrative actions pursuant to this Article II; provided, however, that in no event shall an officer of the Corporation or any Affiliate be delegated the authority to grant awards to, or amend awards held by, the following individuals: (i) individuals who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, (ii) Executives, or (iii) officers of the Corporation (or directors) to whom authority to grant or amend Plan Awards has been delegated hereunder; provided, further, that any delegation of administrative authority shall only be permitted to the extent it is permissible under Section 162(m) of the Code and other Applicable Law, to the extent applicable. Any delegation hereunder shall be subject to the restrictions and limits that the Board or Committee specifies at the time of such delegation, and the Board may, at any time, rescind the authority so delegated or appoint a new delegatee. At all times, the delegatee appointed under this Section II(f) shall serve in such capacity at the pleasure of the Board and the Committee.

 

10
 

 

(g)           Section 162(m) of the Code and Section 16 of the Exchange Act . When necessary or desirable for a Plan Award to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code the Committee shall include at least two persons who are Outside Directors and at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such Outside Directors shall approve the grant of such Award and timely determine (as applicable) the performance period and any performance criteria upon which vesting or settlement of any portion of such Plan Award is to be subject. When required by Section 162(m) of the Code, prior to settlement of any such Plan Award at least two (or a majority if more than two then serve on the Committee) such Outside Directors then serving on the Committee shall determine and certify in writing the extent to which such performance criteria have been timely achieved and the extent to which cash or the shares of Common Stock subject to such Plan Award have thereby been earned. Awards granted to Participants who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act must be approved by two or more “non-employee directors” (as defined in the regulations promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act). With respect to Participants whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, and provided that such adjustments are consistent with the regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee may adjust the performance goals to account for changes in law and accounting and to make such adjustments as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or circumstances to avoid windfalls or hardships, including without limitation (i) restructurings, discontinued operations, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring charges, (ii) an event either not directly related to the operations of the Corporation or not within the reasonable control of the Corporation’s management, or (iii) a change in accounting standards required by generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(h)           Indemnification of the Committee . The Corporation shall bear all expenses of administering this Plan. The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee acting as administrator of the Plan, or any agent or person appointed or delegated by the Committee to perform any of its duties of such, against and from any cost, liability, loss or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such person in connection with or resulting from any action, claim, suit or proceeding to which such person may be a party or in which such person may be involved by reason of any action taken or not taken under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such person in settlement thereof, with the Corporation’s approval, or paid by such person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such person, provided he or she shall give the Corporation an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not indemnify and hold harmless any such person if Applicable Law or the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws prohibit such indemnification. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, any agreement, as a matter of law or otherwise, or under any other power that the Corporation may have to indemnify such person or hold him or her harmless. The provisions of the foregoing indemnity shall survive indefinitely the term of this Plan.

 

11
 

 

III
SHARES AVAILABLE

 

(a)           Number of Shares of Common Stock . Subject to the adjustments provided in Article X of the Plan, the aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock which may be granted for all purposes under the Plan shall be 83,333 shares of Common Stock. This number, and other share numbers set forth herein, do not represent the effect of the three for one stock split approved by the Board of Directors on October 14, 2014; upon the effectiveness of such stock split, the number of shares of Common Stock which may be granted for all purposes under the Plan shall be 250,000. Shares of Common Stock underlying Plan Awards and shares of Common Stock directly awarded hereunder (whether or not on a restricted basis) shall be counted against the limitation set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and may be reused to the extent that the related Plan Award to any individual is settled in cash, expires, is terminated unexercised, or is forfeited. To the extent that a Stock Appreciation Right related to an Option is exercised, such Option shall be deemed to have been exercised and vice versa. Common Stock granted to satisfy Plan Awards under the Plan may be authorized and unissued shares of the Common Stock, issued shares of such Common Stock held in the Corporation’s treasury or shares of Common Stock acquired on the open market.

 

(b)           Substitute Awards . To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, Substitute Awards shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for grant under the Plan. Additionally, in the event that an entity acquired by the Corporation or any Affiliate or with which the Corporation or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders or equity holders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Plan Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the number of shares of Common Stock authorized for grant under the Plan; provided that Plan Awards using such available shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Corporation or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.

 

12
 

 

IV
ELIGIBILITY, ETC.

 

(a)           Eligible Individuals . Any Employee of the Corporation or an Affiliate (including an entity that becomes an Affiliate after the adoption of this Plan), a member of the Board or the board of directors of an Affiliate (including an entity that becomes an Affiliate after the adoption of the Plan) (whether or not such Board or board of directors member is an Employee), any Consultant to the Corporation or an Affiliate (including an entity that becomes an Affiliate after the adoption of the Plan) and any entity which is a wholly-owned alter ego of such Employee, member of the Board or board of directors of an Affiliate or Consultant is eligible to participate in this Plan if the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that such person or entity has contributed significantly or can be expected to contribute significantly to the profits or growth of the Corporation or any Affiliate or if it is otherwise in the best interest of the Corporation or any Affiliate for such person or entity to participate in this Plan. With respect to any Board member who is (i) designated or nominated to serve as a Board member by a stockholder of the Corporation and (ii) an employee of such stockholder of the Corporation, then, at the irrevocable election of the employing stockholder, the person or entity who shall be eligible to participate in this Plan on behalf of the service of the respective Board member shall be the employing stockholder (or one of its affiliates). To the extent such election is made, the respective Board member shall have no rights hereunder as a Participant with respect to such Board member’s participation in this Plan. A Plan Award may be granted to a person or entity who has been offered employment or service by the Corporation or an Affiliate and who would otherwise qualify as eligible to receive the Plan Award to the extent that person or entity commences employment or service with the Corporation or an Affiliate, provided that such person or entity may not receive any payment or exercise any right relating to the Plan Award, and the grant of the Plan Award will be contingent, until such person or entity has commenced employment or service with the Corporation or an Affiliate.

 

(b)           Limitations Applicable to Section 16 Persons . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, any Plan Award granted or awarded to any individual who is then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act shall be subject to any additional limitations set forth in any applicable exemptive rule under Section 16 of the Exchange Act (including Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act and any amendments thereto) that are requirements for the application of such exemptive rule. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law and the Plan, Plan Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to such applicable exemptive rule.

 

(c)           Foreign Participant . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws, rules, regulations or taxes in countries other than the United States in which the Corporation and its Affiliates operate or have Employees, Non-Employee Directors or Consultants, or in order to comply with the requirements of any foreign securities exchange, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Affiliates shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Plan Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent such actions may be necessary or advisable (any such subplans and/or modifications to be attached to the Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Article III; and (v) take any action, before or after a Plan Award is made, that it deems advisable to obtain approval or comply with any necessary local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals or listing requirements of any such foreign securities exchange. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Plan Awards shall be granted, that would violate Applicable Law. For purposes of the Plan, all references to foreign laws, rules, regulations or taxes shall be references to the laws, rules, regulations and taxes of any applicable jurisdiction other than the United States or a political subdivision thereof.

 

13
 

 

(d)           Non-Employee Director Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, provide that Plan Awards granted to Non-Employee Directors shall be granted pursuant to a written formula established by the Committee (the “ Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy ”), subject to the limitations of the Plan. The Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy shall set forth the type of Plan Award(s) to be granted to Non-Employee Directors, the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to Non-Employee Director Plan Awards, the conditions on which such Plan Awards shall be granted, become exercisable and/or payable and expire, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine in its discretion. The Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy may be modified by the Committee from time to time in its discretion.

 

14
 

 

V
STOCK OPTIONS

 

The Committee shall have the authority, in its discretion, to grant Incentive Stock Options or to grant Non-Qualified Stock Options or to grant both types of Options. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted only to common law employees of the Corporation or of any Affiliate now existing or hereafter formed or acquired, and not to any director or officer who is not also such a common law employee. In order for an Option grant to satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exemption to the deduction limitation under Code Section 162(m), the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to Options which may be granted to any single Executive during any one calendar year, beginning with the year grants under the Plan first become subject to such deduction limitations, is 25,000. The terms and conditions of the Options shall be determined from time to time by the Committee; provided , however , that the Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following:

 

(a)           Exercise Price . The Committee shall establish the exercise price at the time any Option is granted at such amount as the Committee shall determine; provided , however , that the exercise price for each share of Common Stock purchasable under (i) any Option which is intended to satisfy the performance-based compensation exemption to the deduction limitation under Section 162(m) of the Code, (ii) any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder or (iii) any Option intended to satisfy the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(A) shall at all times be not less than such amount as the Committee shall, in its best judgment, determine to be one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the date the Option is granted; and provided , further , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who, at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns or, pursuant to Section 422(b)(6) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, is deemed to own shares of stock of the Corporation or of any Affiliate which possess more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of stock of the Corporation or of any Affiliate, the exercise price for each share of Common Stock shall be such amount as the Committee, in its best judgment, shall determine to be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock at the date the Option is granted. The exercise price of any Option will be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section X of the Plan.

 

(b)           Payment of Exercise Price . The exercise price per share of Common Stock with respect to each Option shall be payable at the time the Option is exercised. Such price shall be payable in cash or pursuant to any of the other methods set forth in Section V(g) hereof, as determined by the Committee. Shares of Common Stock delivered to the Corporation in payment of the exercise price shall be valued at the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date preceding the date of the exercise of the Option.

 

(c)           Exercisability of Options . Except as provided in Section V(e) hereof, each Option shall be exercisable in whole or in installments, and at such time(s), and subject to the fulfillment of any conditions on, and to any limitations on, exercisability as may be determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of such Option. The right to purchase shares of Common Stock shall be cumulative so that when the right to purchase any shares of Common Stock has accrued such shares of Common Stock or any part thereof may be purchased at any time thereafter until the expiration or termination of the Option.

 

15
 

 

(d)           Expiration of Options . No Incentive Stock Option by its terms shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant of such Option; provided, however, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who, at the time such Option is granted, owns (or, pursuant to Section 422(b)(6) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder, is deemed to own) shares of stock of the Corporation or of any Affiliate possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of stock of the Corporation or of any Affiliate, such Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant of such Option.

 

(e)           Exercise Upon Optionee’s Termination of Service . If the Service of an Optionee is terminated by the Optionee, the Corporation or any Affiliate for any reason other than death, any Incentive Stock Option granted to such Optionee may not be exercised later than three (3) months (one (1) year in the case of Termination of Service due to Disability) after the date of such Termination of Service. For purposes of determining whether any Optionee has incurred a Termination of Service, an Optionee who is both an Employee (or a Consultant) and a member of the Board shall (with respect to any Non-Qualified Option that may have been granted to him) be considered to have incurred a Termination of Service only upon his Termination of Service both as an employee (or as a Consultant) and as a member of the Board. Furthermore, except as otherwise may be provided in, and only with respect to, a particular Plan Award, if an Optionee incurs a Termination of Service by the Corporation or by any Affiliate for Cause, then the Optionee shall, at the time of such Termination of Service, forfeit his rights to exercise any and all of the outstanding Option(s) theretofore granted to him.

 

(f)           Maximum Amount of Incentive Stock Options . Each Plan Award under which Incentive Stock Options are granted shall provide that to the extent the sum of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock (determined as of the date of the grant of the Option) subject to such Incentive Stock Option plus (ii) the Fair Market Values (determined as of the date(s) of grant of the option(s)) of all other shares of Common Stock subject to Incentive Stock Options granted to an Optionee by the Corporation or any Affiliate, which are exercisable for the first time by any person during any calendar year, exceed(s) one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), such excess shares of Common Stock shall not be deemed to be purchasable pursuant to Incentive Stock Options. The terms of the immediately preceding sentence shall be applied by taking all options, whether or not granted under the Plan, into account in the order in which they are granted.

 

16
 

 

(g)           Procedures for Exercise of Option . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, establish procedures for an Optionee (i) to exercise an Option by payment of cash, (ii) to have withheld from the total number of shares of Common Stock to be acquired upon the exercise of an Option that number of shares having a Fair Market Value, which, together with such cash as shall be paid in respect of fractional shares, shall equal the Option exercise price of the total number of shares of Common Stock to be acquired, (iii) to exercise all or a portion of an Option by delivering that number of shares of Common Stock already owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value which shall equal the Option exercise price for the portion exercised and, in cases where an Option is not exercised in its entirety, and subject to the requirements of the Code, to permit the Optionee to deliver the shares of Common Stock thus acquired by him in payment of shares of Common Stock to be received pursuant to the exercise of additional portions of such Option, the effect of which shall be that an Optionee can in sequence utilize such newly acquired shares of Common Stock in payment of the exercise price of the entire Option, together with such cash as shall be paid in respect of fractional shares, (iv) delivery of a written or electronic notice that the Optionee has placed a market sell order with a broker with respect to shares of Common Stock then issuable upon exercise of an Option, and that the broker has been directed to pay a sufficient portion of the net proceeds of the sale to the Corporation in satisfaction of the aggregate payments required; provided that payment of such proceeds is then made to the Corporation upon settlement of such sale, (v) other form of legal consideration acceptable to the Committee, or (vi) any combination of the foregoing. The Committee shall also determine the methods by which shares of Common Stock shall be delivered or deemed to be delivered to Optionees. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, no Optionee who is a member of the Board or an “executive officer” of the Corporation within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act shall be permitted to make payment with respect to any Options granted under the Plan, or continue any extension of credit with respect to such payment, with a loan from the Corporation or a loan arranged by the Corporation in violation of Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act, to the extent applicable. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, require that an exercise described under any one or more of the methods described under clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence (to the extent such exercise is, or is deemed to constitute, an exercise effected by the tendering of Common Stock) be consummated with Common Stock (i) held by the Optionee for at least six (6) months or (ii) acquired by the Optionee other than under the Plan or a similar program.

 

(h)           Substitute Awards . Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article V to the contrary, but subject to the requirements of Sections 409A and 424 of the Code, in the case of an Option that is a Substitute Award, the exercise price per share of the shares of Common Stock subject to such Option may be less than the Fair Market Value per share on the date of grant of the Substitute Award; provided that the excess of: (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date such Substitute Award is granted) of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Substitute Award, over (ii) the aggregate exercise price thereof does not exceed the excess of: (x) the aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the time immediately preceding the transaction giving rise to the Substitute Award, such Fair Market Value to be determined by the Committee) of the shares of the predecessor entity that were subject to the grant assumed or substituted for by the Corporation, over (y) the aggregate exercise price of such shares pursuant to the option of the acquired company or other entity for which the Substitute Award substitutes.

 

17
 

 

VI
STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

(a)           Tandem Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee shall have the authority to grant Stock Appreciation Rights in tandem with an Option at the time of the grant of the Option. Each such Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to the same terms and conditions as the related Option, if any, and shall be exercisable only at such times and to such extent as the related Option is exercisable; provided , however , that a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock exceeds the exercise price of the related Option. A Tandem Stock Appreciation Right shall entitle the Optionee to surrender to the Corporation unexercised the related Option, or any portion thereof, and, except as provided below, to receive from the Corporation in exchange therefor that number of shares of Common Stock equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of the Common Stock of the Corporation on the Trading Day preceding the surrender of such Option over the exercise price per share of Common Stock multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock provided for under the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered; provided , however , that no fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued by reason thereof (cash being delivered to the Participant in lieu of such fractional shares). The number of shares of Common Stock which may be received pursuant to the exercise of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may not exceed the number of shares of Common Stock provided for under the Option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require a Participant to receive cash in whole or in part in settlement of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right. Within thirty (30) days following the receipt by the Committee of a request by the Participant to receive cash in whole or in part in settlement of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, either consent to or disapprove, in whole or in part, such a request. A request to receive cash in whole or in part in settlement of a Tandem Stock Appreciation Right may provide that, to the extent that the Committee shall disapprove such request, such request shall be deemed to be an exercise of such Tandem Stock Appreciation Right for shares of Common Stock. Each Tandem SAR shall comply with the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B).

 

(b)           Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee also shall have the authority to grant Stock Appreciation Rights unrelated to any Option that may be granted hereunder. Each such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions as determined by the Committee. Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights shall entitle the Participant to surrender to the Corporation a portion or all of such rights and, except as provided below, to receive from the Corporation in exchange therefor that number of shares of Common Stock (or cash, as provided below) equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of the Common Stock of the Corporation on the Trading Day preceding the surrender of such Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights over the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock (determined as of the date the Stock Appreciation Right was granted) multiplied by the number of Freestanding Stock Appreciation Rights which are surrendered; provided , however , that no fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued by reason thereof (cash being delivered to the Participant in lieu of such fractional shares). The Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to require a Participant to receive cash in whole or in part in settlement of a Stock Appreciation Right. Within thirty (30) days following the receipt by the Committee of a request by the Participant to receive cash in whole or in part in settlement of a Stock Appreciation Right, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, either consent to or disapprove, in whole or in part, such a request. A request to receive cash in whole or in part in settlement of a Stock Appreciation Right may provide that, to the extent that the Committee shall disapprove such request, such request shall be deemed to be an exercise of such Stock Appreciation Right for shares of Common Stock. Each Freestanding Stock Appreciation shall comply with the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(i)(B).

 

18
 

 

(c)           Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights . The exercisability of a Plan Award granted under this Article VI shall be determined as set forth in any agreement executed by the Corporation and such Participant hereunder. For purposes of determining whether a Participant has incurred a Termination of Service (in the context of determining the non-forfeitability of his Stock Appreciation Rights), a Participant who is both an Employee (or a Consultant) and a member of the Board shall be considered to have incurred a Termination of Service only upon his Termination of Service both as an Employee (or as a Consultant) and as a member of the Board. Except as otherwise may be provided in, and only with respect to, a particular Plan Award, if the Participant incurs an involuntary Termination of Service for Cause, then the Participant shall, at the time of such Termination of Service, forfeit his rights to exercise any and all of the outstanding Plan Awards granted under this Article VI.

 

(d)           Limitation on Number of Stock Appreciation Rights . In order for a grant of Stock Appreciation Rights to satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exemption under Code Section 162(m), the maximum number of Stock Appreciation Rights that may be granted to any Executive during one calendar year, beginning with the year grants under the Plan first become subject to such deduction limitations, is 25,000.

 

19
 

 

VII
RESTRICTED STOCK AND PERFORMANCE SHARES

 

The Committee shall have the authority to grant shares of Restricted Stock and/or Performance Shares either separately or in combination with other Plan Awards. The terms and conditions of Performance Shares and shares of Restricted Stock shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, without limitation, except as otherwise provided in the Plan; provided, that in order for a grant of shares of Restricted Stock or Performance Shares to satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exemption under Code Section 162(m), beginning with the year the deduction limitations under such Code Section first become applicable to grants of Plan Awards under the Plan, the maximum Fair Market Value of shares of Restricted Stock or Performance Shares which may vest with respect to any single Executive during any one calendar year is $2,000,000. Furthermore:

 

(a)           Services Rendered . Each such Award of Performance Shares and of Restricted Stock shall be granted for Services rendered; provided , however , that, with regard to Common Stock-based Plan Awards, the value of the Services performed must equal or exceed the par value of such shares of Common Stock to be granted to the Participant.

 

(b)           Duration of Performance or Restricted Period; Satisfaction of Conditions . The duration of the performance or restricted period and the condition or conditions upon which (i) such restrictions will lapse (and upon which the restricted period will end), (ii) the performance goals will be deemed to have been satisfied and (iii) such Plan Awards will be paid or distributed shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be determined by the Committee at the time each such grant is made and will be set forth under the subject Award Agreement. More than one grant may be outstanding at any one time, and performance or restricted periods may be of different lengths.

 

(c)           Restricted Stock . Shares of Common Stock granted in the form of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, together with a stock power endorsed by the Participant in blank, deposited with the Corporation at the time the Plan Award is granted. With respect to such Restricted Stock, the Participant shall generally have the rights and privileges of a stockholder of the Corporation as to such shares, except that the following restrictions shall apply: (i) the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of a certificate until the expiration or termination of the restricted period; (ii) none of the shares of Restricted Stock may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, or otherwise encumbered or disposed of during the restricted period; and (iii) all of the shares of Restricted Stock shall be forfeited by the Participant without further obligation on the part of the Corporation as set forth in the following provisions of this Section VII(c). Cash and stock dividends and distributions with respect to the Restricted Stock will be withheld by the Corporation for the Participant’s account, and interest may be paid on the amount of cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as may be determined by the Committee. All cash or stock dividends and distributions so withheld by the Corporation shall initially be subject to forfeiture, but shall become non-forfeitable and payable at the same times, and at the same rate, as determined with respect to the lapse of restrictions on the underlying Restricted Stock. Upon the forfeiture of any shares of Restricted Stock, such forfeited shares of Common Stock (and any dividends and distributions set aside thereon) shall be transferred to the Corporation without further action by the Participant. Upon the expiration or termination of the restricted period, the restrictions imposed on the appropriate shares of Restricted Stock shall lapse and a stock certificate for the number of shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which the restrictions have lapsed shall be delivered, free of all such restrictions, except any that may be imposed by law or by any applicable agreement, to the Participant. A Participant who files an election with the Internal Revenue Service to include the fair market value of any Restricted Stock in gross income while they are still subject to restrictions shall promptly furnish the Corporation with a copy of such election together with the amount of any federal, state, local or other taxes that may be required to be withheld to enable the Corporation to claim an income tax deduction with respect to such election.

 

20
 

 

(d)           Performance Shares . For purposes of this Article VII, Performance Shares shall be substantially identical to shares of Restricted Stock except that the vesting of such Performance Shares will be based solely upon the attainment of one or more performance targets, as further described below.

 

(e)           Performance Goal(s) . In order to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code (to the extent such requirements are applicable), the performance goal(s) to be used for purposes of grants to Executives (the attainment of the performance target(s) referenced in Section VII(f) related to such performance goal(s) determining the number of Performance Shares or shares of Restricted Stock that become vested under the Plan) shall be as set forth in Appendix “A” hereto, unless and until the Committee proposes for stockholder vote a change in such general performance measures.

 

(f)           Performance Targets . At the time of each grant, the Committee shall establish (subject to the provisions of Section VII(e) hereof) specific performance targets (to be satisfied during the performance period) and/or periods of service to which the vesting of Performance Shares and shares of Restricted Stock shall be subject. The Committee may also establish a relationship between performance targets and the number of Performance Shares and shares of Restricted Stock which shall become vested. Furthermore, the Committee also may establish a relationship between performance results other than the targets and the number of Performance Shares and shares of Restricted Stock which shall become vested. The Committee shall determine the measures of performance to be used in determining the extent to which restrictions on shares of Restricted Stock and Performance Shares shall lapse. Performance measures and targets may vary among grants, but once established for a grant may not be modified with respect to that grant except to the extent required by application of Article X and provided that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, make such adjustments as it may deem necessary or advisable in the event of material changes in the criteria used for establishing performance targets which would result in the dilution or enlargement of a Participant’s award outside the goals intended by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Plan Award. The performance targets must be established in writing (i) at the time of the grant of the Plan Award or (ii) no later than the earlier of (x) 90 days after the beginning of the performance period to which they relate or (y) before the lapse of 25% of the performance period to which they relate. Whether or not the performance targets are attained must be uncertain at the time that they are established and whether or not the performance targets are achieved must be able to be determined by an unrelated third party with knowledge of the relevant facts.

 

21
 

 

(g)           Termination of Service . If the Participant (i) voluntarily causes himself to incur a Termination of Service for Good Reason or with the written consent of the Committee, (ii) dies or becomes Disabled or (iii) suffers an involuntary Termination of Service with the Corporation or with any Affiliate for reasons other than Cause, the Plan Award earned (or which becomes vested and nonforfeitable) under this Section with respect to any outstanding Performance Shares and shares of Restricted Stock shall be determined in any agreement executed by such Participant hereunder. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, any Participant who is both an Employee (or a Consultant) and a member of the Board will be considered to have incurred a Termination of Service only upon his Termination of Service both as an Employee (or as a Consultant) and as a member of the Board. Except as otherwise may be provided in, and only with respect to, a particular Plan Award, if the Participant incurs a Termination of Service for Cause, all Plan Awards granted under this Section VII and subject to restrictions shall be immediately forfeited. In such case, the Corporation shall have the right to complete the blank stock power with respect to shares of Restricted Stock and Performance Shares and transfer the same to the Corporation’s treasury.

 

22
 

 

VIII
RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS AND PERFORMANCE UNITS

 

The Committee shall have the authority to grant Restricted Stock Units and/or Performance Units either separately or in combination with other Plan Awards. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, without limitation, except as otherwise provided in the Plan; provided, that in order for a grant of Restricted Stock Units or Performance Units to satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exemption under Code Section 162(m), beginning with the year the deduction limitations under such Code Section first become applicable to grants of Plan Awards under the Plan, the maximum Fair Market Value of shares of Common Stock underlying Restricted Stock Units or Performance Units that may be distributed to any single Executive during any one calendar year is $2,000,000. Furthermore:

 

(a)           Services Rendered . Each such Plan Award shall be granted for Services rendered; provided , however , that, with regard to Common Stock-based Plan Awards, the value of the Services performed must equal or exceed the par value of such shares of Common Stock to be granted to the Participant.

 

(b)           Duration of Performance or Restricted Period; Satisfaction of Conditions . The duration of the performance or restricted period and the condition or conditions upon which (i) such restrictions will lapse (and upon which the restricted period will end), (ii) the performance goals will be deemed to have been satisfied and (iii) such Plan Awards will be paid or distributed shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be determined by the Committee at the time each such grant is made and will be set forth under the subject Award Agreement. More than one grant may be outstanding at any one time, and performance or restricted periods may be of different lengths.

 

(c)           Restricted Stock Units . The Committee may grant one or more Restricted Stock Units to a Participant. Such Restricted Stock Units shall vest pursuant to the vesting schedule set forth in the related Award Agreement and the shares of Common Stock underlying vested Restricted Stock Units will be distributed to the Participant on the date(s), or upon the event(s), set forth in the related Award Agreement in the amount of one share of Common Stock for each vested Restricted Stock Unit. At the time of distribution, a stock certificate for such number of shares of Common Stock shall be delivered to the Participant free of all restrictions (except any restrictions that may be imposed (i) under the Award Agreement, (ii) by law, or (iii) by any applicable agreement).

 

(d)           Performance Units . For purposes of this Article VIII, Performance Units shall be substantially identical to shares of Restricted Stock Units except that the vesting of such Performance Units will be based solely upon the attainment of one or more performance targets, as further described below.

 

(e)           Performance Goal(s) . In order to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code (to the extent such requirements are applicable), the performance goal(s) to be used for purposes of grants to Executives (the attainment of the performance target(s) referenced in Section VIII(f) related to such performance goal(s) determining the number of Performance Units or Restricted Stock Units that become vested under the Plan) shall be as set forth in Appendix “A” hereto, unless and until the Committee proposes for stockholder vote a change in such general performance measures.

 

23
 

 

(f)           Performance Targets . At the time of each grant, the Committee shall establish (subject to the provisions of Section VIII(e) hereof) specific performance targets (to be satisfied during the performance period) and/or periods of service to which the vesting of Performance Units and Restricted Stock Units shall be conditioned. The Committee may also establish a relationship between performance targets and the number of Performance Units and Restricted Stock Units which shall be earned. Furthermore, the Committee also may establish a relationship between performance results other than the targets and the number of Restricted Stock Units and the number or value of Performance Units which shall be earned. The Committee shall determine the measures of performance to be used in determining the extent to which restrictions on Restricted Stock Units or Performance Units shall lapse. Performance measures and targets may vary among grants, but once established for a grant may not be modified with respect to that grant except to the extent required by application of Article X and provided that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, make such adjustments as it may deem necessary or advisable in the event of material changes in the criteria used for establishing performance targets which would result in the dilution or enlargement of a Participant’s award outside the goals intended by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Plan Award. The performance targets must be established in writing (i) at the time of the grant of the Plan Award or (ii) no later than the earlier of (x) 90 days after the beginning of the performance period to which they relate or (y) before the lapse of 25% of the performance period to which they relate. Whether or not the performance targets are attained must be uncertain at the time that they are established and whether or not the performance targets are achieved must be able to be determined by an unrelated third party with knowledge of the relevant facts.

 

(g)           Dividend or Interest Equivalents for Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units . The Committee may provide that amounts equivalent to dividends, distributions or interest shall be payable with respect to Restricted Stock Units or Performance Units held in the Participant’s performance account. Such amounts shall be credited to the performance account, and shall be payable to the Participant in cash or in Common Stock, as set forth under the terms of the subject Plan Award, at such time as the Restricted Stock Units or Performance Units are earned. The Committee further may provide that amounts equivalent to interest, dividends or distributions held in the performance accounts shall be credited to such accounts on a periodic or other basis.

 

(h)           Termination of Service . If the Participant (i) voluntarily causes himself to incur a Termination of Service for Good Reason or with the written consent of the Committee, (ii) dies or becomes Disabled or (iii) suffers an involuntary Termination of Service with the Corporation or with any Affiliate for reasons other than Cause, the Plan Award earned (or which becomes vested and nonforfeitable) under this Section with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units or interest, dividend or distributions equivalents shall be determined in any agreement executed by such Participant hereunder. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, any Participant who is both an Employee (or a Consultant) and a member of the Board will be considered to have incurred a Termination of Service only upon his Termination of Service both as an Employee (or as a Consultant) and as a member of the Board. Except as otherwise may be provided in, and only with respect to, a particular Plan Award, if the Participant incurs a Termination of Service for Cause, all Plan Awards granted under this Section VIII and subject to restrictions shall be immediately forfeited.

 

24
 

 

IX
CASH INCENTIVES

 

The Committee shall have the authority to grant Cash Incentives either separately or in combination with other Plan Awards. The terms and conditions of Cash Incentives shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, without limitation, except as otherwise provided in the Plan, provided, that in order for a grant of Cash Incentives to satisfy the “performance-based compensation” exemption under Code Section 162(m), beginning with the year the deduction limitations under such Code Section first become applicable to grants of Plan Awards under the Plan, the maximum dollar amount of Cash Incentives that may be paid to any single Executive during any one calendar year is $2,000,000. Furthermore:

 

(a)           Services Rendered . Each such Plan Award shall be granted for Services rendered.

 

(b)           Duration of Performance or Restricted Period; Satisfaction of Conditions . The duration of the performance or restricted period and the condition or conditions upon which (i) such restrictions will lapse (and upon which the restricted period will end), upon which (ii) the performance goals will be deemed to have been satisfied and (iii) such Plan Awards will be paid or distributed shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be determined by the Committee at the time each such grant is made and will be set forth under the subject Award Agreement. More than one grant may be outstanding at any one time, and performance or restricted periods may be of different lengths.

 

(c)           Cash Incentives . The Committee may grant Cash Incentive awards to one or more Participants, which provide that the recipients will receive cash payments (of either a fixed dollar amount or an amount determined by formula) at a specified time in the future based upon the attainment of certain vesting requirements one or more annual or multi-year performance goals, as further described below. Except as may be provided in an Award Agreement with respect to a particular Participant, any Cash Incentives earned during a performance period shall be paid in cash within 2½ months after the end of the performance period to which such Plan Award relates.

 

(d)           Performance Goal(s) . In order to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code (to the extent such requirements are applicable), the performance goal(s) to be used for purposes of grants to Executives (the attainment of the performance target(s) referenced in Section IX(e) related to such performance goal(s) determining the amount of Cash Incentives) shall be as set forth in Appendix “A” hereto, unless and until the Committee proposes for stockholder vote a change in such general performance measures.

 

25
 

 

(e)           Performance Targets . At the time of each grant, the Committee shall establish (subject to the provisions of Section IX(d) hereof) specific performance targets (to be satisfied during the performance period) and/or periods of service to which the vesting of Cash Incentives shall be conditioned. The Committee may also establish a relationship between performance targets and the amount of Cash Incentives which shall be earned. Furthermore, the Committee also may establish a relationship between performance results other than the targets and the amount of Cash Incentives which shall be earned. The Committee shall determine the measures of performance to be used in determining the extent to which Cash Incentives are earned. Performance measures and targets may vary among grants, but once established for a grant may not be modified with respect to that grant except to the extent required by application of Article X and provided that the Committee may, in its sole discretion, make such adjustments as it may deem necessary or advisable in the event of material changes in the criteria used for establishing performance targets which would result in the dilution or enlargement of a Participant’s award outside the goals intended by the Committee at the time of the grant of the Plan Award. The performance targets must be established in writing (i) at the time of the grant of the Plan Award or (ii) no later than the earlier of (x) 90 days after the beginning of the performance period to which they relate or (y) before the lapse of 25% of the performance period to which they related. Whether or not the performance targets are attained must be uncertain at the time that they are established and whether or not the performance targets are achieved must be able to be determined by an unrelated third party with knowledge of the relevant facts.

 

(f)           Termination of Service . If the Participant (i) voluntarily causes himself to incur a Termination of Service for Good Reason or with the written consent of the Committee, (ii) dies or becomes Disabled or (iii) suffers an involuntary Termination of Service with the Corporation or with any Affiliate for reasons other than Cause, the Plan Award earned (or which becomes vested and nonforfeitable) under this Section with respect to any outstanding Cash Incentives shall be determined in any agreement executed by such Participant hereunder. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, any Participant who is both an Employee (or a Consultant) and a member of the Board will be considered to have incurred a Termination of Service only upon his Termination of Service both as an Employee (or as a Consultant) and as a member of the Board. Except as otherwise may be provided in, and only with respect to, a particular Plan Award, if the Participant incurs a Termination of Service for Cause, all Plan Awards granted under this Section VII and subject to restrictions shall be immediately forfeited.

 

26
 

 

X
ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES; MERGER OR
CONSOLIDATION, ETC. OF THE CORPORATION

 

(a)           Recapitalization, Etc . In the event there is any change in the number of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Corporation by reason of any reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock split, stock dividend, combination of shares or otherwise, or in the case of the payment of an extraordinary dividend as defined in Section 1059(c) of the Code, there shall be substituted for or added to each share of Common Stock theretofore appropriated or thereafter subject, or which may become subject, to any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, grant of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Share or Performance Unit award, the number and kind of shares of stock or other securities into which each outstanding share of Common Stock shall be so changed or for which each such share shall be exchanged, or to which each such share shall be entitled, as the case may be, and the per share price thereof also shall be appropriately adjusted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) each such adjustment shall comply with the requirements of Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v), (ii) each such adjustment with respect to an Incentive Stock Option shall comply with the rules of Section 424(a) of the Code and (iii) in no event shall any adjustment be made which would render any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder to be other than an incentive stock option for purposes of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(b)           Merger, Consolidation, Change in Control of the Corporation or Sale of Assets .

 

Upon:

 

(i)          the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another corporation (pursuant to which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to such merger or consolidation will not, as of the date of such merger or consolidation, own a beneficial interest in shares of voting securities of the corporation surviving such merger or consolidation having at least a majority of the combined voting power of such corporation’s then outstanding securities), if the agreement of merger or consolidation does not provide for:

 

(1)         the continuance of the Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares and/or Cash Incentives granted hereunder; or

 

(2)         the substitution of new cash incentives, options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance units, shares of restricted stock and/or performance shares for Cash Incentives, Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, shares of Restricted Stock or Performance Shares granted hereunder, or for the assumption of the same by the surviving corporation;

 

(ii)         the dissolution, liquidation, or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation to a person who is (A) not an “Affiliate” or “Associate” (as defined under Section 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act) of the Corporation or to (B) a direct or indirect owner of a majority of the voting power of the Corporation’s then outstanding voting securities (such sale of assets being referred to as an “ Asset Sale ”), or

 

27
 

 

(iii)        the Change in Control of the Corporation, if after such Change in Control of the Corporation this Plan (or another plan of the Corporation or of a successor to the Corporation) does not provide for (1) the continuance of the Cash Incentives, Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, shares of Restricted Stock and/or Performance Shares granted hereunder or (2) the substitution of new cash incentives, options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, shares of restricted stock, performance units or performance shares for Cash Incentives, Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares or Performance Units granted hereunder, or for the assumption of the same by the surviving corporation,

 

Then, (A) with respect to such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the holder of any such Option or Stock Appreciation Right theretofore granted and still outstanding (and not otherwise expired) shall have the right immediately prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, Asset Sale or Change in Control of the Corporation to exercise such Option(s) or Stock Appreciation Right(s) in whole or in part without regard to any installment provision that may have been made part of the terms and conditions of such Option(s) or Stock Appreciation Right(s), (B) all restrictions regarding transferability and forfeiture on shares of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units shall be removed immediately prior to the effective date of such merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, Asset Sale or Change in Control of the Corporation (and the shares of Common Stock underlying any such Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units shall be immediately distributed to the applicable Participants) and (C) the outstanding amount of Cash Incentives, to the extent vested and earned, shall immediately be paid to the Participant; provided that all conditions precedent to (x) the exercise of such Option(s) or Stock Appreciation Right(s), (y) the transferability of such shares of Restricted Stock or Performance Shares and the vesting of Restricted Stock Units and Performance Units and (z) the payment of such Cash Incentives, other than the passage of time, have occurred.

 

The Corporation, to the extent practicable, shall give advance notice to affected Optionees and holders of Stock Appreciation Rights of any such merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation, Asset Sale or Change in Control of the Corporation. Unless otherwise provided in the subject Award Agreement or merger, consolidation or Asset Sale agreement, all such Options and Stock Appreciation Rights which are not so exercised shall be forfeited as of the effective time of such merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or Asset Sale (but not in the case of a Change in Control of the Corporation). In the event the Corporation becomes a subsidiary of another corporation (the “ New Parent Corporation ”) with respect to which the stockholders of the Corporation (as determined immediately before such transaction) own, immediately after such transaction, a beneficial interest in shares of voting securities of the New Parent Corporation having at least a majority of the combined voting power of such New Parent Corporation’s then outstanding securities, there shall be substituted for Cash Incentives, Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Units, shares of Restricted Stock, Performance Shares and Performance Units granted hereunder, (i) cash incentives and (ii) options to purchase, stock appreciation rights issued with respect to, restricted stock units (and performance units) related to shares of the New Parent Corporation and restricted shares of common stock (and performance shares) of the New Parent Corporation. The substitution described in the immediately preceding sentence shall be effected in a manner such that any option granted by the New Parent Corporation (i) shall comply with Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(5)(v) and (ii) which is intended to replace an Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder shall satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

28
 

 

(c)           Effect of Merger or Consolidation on Performance-Based Plan Awards, Etc . Notwithstanding the above, as of the effective date of any merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or Asset Sale described in subsection (b), above, no Participant shall earn any additional performance-based Plan Award or dividend or interest equivalent under the Plan. Furthermore, if the value of any such Plan Award cannot be determined as of such date because such Plan Award is conditioned upon the future financial performance of the Corporation, such Plan Award (including any applicable dividend or interest equivalents) shall, unless otherwise provided in the subject Award Agreement, be prorated based upon the assumption that such performance criteria have been satisfied at the target level. Except as provided in Section X(b), any Plan Award payable after the date of the merger, consolidation, dissolution, liquidation or Asset Sale shall be paid in cash (unless the appropriate merger, consolidation or Asset Sale agreement provides otherwise) as of the date such Plan Award originally was to have been paid, or as of such earlier date as may be determined by the Corporation or its successor but subject to the provisions of Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

29
 

 

XI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

(a)           Administrative Procedures . The Committee may establish any procedures determined by it to be appropriate in discharging its responsibilities under the Plan. All actions and decisions of the Committee shall be final.

 

(b)           Assignment or Transfer . Except as provided in Article XII, no grant or award of any Plan Award or any rights or interests therein shall be assignable or transferable by a Participant except by will or the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a DRO. During the lifetime of a Participant, Incentive Stock Options granted hereunder shall be exercisable only by the Participant.

 

(c)           Investment Representation . In the case of Plan Awards paid in shares of Common Stock or other securities, or, with respect to shares of Common Stock received pursuant to the exercise of an Option or a Stock Appreciation Right, or upon the payment upon any Plan Award, the Committee may require, as a condition of receiving such securities, that the Participant furnish to the Corporation such written representations and information as the Committee deems appropriate to permit the Corporation, in light of the existence or nonexistence of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, to deliver such securities in compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act.

 

(d)           Withholding Taxes . The Corporation (or the appropriate Affiliate) shall have the right to deduct and withhold from all payments hereunder the minimum statutory required federal, state, local or foreign taxes due to be withheld with respect to such payments. In the case of the issuance or distribution of Common Stock or other securities hereunder, either directly or upon the exercise of or payment upon any Plan Award, the Corporation, as a condition of such issuance or distribution, may require the payment (through withholding from the Participant’s salary, reduction of the number of shares of Common Stock or other securities to be issued, or otherwise) of any such taxes. Each Participant may satisfy the withholding obligations by paying to the Corporation (or the appropriate Affiliate) a cash amount equal to the amount required to be withheld or, subject to the Committee’s consent thereto, by tendering to the Corporation (or to the appropriate Affiliate) a number of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equivalent to such cash amount, or by use of the following procedure if approved in writing by the Committee: A procedure whereby a number of shares of Common Stock or other securities may be withheld from the total number of shares of Common Stock or other securities to be issued upon exercise, vesting or payment upon an Option, Stock Appreciation Right or other grant of Plan Awards, as applicable. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, require that if any such withholding is effected by the tendering of Common Stock, such withholding shall be consummated with Common Stock (i) held by the Optionee for at least six months or (ii) acquired by the Optionee other than under the Plan or a similar program.

 

(e)           Costs and Expenses . The costs and expenses of administering the Plan shall be borne by the Corporation and shall not be charged against any award nor to any person receiving a Plan Award.

 

30
 

 

(f)           Funding of Plan . The Plan shall be unfunded. The Corporation (and the appropriate Affiliates) shall not be required to segregate any of their assets to assure the payment of any Plan Award under the Plan. Neither the Participants nor any other persons shall have any interest in any fund or in any specific asset or assets of the Corporation or any other entity by reason of any Plan Award, except to the extent expressly provided hereunder. The interests of each Participant and former Participant hereunder are unsecured and shall be subject to the general creditors of the Corporation and of the Affiliates.

 

(g)           Other Incentive Plans . The adoption of the Plan does not preclude the adoption by appropriate means of any other incentive plan for Employees or other service providers or any other person granted or eligible to be granted a Plan Award under the Plan.

 

(h)           Severability . In case any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or void, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted herein.

 

(i)           Payments Due Missing Persons . The Corporation shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (the “ Benefits ”); however, notwithstanding any provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of one (1) year from the date such Benefits shall be due, any such persons entitled to Benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan with respect to such Benefits shall stand suspended. Before this provision becomes operative, the Corporation shall send a certified letter to all such persons at their last known addresses advising them that their rights under the Plan shall be suspended. Subject to all applicable state laws, any such suspended Benefits shall be held by the Corporation for a period of one (1) additional year and thereafter such Benefits shall be forfeited and thereafter remain the property of the Corporation.

 

(j)           Liability and Indemnification .

 

(i)          Neither the Corporation nor any Affiliate shall be responsible in any way for any action or omission of the Committee or any other fiduciaries in the performance of their duties and obligations as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, neither the Corporation nor any Affiliate shall be responsible for any act or omission of any of their agents, or with respect to reliance upon advice of their counsel, provided that the Corporation and/or the appropriate Affiliate relied in good faith upon the action of such agent or the advice of such counsel.

 

(ii)         Neither the Corporation, any Affiliate, the Committee, nor any agents, employees, officers, directors or shareholders of any of them, nor any other person shall have any liability or responsibility with respect to the Plan, except as expressly provided herein.

 

(k)           Incapacity . If the Committee shall receive evidence satisfactory to it that a person entitled to receive payment of, or exercise, any Plan Award is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable or exercisable, a minor, or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive or exercise such Plan Award and to give a valid release thereof, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of such person and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of such person shall have been duly appointed, the Committee may make payment of such Plan Award otherwise payable to such person to (or permit such Plan Award to be exercised by) such other person or institution, including a custodian under a Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or corresponding legislation (who shall be an adult, a guardian of the minor or a trust company), and the release by such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment or exercise of such Plan Award.

 

31
 

 

(l)           Cooperation of Parties . The Corporation, each Participant and any person claiming any interest hereunder agree to perform any and all acts and execute any and all documents and papers which are necessary or desirable for carrying out the Plan or any of its provisions.

 

(m)           Governing Law . All questions pertaining to the validity, construction and administration of the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to its principles of conflicts of law. Subject to the provisions of Article XVII hereof, in the event that any person is compelled to bring a claim related to this Plan, to interpret or enforce the provisions of the Plan, to recover damages as a result of a breach of the terms of this Plan, or from any other cause (a “ Claim ”), such Claim must be processed in the manner set forth below:

 

(i)           THE SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE METHOD TO RESOLVE ANY CLAIM IS ARBITRATION, AND THE CORPORATION AND EACH PARTICIPANT (INCLUDING FORMER PARTICIPANTS, BENEFICIARIES OF PARTICIPANTS OR FORMER PARTICIPANTS OR PERSONS ACTING FOR OR ON BEHALF THEREOF WAIVES THE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL OR COURT TRIAL . No Participant shall initiate or prosecute any lawsuit in any way related to any Claim covered by the terms of this Plan.

 

(ii)         Any arbitration shall be binding and conducted before a single arbitrator in accordance with the then-current JAMS Arbitration Rules and Procedures for Employment Disputes or the appropriate governing body, as modified by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. Venue for any arbitration pursuant to this Plan will lie in the locality of the principal executive offices of the Corporation. The arbitrator will be selected by mutual agreement of the parties to such arbitration or, if the parties cannot agree, then by striking from a list of arbitrators supplied by JAMS or the appropriate governing body. The parties to the arbitration shall each pay an equal amount of the arbitrator’s fees and arbitration costs (recognizing that each party to the arbitration bears the cost of its own deposition(s), witness, expert and attorneys’ fees and other expenses as and to the same extent as if the matter were being heard in a court of law). Upon the conclusion of the arbitration hearing, the arbitrator shall issue a written opinion revealing, however briefly, the essential findings and conclusions upon which the arbitrator’s award is based. The award of the arbitrator shall be final and binding. Judgment upon any award may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

(n)           Non-guarantee of Employment or Consulting Relationship . Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed as a contract of employment (or as a consulting contract) between the Corporation (or any Affiliate), and any Employee or Participant, as a right of any Employee or Participant to be continued in the employ of (or in a Consulting Relationship with) the Corporation (or any Affiliate), or as a limitation on the right of the Corporation or any Affiliate to discharge any of its Employees (or Consultants), at any time, with or without cause (but subject to the terms of any applicable employment or consulting agreement).

 

32
 

 

(o)           Notices . Each notice relating to the Plan shall be in writing and delivered in person, by recognized overnight courier or by certified or express mail to the proper address. Except as otherwise provided in any Award Agreement, or as the Committee or Corporation shall, in writing, notify applicable Participants, former Participants, beneficiaries or other persons acting for or on behalf of such persons, all notices to the Corporation or the Committee shall be addressed to it at 800 Standard Parkway, Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326 Attn: Chief Financial Officer. All notices to Participants, former Participants, beneficiaries or other persons acting for or on behalf of such persons shall be addressed to such person at the last address for such person maintained in the Committee’s records.

 

(p)           Written Agreements . Each Plan Award shall be evidenced by a signed written agreement between the Corporation and the Participant containing the terms and conditions of the award.

 

(q)           Section 409A of the Code .

 

(i)          This Plan and the related Award Agreements (collectively, for purposes of this Section XI(q), the “ Plan ”) are intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code (“ Section 409A ”). Payments of Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation (as such term is defined under Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder) may only be made under this Plan to a Participant subject to the provisions of Section 409A upon an event and in a manner permitted by Section 409A. Any amounts payable solely on account of an involuntary separation from service of the Participant within the meaning of Section 409A shall be excludible from the requirements of Section 409A, either as involuntary separation pay (exempt from the provisions of Section 409A under Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)) or as short-term deferral amounts (as described in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(b)(4)), to the maximum possible extent. For purposes of Section 409A, the right to a series of installment payments under this Plan shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments.

 

(ii)         To the extent required by Section 409A, and notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, no payment of Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation will be provided to, or with respect to, a Participant on account of his separation from service until the first to occur of (i) the date of the Participant’s death or (ii) the date which is one day after the six (6) month anniversary of his separation from service, but in either case only if he is a “specified employee” (as defined under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) in the year of his separation from service. Any payment that is delayed pursuant to the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall instead be paid in a lump sum promptly following the first to occur of the two dates specified in such immediately preceding sentence.

 

(iii)        Any payment of Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation made pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary Termination of Service shall be withheld until the Participant (who is subject to the provisions of Section 409A) incurs both (i) a Termination of Service and (ii) a “separation from service” with the Corporation and all of the Affiliates, as such term is defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-1(h).

 

33
 

 

(iv)        If a Participant subject to the provisions of Section 409A is permitted to elect to defer a Plan Award or any payment under a Plan Award, such election shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A. Each initial deferral election (an “ Initial Deferral Election ”) must be received by the Committee prior to the following dates or will have no effect whatsoever:

 

(a)          Except as otherwise provided below or in Treas. Reg. Section 1.409A-2, the December 31 immediately preceding the year in which the compensation is earned;

 

(b)          With respect to the first year of participation in the Plan, within 30 days of the beginning of such year;

 

(c)          With respect to any annual or long-term incentive pay which qualifies as “performance-based compensation” within the meaning of Code Section 409A, by the date six (6) months prior to the end of the performance measurement period applicable to such incentive pay provided such additional requirements set forth in Code Section 409A are met;

 

(d)          With respect to “fiscal year compensation” as defined under Code Section 409A, by the last day of the Corporation's fiscal year immediately preceding the year in which the fiscal year compensation is earned; or

 

(e)          With respect to mid-year Plan Awards or other legally binding rights to a payment of compensation in a subsequent year that is subject to a forfeiture condition requiring the Participant’s continued service for a period of at least twelve (12) months, on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following the grant of such Plan Award, provided that the election is made at least twelve (12) months in advance of the earliest date at which the forfeiture condition could lapse.

 

The Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit such Participants to submit additional deferral elections in order to delay, but not to accelerate, a payment, or to change the form of payment of an amount of deferred compensation (a “ Subsequent Deferral Election ”), if, and only if, the following conditions are satisfied: (i) the Subsequent Deferral Election must not take effect until 12 months after the date on which it is made, (ii) in the case of a payment other than a payment attributable to the Participant's death, disability or an unforeseeable emergency (all within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) the Subsequent Deferral Election further defers the payment for a period of not less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made and (iii) the Subsequent Deferral Election is received by the Committee at least 12 months prior to the date the payment would otherwise have been made. In addition, such Participants may be further permitted to revise the form of payment they have elected, or the number of installments elected, provided that such revisions comply with the requirements of a Subsequent Deferral Election.

 

(v)         To the extent the Plan provides that Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation can be paid, at the discretion of the Committee, during a certain period ( e.g ., 60 days) following a permissible payment event or trigger, and if the payment period spans two taxable years of a Participant, then such Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation shall be paid during the second of such taxable years

 

34
 

 

(vi)        The preceding provisions of this Section XI(q) shall not be construed as a guarantee by the Corporation or by any Affiliate of any particular tax effect to the Participants under this Plan. The Corporation and its Affiliates shall not be liable to the Participants for any additional tax, penalty or interest imposed under Section 409A nor for reporting in good faith any payment made under this Plan as an amount includible in gross income under Section 409A.

 

(r)           Listing, Registration, Etc . All shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to the terms of this Plan will be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that it is necessary or desirable to list, register or qualify upon any national securities exchange or under any state or federal securities or other law or regulation, such shares of Common Stock, or that it is necessary or desirable to obtain the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, as a condition to or in connection with the issuance hereunder of Common Stock, the Common Stock may not be issued unless or until the listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval has been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Board. The recipient of any shares of Common Stock must supply the Corporation with any certificates, representations and information as the Corporation reasonably requests, and must otherwise cooperate with the Corporation in obtaining or effecting any listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval the Board deems necessary or desirable. If the Corporation, as part of an offering of securities or otherwise, finds it desirable because of federal or state regulatory requirements to reduce the period during which any shares of Common Stock vest, the Board may, in its sole discretion and without the holders’ consent, reduce that period on not less than 10 days’ written notice to the holders affected. Nothing contained herein will obligate the Corporation to list, register or qualify any shares of Common Stock or other securities upon any national securities exchange or otherwise or under any federal or state securities laws.

 

35
 

 

(s)           Golden Parachute Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if the receipt of any payments or benefits under this Plan would subject a Participant to tax under Code Section 4999, the Committee may determine whether some amount of payments or benefits would meet the definition of a “Reduced Amount.” If the Committee determines that there is a Reduced Amount, the total payments or benefits to the Participant under all Plan Awards must be reduced to such Reduced Amount, but not below zero. It is the intention of the Corporation and any such Participant to reduce the payments under this Plan only if the aggregate “Net After Tax Receipts” to such Participant would thereby be increased. If the Committee determines that the benefits and payments must be reduced to the Reduced Amount, the Corporation must promptly notify such Participant of that determination, with a copy of the detailed calculations by the Committee. All determinations of the Committee under this Section XI(s) shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and any such Participant. As result of the uncertainty in the application of Code Section 4999 at the time of the initial determination by the Committee under this XI(s), however, it is possible that amounts will have been paid under the Plan to or for the benefit of a Participant which should not have been so paid (“ Overpayment ”) or that additional amounts which will not have been paid under the Plan to or for the benefit of a Participant could have been so paid (“ Underpayment ”), in each case consistent with the calculation of the Reduced Amount. If the Committee, based either upon the assertion of a deficiency by the Internal Revenue Service against the Corporation or a Participant, which the Committee believes has a high probability of success, or controlling precedent or other substantial authority, determines that an Overpayment has been made, any such Overpayment must be treated for all purposes as a loan, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, which such Participant must repay to the Corporation together with interest at the applicable federal rate under Code Section 7872(f)(2); provided, however, that no such loan may be deemed to have been made and no amount shall be payable by a Participant to the Corporation if and to the extent such deemed loan and payment would not either reduce the amount on which the Participant is subject to tax under Code Sections 1, 3101 or 4999 or generate a refund of such taxes. If the Committee, based upon controlling precedent or other substantial authority, determines that an Underpayment has occurred, the Committee must promptly notify the Corporation of the amount of the Underpayment, which then shall be paid promptly to the Participant but no later than the end of the Participant's taxable year next following the Participant’s taxable year in which the determination is made that the Underpayment has occurred. For purposes of this Section XI(s): (i) “Net After Tax Receipts” means the Present Value of a payment under this Plan net of all taxes imposed on Participant with respect thereto under Code Sections 1, 3101 and 4999, determined by applying the highest marginal rate under Code Section 1 which applies to the Participant's taxable income for the applicable taxable year; (ii) “Present Value” means the value determined in accordance with Code Section 280G(d)(4); and (iii) “Reduced Amount” means the smallest aggregate amount of all payments and benefits under this Plan which (x) is less than the sum of all payments and benefits under this Plan and (y) results in aggregate Net After Tax Receipts which are equal to or greater than the Net After Tax Receipts which would result if the aggregate payments and benefits under this Plan were any other amount less than the sum of all payments and benefits to be made under this Plan. If any payment or benefit is reduced under this Section XI(s), such reduction shall be made in the following order: (i) first, any future cash payments (if any) shall be reduced (if necessary, to zero); (ii) second, any current cash payments shall be reduced (if necessary, to zero); (iii) third, all non-cash payments (other than equity or equity derivative related payments) shall be reduced (if necessary, to zero); and (iv) fourth, all equity or equity derivative payments shall be reduced. Any necessary reduction in each subcategory shall first be applied to the latest scheduled payment in such subcategory and shall continue to the extent necessary until the most current payment is reduced or eliminated.

 

(t)           Clawback of Payments .

 

(i)           Compliance with Law . Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, each Participant’s benefits awarded or paid hereunder (including, but not limited to, payments of cash, equity underlying grants, and equity released from restrictions) may be subject to recoupment by the Corporation to the extent required (i) under the applicable requirements of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and/or Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (each as in effect from time to time, any applicable rules and regulations with respect thereto that are promulgated thereunder by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the exchange(s) and/or other trading facility(ies) on which any class of securities of the Corporation is traded) or (ii) by any other policy or rule adopted by the Board or the Corporation’s stockholders pursuant to a duly authorized vote. To the extent these recoupment rules apply to any Participant, but without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Participant’s Plan Awards shall be subject to recoupment under the Corporation’s clawback policy, as in effect from time to time (the “ Clawback Policy ”), to the extent provided therein. The Corporation intends, but the Corporation does not and cannot guarantee, that to the extent any payment under this Plan qualifies as non-qualified deferred compensation (as defined under Section 409A of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder) any recoupment required under this Section XI(t) shall either be exempt from Section 409A of the Code or comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code regarding the prohibited acceleration of payments of deferred compensation.

 

36
 

 

(ii)          Termination of Service for Cause .

 

(a)          In the event of a Participant’s Termination of Service for Cause (or a voluntary Termination after the occurrence of an event that would be grounds for a Termination for Cause), the Company may at any time during the period commencing on the date of such Termination of Service and ending on the six (6)-month anniversary of such Termination repurchase from the Participant any shares of Common Stock previously acquired by the Participant through the exercise, grant or payment of an Award under the Plan at a repurchase price equal to the lesser of (i) the original purchase price or exercise price, as applicable (as appropriately adjusted to reflect stock splits, stock dividends, combinations of equity and other recapitalizations affecting the capital stock of the Company), if any, and (ii) Fair Market Value as of the date of the delivery of the notice described in Section 11(t)(ii)(b) .

 

(b)          If the Company elects to exercise the rights under Section 11(t)(ii)(a) , the Company shall do so by delivering to the Participant a notice of such election, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and the closing date and time of such purchase. Such closing shall take place within thirty (30) days following such notice at the Company’s principal executive offices. At such closing, the Company shall pay the Participant the repurchase price as specified in this Section 11(t)(ii) in cash, by cancellation of indebtedness of the Participant, with a promissory note bearing interest at the prime rate, as published by the Wall Street Journal, or any combination of the foregoing. The Company will be entitled to receive customary representations and warranties from the Participant regarding the Common Stock being repurchased including, but not limited to, the representation that the Participant has good and marketable title to the Common Stock to be repurchased free and clear of all liens, claims and other encumbrances.

 

(c)          All repurchases shall be subject to applicable restrictions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law and in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ debt financing agreements. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Common Stock for cash, the Company shall have the right to deliver, as payment of the repurchase price, a subordinated note or notes payable in up to five equal annual installments beginning on the first anniversary of the repurchase closing and bearing an annual interest rate compounded annually equal to the applicable federal rate then in effect (provided that such notes shall accelerate and be payable in full once the Company is permitted to repurchase the Common Stock or repay such notes under the debt financing agreements or, if earlier, upon a Change of Control of the Company. Any such notes issued by the Company shall be subject to any restrictive covenants in debt financing agreements to which the Company is subject at the time of the repurchase closing. If any such restrictions prohibit the repurchase of Common Stock for such subordinated notes, then the time periods provided herein for repurchases shall be suspended, and the Company may make such repurchases as soon as it is permitted to do so under such restrictions.

 

37
 

 

(u)           Lock-up Agreement . Each recipient of a Plan Award hereunder agrees, in connection with the registration with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of the public sale of the Corporation’s Common Stock, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Corporation (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Corporation or the underwriters of such public offer and sale, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as the Corporation or the underwriters, as the case may be, shall specify. Each such recipient agrees that the Corporation may instruct its transfer agent to place stop-transfer notations in its records to enforce this Section XI(u). Each such recipient agrees to execute such form of agreement reflecting the foregoing restrictions and such other restrictions as requested by the underwriters managing such offering.

 

(v)          Certain Rules of Construction .

 

(i)          The headings and subheadings set forth in this Plan are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the terms set forth herein.

 

(ii)         Wherever applicable, the neuter, feminine or masculine pronoun as used herein shall also include the masculine or feminine, as the case may be.

 

(iii)        The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder” and similar words refer to this Plan as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Plan; and any subsection, Section, Schedule, Appendix or Exhibit references are to this Plan unless otherwise specified.

 

(iv)         The term “including” is not limiting and means “including without limitation.”

 

(v)           References in this Plan to any statute or statutory provisions include a reference to such statute or statutory provisions as from time to time amended, modified, reenacted, extended, consolidated or replaced (whether before or after the date of this Plan) and to any subordinate legislation made from time to time under such statute or statutory provision.

 

(vi)         References to this Plan or to any other document include a reference to this Plan or to such other document as varied, amended, modified, novated or supplemented from time to time.

 

(vii)        References to “writing” or “written” include any non-transient means of representing or copying words legibly, including by facsimile or electronic mail.

 

(viii)       References to “$” are to United States Dollars.

 

(ix)          References to “%” are to percent.

 

38
 

 

(w)           No Stockholder’s Rights . Except as otherwise provided herein, a Participant shall have none of the rights of a stockholder with respect to shares of Common Stock covered by any Plan Award until the Participant becomes the record owner of such shares of Common Stock. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no Participant will have any of the rights of a stockholder with respect to any shares of Common Stock until the shares of Common Stock are issued to the Participant. Subject to the other provisions of this Plan to the contrary, after shares of Common Stock are issued to the Participant, the Participant will be a stockholder and have all the rights of a stockholder with respect to such shares of Common Stock, including the right to vote and receive all dividends or other distributions made or paid with respect to such shares of Common Stock; provided, that if such shares of Common Stock are Restricted Stock or Performance Shares, then any new, additional or different securities the Participant may become entitled to receive with respect to such shares of Common Stock by virtue of a stock dividend, stock split or any other change in the corporate or capital structure of the Corporation will be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock or Performance Shares; provided, further, that the Participant will have no right to retain such stock dividends or stock distributions with respect to shares of Common Stock that are forfeited or repurchased by the Corporation pursuant to this Plan or the Award Agreement.

 

(x)           Paperless Administration . In the event that the Corporation establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the documentation, granting or exercise of Plan Awards, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless documentation, granting or exercise of Plan Awards by a Participant may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

 

(y)           Compliance with Laws . The Plan, the granting and vesting of Plan Awards under the Plan and the issuance and delivery of shares of Common Stock and the payment of money under the Plan or under Plan Awards granted or awarded hereunder are subject to compliance with all Applicable Laws (including but not limited to margin requirements), and to such approvals by any listing, regulatory or governmental authority as may, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation, be necessary or advisable in connection therewith. Any securities delivered under the Plan shall be subject to such restrictions, and the person acquiring such securities shall, if requested by the Corporation, provide such assurances and representations to the Corporation as the Corporation may deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance with all Applicable Laws. To the extent permitted by Applicable Law, the Plan and Plan Awards granted or awarded hereunder shall be deemed amended to the extent necessary to conform to Applicable Law.

 

(z)           Securities Law and Other Regulator/Compliance . A Plan Award will not be effective unless such Plan Award is in compliance with all applicable federal, state and foreign securities laws, rules and regulations of any governmental body, and the requirements of any national stock exchange or automated quotation system upon which the shares of Common Stock granted under such Plan Award may then be listed or quoted, as they are in effect on the date of grant of the Plan Award, on the date of exercise or other issuance or any other date while the Plan Award is oustanding. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Corporation will have no obligation to issue or deliver certificates for shares of Common Stock under this Plan prior to: (i) obtaining any approvals from governmental agencies that the Corporation determines are necessary or advisable; and/or (ii) completion of any registration or other qualification of such shares of Common Stock under any state, federal or foreign law or ruling of any governmental body that the Corporation determines to be necessary or advisable. The Corporation will be under no obligation to register the shares of Common Stock with the Securities and Exchange Commission or to effect compliance with the registration, qualification or listing requirements of any state securities laws, national stock exchange or automated quotation system, and the Corporation will have no liability for any inability or failure to do so. As a condition to the grant of any Plan Award, the Corporation may require each Participant to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Corporation.

 

39
 

 

XII
TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

 

(a)           In General . Except as otherwise provided in Section XII(b):

 

(i)          No Plan Award may be sold, pledged, encumbered, assigned or transferred in any manner other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution or, subject to the consent of the Committee, pursuant to a DRO, unless and until such Plan Award has been exercised, or the shares of Common Stock underlying such Plan Award have been issued, and all restrictions, including without limitation risks of forfeiture, applicable to such shares of Common Stock have lapsed;

 

(ii)         No Plan Award or interest or right therein shall be liable for or may be applied to pay, satisfy or settle the debts, contracts or engagements of a Participant or his or her successors in interest or shall be subject to disposition by transfer, alienation, anticipation, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, assignment or any other means, whether such disposition be voluntary or involuntary, or by operation of law by judgment, levy, attachment, garnishment or any other legal or equitable proceedings (including bankruptcy or insolvency), and any attempted disposition thereof shall be null and void and of no effect, except to the extent that such disposition is permitted by [the preceding sentence]; 1 and

 

(iii)        During the lifetime of a Participant, only such Participant may exercise a Plan Award (or any portion thereof) granted to him under the Plan, unless it has been disposed of pursuant to a DRO, and after the death of a Participant any exercisable portion of a Plan Award may, prior to the time when such portion becomes unexercisable under the Plan or the applicable Award Agreement, be exercised by Participant's personal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Participant's will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

(b)           Permitted Transferees . Notwithstanding Section XII(a) hereof, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine to permit a Participant to transfer a Plan Award other than an Incentive Stock Option to any one or more Permitted Transferees, subject to the following terms and conditions: (i) a Plan Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall not be assignable or transferable by the Permitted Transferee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (ii) a Plan Award transferred to a Permitted Transferee shall continue to be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Plan Award as applicable to the original Participant (other than the ability to further transfer the Plan Award); (iii) any transfer of a Plan Award to a Permitted Transferee shall be without consideration; and (iv) the Participant and the Permitted Transferee shall execute any and all documents requested by the Committee, including, without limitation documents to (A) confirm the status of the transferee as a Permitted Transferee, (B) satisfy any requirements for an exemption for the transfer under Applicable Law and (C) evidence the transfer.

 

 

1 Section XII(a)(i)?

 

40
 

 

(c)           Beneficiaries . Notwithstanding Section XII(a) hereof, a Participant may, in the manner determined by the Committee, designate a beneficiary to exercise the rights of the Participant and to receive any distribution with respect to any Plan Award upon the Participant’s death. A beneficiary, legal guardian, legal representative, or other person claiming any rights pursuant to the Plan is subject to all terms and conditions of the Plan and any Award Agreement applicable to the Participant, except to the extent the Plan and the Award Agreement otherwise provide, and to any additional restrictions deemed necessary or appropriate by the Committee. If a Participant is married or a domestic partner in a domestic partnership qualified under Applicable Law and resides in a community property state, a designation of a person other than the Participant’s spouse or domestic partner, as applicable, as his or her beneficiary with respect to more than 50% of the Participant’s interest in the Plan Award shall not be effective without the prior written or electronic consent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Committee, of such Participant’s spouse or domestic partner. If no beneficiary has been designated or survives the Participant, payment shall be made to the person entitled thereto pursuant to the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the foregoing, a beneficiary designation may be changed or revoked by a Participant at any time provided that the change or revocation is filed with the Committee prior to the Participant’s death.

 

41
 

 

XIII
CONDITIONS TO ISSUANCE OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

 

(a)           Delivery of Certificates . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates or make any book entries evidencing shares of Common Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Plan Award, unless and until the Board or the Committee has determined, with advice of counsel, that the issuance of such shares of Common Stock is in compliance with Applicable Law and the shares of Common Stock are covered by an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or applicable exemption under the Securities Act from registration. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board or the Committee may require that a Participant make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, deems advisable in order to comply with Applicable Law as a condition to the issuance or exercise of any Plan Award.

 

(b)           Stop-Transfer Orders . All stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan and all shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to book entry procedures are subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with Applicable Law. The Committee may place legends on any stock certificate or book entry to reference restrictions applicable to the shares of Common Stock.

 

(c)           Settlement of Plan Award . The Committee shall have the right to require any Participant to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement, distribution or exercise of any Plan Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the sole discretion of the Committee.

 

(d)           Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued and the Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, whether cash shall be given in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether such fractional shares of Common Stock shall be eliminated by rounding down to the nearest whole share of Common Stock.

 

(e)           Book Entry Stock . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or required by Applicable Law, the Corporation shall not deliver to any Participant certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock issued in connection with any Plan Award and instead such shares of Common Stock shall be recorded in the books of the Corporation (or, as applicable, its transfer agent or stock plan administrator).

 

42
 

 

XIV
AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN

 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall have the right to amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, provided that no amendment shall be made which shall increase the total number of shares of the Common Stock of the Corporation which may be issued and sold pursuant to Incentive Stock Options, reduce the minimum exercise price in the case of an Incentive Stock Option or modify the provisions of the Plan relating to eligibility with respect to Incentive Stock Options unless such amendment is made by or with the approval of the stockholders of the Corporation within 12 months of the effective date of such amendment, but only if such approval is required by Applicable Law. Furthermore, no amendment to the Plan may change (i) the maximum amount of Plan Awards that may be granted or paid on an annual basis or (ii) the exercise price of any options granted hereunder without the prior approval of the Corporation’s stockholders in the manner required under Section 162(m) of the Code; provided, however, that such stockholder consent is required only during such period that the deduction limitations under Code Section 162(m) apply to Plan Awards granted under the Plan. Lastly, any amendment or termination of the Plan shall be subject to all other Applicable Law. The Board of Directors of the Corporation shall also be authorized to amend the Plan and the Options granted thereunder to maintain qualification as Incentive Stock Options, if applicable. Except as otherwise provided herein, no amendment, suspension or termination of the Plan shall alter or impair any vested Plan Award previously granted under the Plan without the consent of the holder thereof.

 

43
 

 

XV
STOCKHOLDER APPROVAL

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan or any Award Agreement to the contrary, but only to the extent necessary to satisfy the performance-based compensation exception to the application of Section 162(m) of the Code or in order to satisfy any other Applicable Law, no Plan Award may be granted (or settled) in the absence of the timely approval of the Plan and/or the Plan Awards by that number of the owners of the Corporation’s outstanding shares of Common Stock required by Applicable Law to approve the Plan and/or such Plan Awards. Such approval must be obtained by a separate vote of the Corporation’s stockholders or by any other method allowed under the Applicable Law. Furthermore, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, any one or more of the Corporation’s stockholders may delegate to any agent or other person the power to so vote such stockholder’s or stockholders’ shares of Common Stock.

 

44
 

 

XVI
TERM OF PLAN

 

The Plan shall automatically terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date the Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, unless sooner terminated by such Board of Directors. No Plan Awards may be granted under the Plan subsequent to the termination of the Plan.

 

45
 

 

XVII
CLAIMS PROCEDURES

 

(a)           Denial of Claims . If a Participant is denied any portion of the amounts which he reasonably believes is due to be paid to him under the Plan, and only if this Plan (or the applicable portion thereof), in conjunction with the applicable Plan Award, is deemed to constitute an “employee benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), such Participant must so notify the Committee and the Committee shall advise the Participant in writing of the specific reasons for such denial. The Committee shall also furnish the Participant at that time with a written notice containing:

 

(i)          A specific reference to the pertinent Plan and/or Plan Award provisions;

 

(ii)         A description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant to perfect his or claim, if possible, and an explanation of why such material or information is needed; and

 

(iii)        An explanation of the Plan’s claim review procedure.

 

(b)           Right to Reconsideration . Within 180 days of receipt of the information stated in Section XVII(a), above, the Participant shall, if he or she desires further review, file a written request for reconsideration with the Committee.

 

(c)           Review of Documents . As long as the Participant’s request for review is pending (including the 180 day period in Section XVII(b), above), the Participant or his duly authorized representative may review pertinent Plan documents and may submit issues and comments in writing to the Committee.

 

(d)           Decision by Committee . A final decision, which shall be binding upon the Participant, shall be made by the Committee within 60 days of the filing by the Participant of his or her request for reconsideration.

 

(e)           Notice by Committee . The Committee’s decision shall be conveyed to the Participant in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Participant, with specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

 

(f)           Arbitration . No Participant may avail himself or herself of the arbitration provisions of Section XI(m), hereof, unless he or she complies with the foregoing provisions of this Article XVII.

 

(g)           Plan Administrator . For purposes of application of this Article XVII, the Committee shall serve as the plan administrator of the Plan, as required by, and defined under, ERISA.

 

46
 

 

APPENDIX A

 

Performance conditions or goals may be stated with respect to (a) net sales; (b) revenue; (c) revenue growth or product revenue growth; (d) operating income (before or after taxes); (e) pre-or after-tax income (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); (f) net earnings; (g) earnings per share; (h) net income (before or after taxes); (i) return on equity; (j) total shareholder return; (k) return on assets or net assets; (l) appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares of Common Stock (or any other publicly-traded securities of the Corporation); (m) market share; (n) gross profits; (o) earnings (including earnings before taxes, before interest and taxes or before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and non-cash, extraordinary or non-recurring charges or items); (p) economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; (q) comparisons with various stock market indices; (r) reductions in cost; (s) cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); (t) return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); (u) cash flow return on investments; (v) improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels; (w) operating margin, gross margin or cash margin; (x) year-end cash; (y) debt reduction; (z) shareholder equity; (aa) market shares; (bb) regulatory achievements; and (cc) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to products or projects and recruiting and maintaining personnel. The business criteria above, may be related to a specific customer or group of customers or products or geographic region. The form of the performance conditions may be measured on a corporate, affiliate, product, division, business unit, service line, segment or geographic basis, individually, alternatively or in any combination, subset or component thereof. Performance goals may include one or more of the foregoing business criteria, either individually, alternatively or any combination, subset or component thereof. Performance goals may reflect absolute performance or a relative comparison of the performance to the performance of a peer group or index or other external measure of the selected business criteria. Profits, earnings and revenues used for any performance condition measurement may exclude any extraordinary or non-recurring items. The performance conditions may, but need not, be based upon an increase or positive result under the aforementioned business criteria and could include, for example and not by way of limitation, maintaining the status quo or limiting the economic losses (measured, in each case, by reference to the specific business criteria). The performance conditions may not include solely the mere continued employment of the Participant. However, the Plan Award may become exercisable, nonforfeitable and transferable or earned and payable contingent on the Participant’s continued employment or service, and/or employment or service at the time the Plan Award becomes exercisable, nonforfeitable and transferable or earned and payable, in addition to the performance conditions described above. The Committee shall have the sole discretion to select one or more periods of time over which the attainment of one or more of the foregoing performance conditions will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to, and the settlement of, a Plan Award that will become exercisable, nonforfeitable and transferable or earned and payable based on performance conditions, except that the performance period shall not be less than one year, except in the case of newly-hired or newly-promoted employees and, to the extent permitted by the Committee or set forth in the Award Agreement, in the event of the Participant’s death, Disability, retirement, involuntary Termination of Service or Termination of Service for Good Reason during the performance period.

 

47

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.26

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING INCORPORATED
800 Standard Parkway
Auburn Hills, Michigan 48326

 

 

 

January 8, 2015

 

 

 

Taglich Private Equity, LLC
275 Madison Avenue, Suite 1618
New York, NY 10016

 

Gentlemen:

 

1. Reference is made to the Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 18, 2013, by and between Taglich Private Equity, LLC and UFI Acquisition, Inc. (now Unique Fabricating, Inc.). Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized used herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement. The Agreement, among other things, provides, in Section 3(b), for the payment of a Consulting Fee. In connection with the proposed initial public offering by the Company (the “IPO”), the Company and Service Provider desire to amend the Agreement to reduce the amount of the Consulting Fee by the amount, if any, of annual cash retainers and equity awards received as compensation for service on the Company’s board of directors by any director who is a related person, as defined in Rule 5110 of the FINRA Manual, of Service Provider or Taglich Brothers, Inc.

 

2. Accordingly, Section 3.2(b) of the Agreement is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(b) The Company shall pay Service Provider an annual management fee of Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), payable in monthly installments in advance for services rendered hereunder (the “Consulting Fee”); provided that the Consulting Fee payable with respect to any year shall be reduced by the following amounts actually received during such year by any director who is a related person, as defined in Rule 5110 of the rules of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as in effect on the date of closing of the Company’s initial public offering, of the Service Provider or Taglich Brothers, Inc.: (i) the amount of any cash retainer and (ii) the value of any equity award, determined, as of the date of such award, in accordance with the Company’s 2014 Omnibus Performance Award Plan.”

 

3. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 
 

 

Taglich Private Equity, LLC

January 8, 2015

Page 2

 

4. This amendment to the Agreement shall become effective upon the closing of the IPO.

 

If the foregoing correctly reflects our agreement, please so confirm by executing this letter in the place provided below.

 

Very truly yours,

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

 

By:     /s/ John Weinhardt         

Name: John Weinhardt

Title: President

 

 

TAGLICH PRIVATE EQUITY, LLC

 

 

By:     /s/ Richard L. Baum, Jr.         

Name: Richard L. Baum, Jr.

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.27

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of [________], 2015, is made by and between Unique Fabricating, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [___________] (the “ Indemnitee ”), an Agent (as hereinafter defined) of the Company.

 

RECITALS

 

A.           The Indemnitee is a [director/officer] of the Company.

 

B.           The Company recognizes that competent and experienced persons are reluctant to serve as directors or officers of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance or indemnification, or both, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no reasonable relationship to the compensation of such directors and officers.

 

C.           The statutes and judicial decisions regarding the duties of directors and officers are often difficult to apply, ambiguous, or conflicting, and therefore fail to provide such directors and officers with adequate, reliable knowledge of legal risks to which they are exposed or information regarding the proper course of action to take.

 

D.           The Company and the Indemnitee recognize that plaintiffs often seek damages in such large amounts and the costs of litigation may be so enormous (whether or not the case is meritorious), that the defense and/or settlement of such litigation is often beyond the personal resources of directors and officers.

 

E.           The Company believes that it is unfair for its directors and officers to assume the risk of huge judgments and other expenses which may occur in cases in which the director or officer received no personal profit and in cases where the director or officer was not culpable.

 

F.           The Company, after reasonable investigation, has determined that liability insurance coverage presently available to the Company may be inadequate to cover all possible exposure for which the Indemnitee should be protected. The Company believes that the interests of the Company and its stockholders would best be served by the indemnification by the Company of the directors and officers of the Company.

 

G.           Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware empowers the Company to indemnify its officers, directors, employees and agents by agreement and to indemnify persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as the directors, officers, managers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided by such statute is not exclusive.

 

H.           The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that contractual indemnification and advancement of expenses (intended to be enforceable irrespective of, among other things, any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, any change in the composition of the board, or any change in control or business combination transaction relating to the Company) as set forth herein is not only reasonable and prudent but necessary to promote the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

 

 
 

 

I.            The Company desires and has requested the Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a [director/officer] of the Company free from undue concern for claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company.

 

J.            The Indemnitee is willing to continue to serve the Company only on the condition that he or she is furnished the indemnity provided for herein.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth below and the continued service of the Indemnitee to the Company, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

 

1.             Definitions .

 

(a.)           Agent . For purposes of this Agreement, “Agent” of the Company means any person who is or was a director, manager, officer, employee or other agent of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or is or was serving at the request of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company as a director, manager, officer, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise; or was a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of a foreign or domestic corporation which was a predecessor corporation of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company; or was a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of another foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of such predecessor corporation.

 

(b.)           Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means, and shall be deemed to have occurred if, on or after the date of this Agreement, (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act, as amended), other than (A) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries acting in such capacity, or (B) a corporation owned directly or indirectly by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities, (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of any such period constitute the Board of Directors and any new director whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a resolution of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the Voting Securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into Voting Securities of the surviving entity) at least eighty percent (80%) of the total voting power represented by the Voting Securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, (iv) the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of its assets, or (v) the Company shall file or have filed against it, and such filing shall not be dismissed, any bankruptcy, insolvency or dissolution proceedings, or a trustee, administrator or creditors committee shall be appointed to manage or supervise the affairs of the Company.

 

2
 

 

(c.)           Corporate Status . For purposes of this Agreement, “Corporate Status” means the status of a person who is or was a director (or a member of any committee of the Board of Directors), officer, employee or agent (including without limitation a manager of a limited liability company or general partner of a limited partnership) of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or of any predecessor thereof, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director (or a member of any committee of the Board of Directors), officer, employee or agent (including without limitation a manager of a limited liability company) of another entity, or of any predecessor thereof, including service with respect to an employee benefit plan.

 

(d.)           Determination . For purposes of this Agreement, “Determination” means a determination that either (x) there is a reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a particular standard of conduct (a “Favorable Determination”) or (y) there is no reasonable basis for the conclusion that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee met a particular standard of conduct (an “Adverse Determination”). An Adverse Determination shall include the decision that a Determination was required in connection with indemnification and the decision as to the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(e.)           Expenses . For purposes of this Agreement, “Expenses” includes all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements, other out-of-pocket costs and compensation for time spent by the Indemnitee for which he or she is not otherwise compensated by the Company or any third party, provided that the rate of compensation and estimated time involved is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld), paid or incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, prosecution defense, settlement and/or appeal of an action, suit or proceeding, being a witness or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware or otherwise, [but excluding the amount of any settlement, judgment, fine or penalty].

 

(f.)           Independent Legal Counsel . For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Legal Counsel” means an attorney or firm of attorneys that is experienced in matters of corporation laws, selected in accordance with the provisions of Section 7(d) , who has not performed any services (other than services similar to those contemplated to be performed by Independent Legal Counsel under this Agreement) for the Company or any of its subsidiaries or for Indemnitee within the last three years.

 

(g.)           Proceeding . For purposes of this Agreement, “Proceeding” means a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including without limitation a claim, demand, discovery request, formal or informal investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, arbitration or other form of alternative dispute resolution, including an appeal from any of the foregoing.

 

(h.)           Miscellaneous . For purposes of this Agreement, “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include an excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plans; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, manager, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, manager, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, the Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

 

3
 

 

(i.)           Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, “subsidiary” means any foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities (or comparable interests) are owned directly or indirectly by the Company, by the Company and one or more other subsidiaries, or by one or more other subsidiaries.

 

2.            Indemnity in Third Party Proceedings . The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or is a witness in any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of any act or inaction by the Indemnitee in any such capacity against any and all Expenses and liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, settlements, judgments, fines and penalties), actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner that the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that the Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

3.            Indemnity in Derivative Action . The Company shall indemnify the Indemnitee if the Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or a witness in a threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was an Agent of the Company, or by reason of any action or inaction by the Indemnitee in any such capacity, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the defense or settlement of such Proceeding if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner the Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which the Indemnitee shall have been ultimately determined in a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken to be liable to the Company in the performance of the Indemnitee’s duty to the Company and its stockholders unless and only to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding is or was brought shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, the Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

4.            Indemnification of Expenses of Successful Party . To the extent that the Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 2 or Section 3 or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified against Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

5.            Partial Indemnification . If the Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, settlements, judgments, fines or penalties actually or reasonably incurred in the investigation, defense, appeal or settlement of any Proceeding, but is not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, settlements, judgments, fines or penalties to which the Indemnitee is entitled.

 

4
 

 

6.             Advancement of Expenses . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement and/or appeal of any Proceeding referred to in Section 2 or Section 3 hereof in advance of the final disposition thereof. Advances of expenses shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. The Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined in a decision by a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company as authorized by this Agreement or otherwise. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to or on behalf of the Indemnitee promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by the Indemnitee to the Company. In connection with any request for advancement of Expenses, Indemnitee shall be required to provide any documentation or information requested by the Company to substantiate such Expenses to the extent that the provision thereof would not undermine or otherwise jeopardize attorney–client privilege.

 

7.             Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures.

 

(a.)          Promptly after receipt by the Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, the Indemnitee shall, if the Indemnitee believes that indemnification with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof along with a description of the nature of and relevant facts underlying such threatened or commenced action, suit or proceeding; provided that the failure to provide such notification shall not diminish the Indemnitee’s indemnification or the Company’s obligations hereunder except to the extent that (i) none of the Company and its subsidiaries are party to or aware of any such action, suit or proceeding and (ii) the Company can demonstrate that it has actually been materially prejudiced as a result thereof.

 

(b.)          In order to obtain indemnification pursuant to this Agreement (except with respect to Expenses advanced pursuant to Section 6 hereof), the Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor, including in such request such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of the action, suit or proceeding. Any indemnification requested by the Indemnitee under Section 2 and/or Section 3 hereof shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such written request of the Indemnitee.

 

(c.)          The Company intends that Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by law and that no Determination shall be required in connection with such indemnification. In no event shall a Determination be required in connection with the advancement of Expenses pursuant to Section 6 or in connection with the indemnification for Expenses incurred as a witness or incurred in connection with any Proceeding or portion thereof with respect to which Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise. Any decision that a Determination is required by law in connection with any other indemnification of Indemnitee, and any such Determination, shall be made within 30 days after receipt of Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 7(b) , as follows:

 

5
 

 

(i)          If no Change in Control has occurred, (w) by a resolution of a majority of the directors of the Company who are not parties to such Proceeding, even if less than a quorum, with the advice of Independent Legal Counsel, or (x) by a committee of such directors designated by a resolution of a majority of such directors, even if less than a quorum, with the advice of Independent Legal Counsel, or (y) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by Independent Legal Counsel in a written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee, or (z) by the vote of holders of shares of capital stock of the Company then outstanding that vote generally in the election of directors.

 

(ii)         If a Change in Control has occurred, by Independent Legal Counsel in a written opinion to the Company and Indemnitee.

 

The Company shall pay all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Determination.

 

(d.)           Independent Legal Counsel . If there has not been a Change in Control, Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors and approved by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). If there has been a Change in Control, Independent Legal Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Company (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). The Company shall pay the fees and expenses of Independent Legal Counsel and indemnify Independent Legal Counsel against any and all expenses (including attorneys’ fees), claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to its engagement.

 

(e.)           Consequences of Determination; Remedies of Indemnitee . The Company shall be bound by and shall have no right to challenge a Favorable Determination. If an Adverse Determination is made, or if for any other reason the Company does not make timely indemnification payments or advances of Expenses, Indemnitee shall have the right to commence a Proceeding before a court of competent jurisdiction to challenge such Adverse Determination and/or to require the Company to make such payments or advances. Indemnitee shall be entitled to be indemnified for all Expenses incurred in connection with such a Proceeding in accordance with Section 4 and to have such Expenses advanced by the Company in accordance with Section 6 . If Indemnitee fails to timely challenge an Adverse Determination, or if Indemnitee challenges an Adverse Determination and such Adverse Determination has been upheld by a final judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction from which no appeal can be taken, then, to the extent and only to the extent required by such Adverse Determination or final judgment, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee under this Agreement.

 

(f.)          Notwithstanding a determination under Section 7(b) that the Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to any Proceeding, the Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the purpose of enforcing the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement. The burden of proving that the indemnification or advances of Expenses are not appropriate shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including its directors or independent legal counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification or advances are proper in the circumstances because the Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its directors or independent legal counsel) that the Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create any presumption that the Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

6
 

 

8.             Defense of Proceedings . In the event the Company shall be obligated to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such proceeding with counsel of its choosing. In the alternative, the Company may assume the defense of such action, suit or proceeding, with counsel approved by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Indemnitee, upon the delivery to the Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnitee with respect to the same action, suit or proceeding, provided that: (i) the Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her counsel in such action, suit or proceeding at the Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (a) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (b) the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of such defense, or (c) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the Expenses of the Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Indemnitee, effect any settlement of any threatened or pending Proceeding to which the Indemnitee is, or could have been, a party unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money and includes a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such Proceeding and an acknowledgment that Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold its consent to any proposed settlement; provided, however, that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee and an acknowledgment that Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters.

 

9.             Insurance . So long as the Company or any of its subsidiaries maintains liability insurance for any directors, officers, employees or agents of any such person, the Company shall ensure that Indemnitee is covered by such insurance in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ then current directors and officers. If at any date (i) such insurance ceases to cover acts and omissions occurring during all or any part of the period of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or (ii) neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries maintains any such insurance, the Company shall ensure that Indemnitee is covered, with respect to acts and omissions prior to such date, for at least six years (or such shorter period as is available on commercially reasonable terms) from such date, by other directors and officers liability insurance, in amounts and on terms (including the portion of the period of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status covered) no less favorable to Indemnitee than the amounts and terms of the liability insurance maintained by the Company on the date hereof.

 

10.           Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a.)           Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance funds for Expenses of the Indemnitee with respect to actions, suits or proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by the Indemnitee (including against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees) and not by way of defense, except with respect to proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, but such indemnification or advancement of funds for Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate;

 

(b.)           Action for Indemnification . To indemnify or advance funds for Expenses of the Indemnitee with respect to any action, suit or proceeding instituted by the Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement if the material assertions made by the Indemnitee in such action, suit or proceeding were not made in good faith or are frivolous;

 

7
 

 

(c.)           Unauthorized Settlements . To indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid or payable in settlement of a proceeding when such settlement has been effected without the Company’s written consent, provided such consent is not unreasonably withheld;

 

(d.)           Non-compete and Non-disclosure . To indemnify or advance funds for Expenses of the Indemnitee in connection with actions, suits or proceedings or claims involving the enforcement of non-compete and/or non-disclosure agreements or the non-compete and/or non-disclosure provisions of employment, consulting or similar agreements the Indemnitee may be a party to with the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any other applicable foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, if any;

 

(e.)           Claims Under Section 16(b) . To indemnify the Indemnitee with respect to the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by the Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or any similar successor statute;

 

(f.)           Compensation Clawbacks . To indemnify the Indemnitee for Indemnitee’s reimbursement to the Company of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation previously received by the Indemnitee or payment of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 in connection with an accounting restatement of the Company or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002); or

 

(g.)           Indemnification Prohibited by Law . To indemnify the Indemnitee under this Agreement if such indemnification is prohibited by applicable law.

 

11.          Nonexclusivity . Subject to Section 12 hereof, the provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of, but shall be in addition to and shall not be deemed to diminish or otherwise restrict, any other rights which the Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, in any court in which a proceeding is brought, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements or otherwise, both as to action in his or her official capacity and to action in another capacity while occupying his or her position as an Agent of the Company. To the extent applicable law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws permit greater indemnification than as provided for in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such law or provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, and this Agreement shall be deemed amended without any further action by the Company or the Indemnitee to grant such greater benefits.

 

8
 

 

12.           Exculpation, etc.; Limitations; Non-Circumvention .

 

(a.)          Indemnitee shall not be personally liable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to the stockholders of the Company or any such subsidiary for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer of the Company or any such subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of Indemnitee (i) for any breach of Indemnitee’s duty of loyalty to the Company or such subsidiary or the stockholders thereof; (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law; (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL or any similar provision of other applicable law; or (iv) for any transaction from which Indemnitee derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL or such other applicable law shall be amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors and/or officers, then the liability of Indemnitee shall, automatically, without any further action, be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or such other applicable law as so amended.

 

(b.)          No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries against Indemnitee or Indemnitee’s estate, spouses, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives, administrators or assigns after the expiration of two (2) years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two (2) year period, provided, however, that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern

 

(c.)          The Company shall not seek or agree to any order of any court or other governmental authority that would prohibit or otherwise interfere, and shall not take or fail to take any other action if such action or failure would reasonably be expected to have the effect of prohibiting or otherwise interfering, with the performance of the Company’s indemnification, advancement or other obligations under this Agreement

 

13.           Third Party Indemnitors . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses or insurance provided by the persons or entities set forth on Exhibit A , if any, and affiliates of such persons or entities (collectively, the “ Third Party Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees that (i) it is the indemnitor of first resort and that the obligations of the Company to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Third Party Indemnitors to provide indemnification for or advancement of Expenses incurred by Indemnitee are secondary, (ii) the Indemnitee’s right to indemnification under this Agreement, and the Company’s certificate of incorporation and bylaws, including the right to advancement of Expenses, indemnification, and contribution, shall not be diminished, modified, qualified, or otherwise affected by any right of Indemnitee against any Third Party Indemnitor, and (iii) it irrevocably waives, relinquishes, and releases the Third Party Indemnitors from any and all claims against the Third Party Indemnitors for contribution, subrogation, or any other recovery of any kind in respect thereof. The Company further agrees that no advancement or payment by the Third Party Indemnitors on behalf of the Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing and the Third Party Indemnitors shall have the right of contribution and be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against the Company. The Company and Indemnitee agree that the Third Party Indemnitors are third party beneficiaries of the terms of this Section 13 .

 

14.           No Duplication of Payments . The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make payment of any amount to the Indemnitee to the extent the Indemnitee has otherwise received payment of such amount (or such amount has otherwise been paid on behalf of the Indemnitee) under any insurance policy, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Company or otherwise.

 

9
 

 

15.          Settlement . The Company shall not settle any proceeding in any manner that would impose any fine or other obligation on the Indemnitee without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent. Neither the Company nor the Indemnitee will unreasonably withhold consent to any proposed settlement; provided, however, that the Indemnitee may withhold consent to any settlement that does not provide a complete and unconditional release of the Indemnitee and an acknowledgement that Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters. The Company shall not be liable to the Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid or payable in settlement of any action, suit or proceeding settled without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

16.          Subrogation . Except as set forth in Section 14 of this Agreement, in the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company to effectively bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

17.          Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order or applicable law, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable in the event that any of the provisions hereof (or any portion thereof) are held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable, and the remaining provisions shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.

 

18.          Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions to this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be binding unless set forth in a writing signed by the person making such waiver. Except as specifically provided herein, no failure to exercise or any delay in exercising any right or remedy hereunder shall constitute a waiver thereof.

 

19.          Continuance of Rights; Successor and Assigns . The Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after the Indemnitee has ceased acting as Agent of the Company. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its respective successors and assigns, including without limitation any acquirer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business, any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that acquires beneficial ownership of securities of the Company representing more than 20% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding Voting Securities and any survivor of any merger or consolidation to which the Company is party, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s estate, spouses, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives, administrators and assigns. The Company shall require and cause any such successor, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement as if it were named as the Company herein, and the Company shall not permit any such purchase of assets or business, acquisition of securities or merger or consolidation to occur until such written agreement has been executed and delivered. No such assumption and agreement shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations hereunder, and this Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable by the Company. This Agreement is personal in nature and neither of the parties hereto shall, without the consent of the other, assign or delegate this Agreement or any rights or obligations. Without limiting the generality or effect of the foregoing, Indemnitee’s right to receive payments hereunder shall not be assignable, whether by pledge, creation of a security interest or otherwise, other than by a transfer by Indemnitee’s will or by estate law, and, in the event of any attempted assignment or transfer contrary to this Section 19, the Company shall have no liability to pay any amount so attempted to be assigned or transferred.

 

10
 

 

20.          Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given: (i) if delivered by hand, upon hand delivery; (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the mailing date; or (iii) if transmitted electronically by a means by which receipt thereof can be demonstrated, upon the date of the return receipt with respect to such transmittal. Contact information for notice to either party is set out on the signature page hereof and may be subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 20 .

 

21.          Service of Process and Venue . The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally: (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and not in any other state or federal court in the United States; (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement; and (iii) waive, and agree not to plead or make, any claim that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware lacks venue or that any such action or proceeding brought in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

 

22.          Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of law.

 

23.          Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

 

24.          Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

11
 

 

The parties hereto have executed this Agreement effective as of the date first written above.

 

  [________________]
     
  By                        
  Name:
  Title:
   
  Address for Notice:
  [Address]
   
  Attn: _____________
   
  INDEMNITEE
   
       
  [Name]
   
  Address for Notice:
  [Address]

 

[Indemnification Agreement] 

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

THIRD PARTY INDEMNITORS

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.30

 

AMENDMENT TO TERMINATION AND REGISTRATION
RIGHTS AGREEMENT DATED JUNE 24, 2015

 

WHEREAS, Unique Fabricating, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership (the “ Investor ”) have entered into a Termination and Registration Rights Agreement, dated as June 16, 2015 (the “ Termination and Registration Rights Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Investor desire to modify certain provisions of Section 21 with respect to the attendance of an invitee designated by Investor at Board and committee meetings, as set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual and dependent covenants hereinafter set forth:

 

1.          All capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Termination and Registration Rights Agreement unless otherwise defined herein.

 

2.          Section 21 is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“21.          Visitation; Inspection; Board Observation . The Company will permit representatives designated by Investor, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to (i) visit and inspect any of the properties of the Company during normal business hours on reasonable advance notice, (ii) examine the corporate and financial records of the Company and make copies thereof or extracts therefrom, and (iii) discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Company with the directors, officers, key employees and independent accountants of the Company. In addition to any rights under this Agreement, the Company will permit the Investor, so long as Investor beneficially owns (determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act) 3% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company and there is no member of the Board of Directors of the Company that was nominated to such position by the Investor, to (a) have one (1) individual authorized to attend all Board of Directors meetings of the Company or any committees thereof (the “ Invitee ”), (b) provide actual notice of all regular and special meetings of the Company's Board of Directors or any committee thereof in the same manner as provided to directors, and (c) provide to such Invitee a copy of all materials and information distributed at or prior to such meetings or otherwise to the directors of the Company or members of any committee thereof. Such meetings will be held in person at least quarterly. The Invitee shall execute a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company prior to participating in a meeting of the Board or receiving related materials and information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) Invitee may not attend any portion of a meeting of the Board or any committee during which a transaction or agreement with or for the benefit of Investor or any affiliate is being considered by the Board or any committee and (2) the Board or any committee shall have the right to require the Invitee to leave any meeting if the Board or the committee needs to deliberate independently. The Investor may reasonably require senior management of the Company at any time upon reasonable notice to travel to Investor’s then current office to meet and discuss the Company and any aspect of its business, subject to the requirement that any participants in such meeting execute a confidentiality agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company. The Investor may, at any time, terminate its rights under this Section 21 by providing written notice of such termination to the Company. The rights provided by this Section 21, may only be assigned by the Investor once in a private sale of at least ten (10%) of the Registrable Securities.”

 

 
 

 

3.          Except as specifically provided herein, the Termination and Registration Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the date first written above.

 

  Unique Fabricating, Inc.
     
  By:  

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

  Peninsula Fund V Limited Partnership
  By: Peninsula Fund V Management L.L.C.
  Its: General Partner
     
  By: Peninsula Capital Partners L.L.C.
  Its: Manager

 

  By:  

  Name: Scott A. Reilly
  Title: President and Chief Investment Officer

 

3

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.31

 

Amendment, dated June 15, 2015 to the Stockholders Agreement Among Unique Fabricating, Inc. (formerly UFI Acquisition Inc.) and the Stockholders Named therein, dated March 18, 2013 (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”)

 

Reference is made to the Stockholders Agreement. All capitalized terms used herein, unless otherwise defined, shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Stockholders Agreement.

 

1. The definition of “Qualified Public Offering” herein is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

Qualified Public Offering ” means the closing of a firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of at least $10 million (net of underwriting discounts and commissions).”

 

2. Section 6(c)(vi) hereby is amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“(vi) Termination of Registration Rights; Delay of Registration; Information . The registration rights contained in this Section 6(c) shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of (A) the written agreement of the Company, the Stockholders holding a majority of the Common Stock then outstanding, and the Subdebt Investor; (B) seven (7) years following the closing of an Initial Offering; (C) with respect only to any Stockholder all of whose shares of Common Stock have been owned a minimum of one year and may immediately be sold pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act without compliance with any Rule 144 requirement other than the holding period, the date on which such shares may be so sold; or (D) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. No Stockholder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 6(c) . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 6(c) that the selling Stockholders shall furnish to the Company such information regarding themselves, the Common Stock held by them and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of their Common Stock.”

 

3. Except as specifically amended hereby, the Stockholders Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

 

4. This Amendment to the Stockholders Agreement has been approved in accordance with Section 13(a)(i) of the Stockholders Agreement.

 

UNIQUE FABRICATING, INC.

 

 

By:     /s/ John Weinhardt ______________

John Weinhardt, President

 

 

THE PENINSULA FUND V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: PENINSULA FUND V LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

By: PENINSULA CAPITAL PARTNERS, L.L.C.

Its: Manager

 

 

By:     /s/ Scott A. Reilly _______________

Name: Scott A. Reilly

Title: President & Chief Investment Officer

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-200072) on Form S-1 of Unique Fabricating, Inc. of our report dated May 4, 2015 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Unique Fabricating, Inc. which appears in such Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

 

Southfield, Michigan

June 29, 2015

 

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Amendment No. 4 to the Registration Statement (No. 333-200072) on Form S-1 of Unique Fabricating, Inc. of our report dated August 13, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Chardan Corp. which is contained in such Registration Statement.

 

We also consent to the reference to us under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Plante & Moran, PLLC  
   
Auburn Hills, Michigan
June 29, 2015